Sei sulla pagina 1di 166

September 2014

PUBLISHED BY THE AMERICAN WELDING SOCIETY TO ADVANCE THE SCIENCE, TECHNOLOGY, AND APPLICATION OF WELDING
AND ALLIED JOINING AND CUTTING PROCESSES WORLDWIDE, INCLUDING BRAZING, SOLDERING, AND THERMAL SPRAYING

For Info, go to www.aws.org/adindex

HAZCo
ontrol
ontr
ol Tec
Tec
Te
echnology

The choice of the next generation


ss Process repeatability - store and retrieve weld recipes
ss Consistent product quality using Vee
V Axis Control
ss Optimal weld with precise heat input control

www.thermatool.com

ss Selectable HF weld frequency: 150-300kHz or 250-400kHz

Visit us at Fabtech Booth C722

For Info, go to www.aws.org/adindex

For Info, go to www.aws.org/adindex

September 2014 Volume 93 Number 9

CONTENTS

FEATURES
40

Making the Switch from Manual to Automated


Pipe Cutting
A pipe shop gains a competitive edge with
automation in the cutting and beveling operation
J. Henderson

44

Rolling Induction Technology Provides Steady Heating


Induction heating, along with rolling the pipe
while welding, proves a successful combination
in this pipe fabricating operation J. Ryan

48

50

54

Study of Underwater Friction Welding Technology


A remotely operated vehicle was used to repair
sacrificial anodes on underwater piping
G. Hui et al.

40

Effects of Buttering on HighCarbonEquivalent


InService Pipe
This study comes up with some practical insights
on hardness when welding in-service pipe
M. Dull and K. Forest

44

50

Digital Systems Deliver Orbital Welding Consistency


The step from analog to digital technology in
orbital welding leads to improved reliability
and increased deposition rates S. Cole and
K. Beardsley

THE AMERICAN WELDER


96

Volunteers Repair Historic Navy Warship


Repairing a historical naval vessel gave students a
valuable lesson in real-world working conditions
M. Gomez

100 Preventing Rust on Stainless Steel Pipes


Widespread rusting on 316L stainless steel pipe
resulted in a costly delay of the project and a search
for its cause W. C. LaPlante

WELDING RESEARCH SUPPLEMENT


321s Active Metal Transfer Control by Utilizing
Enhanced Droplet Oscillation Part II: Modeling
and Analysis
A numerical model of the dynamics of droplet
oscillation and detachment is verified
experimentally J. Xiao et al.

331s SemiCuttingAssisted Laser Welding of


ZincCoated Steels in a Zero Root Opening,
LapJoint Configuration
Laser beam welding successfully meets the challenge of
joining zinc-coated steel S. Yang et al.

338s Characterization of CSCGMAW TitaniumRich

combination of welding processes were tested to find


which provided the best erosion/wear resistance
J. E. Ramirez

351s Analysis of the Local Stresses at LaserWelded


Lap Joints
Localized stress analysis was conducted on lap joints
to better understand their fatigue life K. D. Lee et al.

362s Heat Treatment and YbFiber Laser Welding of


a Maraging Steel
Laser welding and postweld heat treatment were
analyzed for their effect on the weld joint in maraging
steel L. Fanton et al.

Weld Overlays
Various titanium-rich cladding materials and a
SEPTEMBER 2014 / WELDING JOURNAL 3

DEPARTMENTS
6
8
10
16
18
20
26
32
62
70

Editorial
Press Time News
News of the Industry
Business Briefs
International Update
Stainless Q&A
RWMA Q&A
Product & Print Spotlight
Coming Events
Certification Schedule

72
75
76
88
90
106
110
112
114

Conferences
Society News
Tech Topics
Guide to AWS Services
Personnel
The American Welder
Learning Track
Fact Sheet
Classifieds
Advertiser Index
On the cover: For orbital welding, digital machines
that offer greater control over arc parameters have
the capability to deliver faster travels speeds or
greater deposition while controlling distortion and
heat input levels. (Photo courtesy of The Lincoln
Electric Co., Cleveland, Ohio.)

WELDING JOURNAL
Publisher Andrew Cullison

Officers

Editorial

Vice President David J. Landon


Vermeer Mfg. Co.

Editorial Director Andrew Cullison


Editor Mary Ruth Johnsen
Associate Editor Howard M. Woodward
Associate Editor Kristin Campbell
Editorial Asst./Peer Review Coordinator Melissa Gomez
Publisher Emeritus Jeff Weber

Vice President David L. McQuaid


D. L. McQuaid and Associates, Inc.

Design and Production

President Dean R. Wilson


Welldean Enterprises

Vice President John R. Bray


Affiliated Machinery, Inc.
Treasurer Robert G. Pali
J. P. Nissen Co.
Executive Director Ray W. Shook
American Welding Society

Directors
U. Aschemeier (Dist. 7), Miami Diver
R. E. Brenner (Dist. 10), CnD Industries, Inc.
D. J. Burgess (Dist. 8), University of Tennessee
N. C. Cole (Past President), NCC Engineering
G. Fairbanks (Dist. 9), Fairbanks Inspection & Testing Services
T. A. Ferri (Dist. 1), Victor Technologies
K. Fogleman (Dist. 16), Olsson Associates
P. H. Gorman (Dist. 20), Sandia National Laboratories
S. A. Harris (Dist. 4), Altec Industries
K. L. Johnson (Dist. 19), Vigor Shipyards
J. Jones (At Large), The Harris Products Group
J. Knapp (Dist. 17), Gas and Supply
T. J. Lienert (At Large), Los Alamos National Laboratory
D. E. Lynnes (Dist. 15), Lynnes Welding Training
C. Matricardi (Dist. 5), Welding Solutions, Inc.
S. P. Moran (At Large), Weir American Hydro
K. A. Phy (Dist. 6), K. A. Phy Services, Inc.
W. R. Polanin (At Large), Illinois Central College
W. A. Rice (Past President), OKI Bering
R. L. Richwine (Dist. 14), Ivy Tech State College
D. J. Roland (Dist. 12), Airgas USA, LLC, NorthCentral Region
R. W. Roth (At Large), RoMan Manufacturing, Inc.
N. Saminich (Dist. 21), NS Inspection and Consulting
K. E. Shatell (Dist. 22), Pacific Gas & Electric Co.
T. A. Siewert (At Large), NIST (ret.)
J. Stoll (Dist. 18), Bohler Welding Group U.S.
H. W. Thompson (Dist. 2), Underwriters Laboratories, Inc.
R. P. Wilcox (Dist. 11), Ford Motor Co.
J. A. Willard (Dist. 13), Kankakee Community College
M. R. Wiswesser (Dist. 3), Welder Training & Testing Institute

4 WELDING JOURNAL / SEPTEMBER 2014

S. P. Moran, Ex Off., Weir American Hydro


E. Norman, Ex Off., Southwest Area Career Center
R. G. Pali, Ex Off., J. P. Nissen Co.
N. Scotchmer, Ex Off., Huys Industries
R. W. Shook, Ex Off., American Welding Society

Production Manager Zaida Chavez


Senior Production Coordinator Brenda Flores
Manager of International Periodicals and
Electronic Media Carlos Guzman

Advertising
National Sales Director Rob Saltzstein
Senior Advertising Sales Executive Sandra Jorgensen
Senior Advertising Sales Executive Annette Delagrange
Advertising Sales Representative Lea Paneca
Senior Advertising Production Manager Frank Wilson

Subscriptions
Subscriptions Representative Tabetha Moore
tmoore@aws.org
American Welding Society
8669 NW 36 St., # 130, Miami, FL 331666672
(305) 4439353 or (800) 4439353

Publications, Expositions, Marketing


Committee
D. L. Doench, Chair, Hobart Brothers Co.
S. Bartholomew, Vice Chair, ESAB Welding & Cutting Prod.
J. D. Weber, Secretary, American Welding Society
D. Brown, Weiler Brush
T. Coco, Victor Technologies International
C. Coffey, Lincoln Electric
L. Davis, ORS Nasco
D. DeCorte, RoMan Mfg.
S. Fyffe, Astaras, Inc.
D. Levin, Airgas
R. Madden, Hypertherm
D. Marquard, IBEDA Superflash
J. F. Saenger Jr., Consultant
S. Smith, WeldAid Products
D. Wilson, Welldean Enterprises
N. C. Cole, Ex Off., NCC Engineering
J. N. DuPont, Ex Off., Lehigh University
L. G. Kvidahl, Ex Off., Northrop Grumman Ship Systems
D. J. Landon, Ex Off., Vermeer Mfg.

Welding Journal (ISSN 00432296) is published monthly by the


American Welding Society for $120.00 per year in the United
States and possessions, $160 per year in foreign countries: $7.50
per single issue for domestic AWS members and $10.00 per sin
gle issue for nonmembers and $14.00 single issue for interna
tional. American Welding Society is located at 8669 NW 36th St.,
# 130, Miami, FL 331666672; telephone (305) 4439353. Period
icals postage paid in Miami, Fla., and additional mailing offices.
POSTMASTER: Send address changes to Welding Journal, 8669
NW 36th St., # 130, Miami, FL 331666672. Canada Post: Publi
cations Mail Agreement #40612608 Canada Returns to be sent
to Bleuchip International, P.O. Box 25542, London, ON N6C 6B2,
Canada.
Readers of Welding Journal may make copies of articles for per
sonal, archival, educational or research purposes, and which are
not for sale or resale. Permission is granted to quote from arti
cles, provided customary acknowledgment of authors and
sources is made. Starred (*) items excluded from copyright.
Copyright 2014 by American Welding Society in both printed
and electronic formats. The Society is not responsible for any
statement made or opinion expressed herein. Data and informa
tion developed by the authors of specific articles are for informa
tional purposes only and are not intended for use without inde
pendent, substantiating investigation on the part of potential
users.

GLOBAL PRESENCE.
LOCAL RESOURCES.
To you, OTC Daihen is a local provider
that learns about your business and
your welding applications, then
provides a solution designed to t your
specic needs - like a small business.
But with offices around the globe,
and decades of experience and
innovation, OTC DAIHEN Inc. is
backed by cutting-edge engineering
and technology, and support for
Global Headquarters

every solution we provide.

Power Products Business


Welding & Mechatronics Business
Advanced Components Business
Sales Base

937.667.0800

www.daihen-usa.com

1400 Blauser Dr, Tipp City, OH 45371


For Info, go to www.aws.org/adindex

EDITORIAL

How AWS Codes Reflect Changes in


Technology

Thom Burns
Chair, AWS D1G
Subcommittee on Aluminum Structures

We adjusted the
scope of the code
to allow the
engineer to take a
more significant
role.

Often the question arises, What is a


code and what are the qualifications of the
people who write them? The simple answer
is that a code provides rules or guidelines
that we follow to achieve a goal. While our
goals may change, forced by inventions and
technological changes, the basic mission remains the same: with these guidelines, we
can set standards that are reasonable,
obtainable, and consistent. As the world
continues to invent new processes, materials, and technologies, we strive to keep pace
with these inventions and incorporate them
into our codes. Those serving on AWS technical committees are expected to leave their
competitive differences aside while striving
to maintain a balance between their
supporting companies and the good of
industry. It is only through continuous improvement that our goal of being
competent, competitive, and good stewards
of a guiding code can be achieved.
This year, a new edition of AWS D1.2,
Structural Welding Code Aluminum, was
released. The D1.2 subcommittee members
volunteered countless hours to make
revisions relevant to todays needs. While
some of the codes clauses are very technical
and believe me, proposed changes to
them resulted in some spirited discussions
it is always the intent of the subcommittee to improve the codes clarity. For this
new edition, we adjusted the scope of the
code to allow the engineer to take a more
significant role.
Aluminum has relatively stable and predictable properties. Therefore, it should be
possible to meet specific requirements
established in AWS D1.2. While the code
does not state how to achieve specific
results, it does provide the requirements for
aluminum weld design, qualification (of
welding procedures and welders),
fabrication, and inspection. In addition, the
code addresses requirements for fabricators
using gas metal arc welding, gas tungsten
arc welding, stud welding, and new for
2014, friction stir welding.
It is my opinion that, as the codes scope
broadens, additional business sectors will be
able to utilize it for transportation,

6 WELDING JOURNAL / SEPTEMBER 2014

shipping/boating, recreational, and possibly


aerospace applications. Currently, there is
nothing in the scope that prevents
additional markets from adopting the code
in their applications.
I believe that regardless of where or how
aluminum is welded, the physical
requirements generally remain the same
and, therefore, can be treated similarly.
From my standpoint, teaching and training
aluminum welders to produce quality work
requires a code that has clear and meaningful requirements that provide the ability to
meet industry standards regardless of the
product. While there are varying degrees of
liability among applications, I believe most
would agree that when it comes to the products they produce, failure is not an option.
This is a motivating factor when companies weigh the cost of adopting this or other
codes to capture the benefits of increased
quality and improved liability protection.
Savings can be measured in productivity improvements by consistently using qualified
weld procedures and having qualified
welders with proven skills. From a liability
standpoint, it would be better to state that a
companys weld operators follow written
procedures rather than undocumented settings passed from one person to another.
I would like to thank the members of the
D1G Subcommittee and the D1 Committee
for the hard work they contributed to the
2014 edition of D1.2. Serving on these committees has given me a new perspective on a
code that I thought I knew quite well. I
found that many codes can be improved,
clarified, or modified to incorporate
advances in technology, and when they are,
it is because of committee members who
dedicated their time and efforts to making
those improvements. WJ

For Info, go to www.aws.org/adindex

PRESS TIME NEWS


AWS Unveils New Logo and Tagline, Plus
Becomes Global Supporter of WorldSkills

The new AWS logo, featuring a contemporary interpretation of the


established AWS diamond insignia with modernized font and
beveled metal elements, is highlighted alongside the Inspiring the
World Forward tagline.

The American Welding Society (AWS), Miami, Fla., has


introduced a new logo and tagline as part of the first phase
of rebranding for the organization.
The logo reflects a contemporary interpretation of the
established AWS diamond insignia with modernized font
and beveled metal elements, while the tagline Inspiring
the World Forward focuses on AWSs goal to enhance
the welding industrys stability, strength, and future.
Our new logo and tagline reflects a new era for the Society as it represents a more contemporary style propelling us
into the future, while still maintaining a link to our rich history with our iconic diamond, said Lorena Cora, marketing
director, AWS.
A video, The New Look of the American Welding Society,
has been uploaded to the organizations YouTube channel.
Lasting nearly 1 min and 30 s, it focuses on inspiring members
with better results and bigger opportunities; stronger
standards that keep us safer; new generations to join us;
important conversations about todays issues and tomorrows
possibilities; and urges welding communities from every corner of the globe to collaborate and share knowledge.
In addition, AWS has signed on as a Global Supporter of
WorldSkills International (WSI), a not-for-profit
membership association open to agencies or bodies that
have a responsibility to promote vocational education and
training in their respective countries/regions.
AWS will have representatives at the WorldSkills General
Assembly 2014 in Lucerne, Switzerland, this month as well
as promotional placing during the 43rd WorldSkills Competition in So Paulo, Brazil, next year.
Both AWS and WSI share a common vision to advocate
for the skilled trades through research, education, and training, international cooperation, and the creation of career
pathways, said Ray Shook, AWS executive director. AWS is
excited to partner with WorldSkills as a Global Supporter
and is looking forward to working with them to enhance the
welding profession worldwide.

AK Steel to Acquire Severstal Dearborn


AK Steel, West Chester, Ohio, has signed an agreement to
acquire Severstal North Americas integrated steelmaking
assets in Dearborn, Mich., for $700 million in cash. The

8 WELDING JOURNAL / SEPTEMBER 2014

transaction includes a cokemaking facility and interests in


three joint ventures that process flat-rolled steel products.
Upon completion of the acquisition, AK Steels annual
shipments are expected to exceed 7.5 million tons. Also, the
company stated it intends to utilize all of Dearborns
production units and has no plans to cease operations at any
of its current steelmaking or steel finishing facilities.

Third Annual National Manufacturing Day


Set for Oct. 3
The American Welding Society is now a Bronze Sponsor
of National Manufacturing Day, Oct. 3. On that day, manufacturing facilities and educational institutions across North
America will host events showcasing the potential of
modern manufacturing and to foster interest in
manufacturing careers. Events in your local community can
be found at www.mfgday.com/events.
The Manufacturing Day 2014 steering committee
consists of representatives from four institutions Fabricators & Manufacturers Association, Intl, National Institute
of Standards & Technology Hollings Manufacturing Extension Partnership, Manufacturing Institute, and National Association of Manufacturers.

Welding Journal Earns Three Top Honors


The Welding Journal
received three trophies
at the Florida Magazine
Associations 2014
Charlie Awards on August 8, during the organizations 61st annual
conference and expo,
held at the Omni
Orlando Resort at
ChampionsGate in
ChampionsGate, Fla.
In the trade/techniAt the Florida Magazine Associa
cal division, the followtions 2014 Charlie Awards, the
ing articles were recogWelding Journal was acknowledged
nized: best feature,
for writing and design excellence
Charlie (first place)
achievements. Pictured are the tro
Award, for The Three
phies and October 2013/March 2014
Rs of Welded Art by
issues.
staff members Howard
Woodward, Kristin
Campbell, and Mary Ruth Johnsen (October 2013 issue)
along with best in-depth reporting, Charlie Award, for Taking the Next Step in Additive Manufacturing by contributing authors Richard Martukanitz and Jay Hollingsworth
(March 2014 magazine).
Also, in the association and trade/technical category for
best single, original, B&W or color photograph, the silver
award went to a Hypertherm, Inc., image highlighting dedicated bevel cutting heads (page 38, October 2013 issue). WJ

North Americas largest


Plate Rolling, Brake
Forming and Structural
Rolling facility delivers
cost effective solutions.
Specializing in heavy walled
components, we have the
expertise and capacity to
fulll your requirements for
consistent quality, whether
for small volumes or large.

For all of your rolling, forming


and bending needs, please call

Fax 1-905-356-6025
Email info@hcrsteel.com

1-800-263-2547

www.hcrsteel.com

For Info, go to www.aws.org/adindex

NEWS OF THE INDUSTRY


TransCanada Approved for Pipeline Project
and Launches Welder Training Program

Pipeline Plans Progress


Northwest Pipe and S. J. Louis Awarded
Major Wyoming Project
Northwest Pipe Co., Vancouver, Wash., has been selected
to supply pipe for a multimillion dollar pipeline project running between Wyodak and Moorcroft, Wyo. The project includes approximately 22 miles of 42-in.-diameter, cement
mortar lined, and polyurethane-coated spiral welded steel
pipe. It will expand the city of Gillettes groundwater sources
and, when complete, provide a new water treatment and
conveyance system for the city plus surrounding areas. The
pipeline is being constructed by S. J. Louis Construction,
Rockville, Minn., and expected to be done by October 2015.

Koch Pipelines Extension to Move


More South Texas Crude

We are pleased that the Alberta Energy Regulator has approved


Northern Courier, which will be a critical piece of infrastructure
to support the longterm plans for growth and increased produc
tion from the Alberta oil sands, said Russ Girling, TransCanadas
president and CEO. Displayed above is welding activity on a
TransCanada natural gas pipeline in Canada.

TransCanada Corp., Calgary, Alberta, Canada, recently acknowledged that the Alberta Energy Regulator approved its
application to construct and operate the Northern Courier
Pipeline Project. The company was chosen by Fort Hills Energy LP to design, build, own, and operate this $800 million
pipeline project.
The approximately 56-mile pipeline system will transport
bitumen as well as diluent products between the Fort Hills
mine and bitumen extraction facility and Suncors East Tank
Farm located north of Fort McMurray, Alberta, Canada.
It will consist of a 24-in.-diameter insulated steel pipeline
to transport the bitumen, and a 12-in.-diameter steel
pipeline to transport the diluent.
We currently expect construction on Northern Courier
to begin in the third quarter of 2014 with it being ready for
service by 2017, said Russ Girling, TransCanadas president
and CEO.
In addition, the United Association of Journeymen and
Apprentices of the Plumbing and Pipe Fitting Industry of
the United States and Canada (UA) in collaboration with
TransCanada unveiled a new pipeline training program
across Canada to enable welders, pipefitters, and
apprentices to continue obtaining advanced training and to
upgrade their skills in pipe welding and cutting.
The UA is working with TransCanada and its Energy East
Pipeline Project to provide sections of large-diameter steel
pipe for welder training.
10 WELDING JOURNAL / SEPTEMBER 2014

Koch Pipeline Co., L.P., Wichita, Kan., will expand its


South Texas crude oil pipeline system by installing an additional 24-mile pipeline in San Patricio County. This will have
an expected initial capacity of approximately 200,000
barrels per day.
We are seeing additional opportunities with the Eagle
Ford shale project, and this new pipeline will help us move
domestic crude to the U.S. market more efficiently by using
a combination of new and existing pipeline infrastructure,
said Bob OHair, executive vice president of Koch Pipeline.
The new 16-in. pipeline is anticipated to begin service in
the second quarter of 2014.

New Welding Journal Android App Now Available


The Welding Journal Android reading app is currently
available for free download at the Google Play Store and
Amazon Appstore. These mobile apps enable AWS members
to read both current and past issues of the magazine, going
back to December 2011, either online or by downloading
them to mobile devices for offline reading. Also, they
complement the desktop digital issue automatically sent to
every AWS member via e-mail, which can be read on mobile
devices web browsers with comparable functionality.
To access content, AWS members must enter their ID
numbers and passwords. If assistance is needed, contact
Member Services Director Rhenda Kenny at rhenda@aws.org.
To get additional questions answered, contact Carlos
Guzman, manager of electronic media and international periodicals, at cguzman@aws.org.
The Welding Journal reading app for Apples iOS devices,
available since 2011, has been downloaded by almost 20,000
readers. Now all three apps share the same functionality and
user interface, including the archives, global search
functions, and web links.

Newport News Shipbuilding Supports Welding


Education in Allendale, S.C.
Huntington Ingalls Industries Newport News Shipbuilding division recently donated training materials to the
Southern Carolina Regional Development Alliance (SCA) for
a welding program in Allendale County, S.C.

Its Advanced Manufacturing Skills Training Program has


educated 47 students. The alliance is currently working to
expand the program by implementing curricula developed
and used by Newport News Shipbuilding. A shipyard
welding instructor will also work with the training facility.
The curricula supplied by Newport News includes computerbased training followed by hands-on practice.
Several recent professional studies have indicated the
need for thousands of welders and pipefitters in the Carolinas and Georgia over the next five to ten years, said Danny
Black, SCA president and CEO.

Material Testing and Metrology Lab


Celebrates 30th Anniversary
Laboratory Testing, Inc., Hatfield, Pa., recently celebrated
30 years in business. The company originated as the Nondestructive Testing division of Carson Helicopter in 1976.
In 1984, Robert McVaugh Sr. purchased his partners share
of Carson, incorporated as Laboratory Testing, Inc., and
moved to a 30,000-sq-ft building in Dublin, Pa.
The company has grown to a 91,500-sq-ft facility with
145 employees performing several services in addition to
nondestructive examination. These include chemical analysis, mechanical testing, metallography, failure analysis, specimen machining, dimensional inspection, and calibration.
In 1994, ownership was passed to the next generation.
Mike McVaugh assumed the role of president. In late 1999,
the company began moving to its current location. Accord-

Included in Laboratory Testings services are nondestructive


examination, mechanical testing, metallography, specimen
machining, and calibration. Pictured above is positive material
identification.

For info, go to www.aws.org/adindex

SEPTEMBER 2014 / WELDING JOURNAL 11

ing to McVaugh, the 2000s was an eventful decade. It


purchased Gage Lab Corp. and built a 12,000-sq-ft addition.
In the last few years, two nearby buildings were rented,
opening space in the main building to renovate and expand
the destructive testing departments.
Today, the third generation is involved in the business
and preparing to take over ownership down the road.

Victor Announces 2014 Student Cutting


and Welding Contest

Put on your favorite college


jersey and get ready for a night
you won't forget!
s Be one of the first to visit the new
College Football Hall of Fame in Atlanta.
s Enjoy food and drinks while connecting
with old friends and new peers.
s Experience the unique interactive
environment
envir
onmen
nt customized to your
favorite college team.
Advance tickets for FABTECH attendees
available now! Register TODAY at
fabtechexpo.com/industrynight

WEDNESDAY
This Halloweenworthy Victor Man sculpture won one of three
team awards in the 2013 Victor Technologies A Cut Above con
test. This year, entries are accepted through October 31.

Media Sponsors:

FFabricating
abrica
atting

PRODUCT
PRODUCT N
NEWS
E WS

12 WELDING JOURNAL / SEPTEMBER 2014

Victor TechnologiesTM, St. Louis, Mo., will award more


than $30,000 in equipment and cash prizes as part of its
2014 A Cut Above contest. Its open to students in cutting,
welding, and related programs at secondary and
postsecondary schools.
Three beginner students will each win $250 for writing a
500-word essay that the judges deem to best support the
contest theme. Judges will also choose three advanced student winning teams, and each team member will receive
$500; advanced students will submit a team metal
fabrication project that utilizes an oxyfuel, airfuel, or
plasma cutting process.

Each of the schools associated with the winners at their


entry time will receive the following prize package valued at
more than $4000: one Victor Medalist 250 medium-duty
cutting system; one Victor Thermal Dynamics CutmasterTM
42 air plasma cutting outfit; one Tweco Fabricator 211i 3in-1 shielded metal arc-gas metal arc-gas tungsten arc welding machine kit; and two Tweco 4-sensor autodarkening
welding helmets.
Entries are accepted through October 31. Contests are
open to residents of the United States or Canada (excluding
Quebec). Rules and entry forms are at
www.victortechnologies.com/acutabove.

Welding Program at South Plains College Gets


Boost with Advanced Equipment
South Plains College, Levelland, Tex., was recently
presented with a $134,087.94 award from the Jobs and Education for Texans grant program thats administered by the
State of Texas Comptrollers office. Fifteen Miller Electric
PipeWorx welding systems were bought to provide opportunities for students to work on advanced technologies.
According to Pete Stracener, chair for the Industrial Technology Department, program coordinator and professor of
Welding Technology, the colleges welding students will be
trained in the new regulated metal deposition process and
be better prepared for the oil/gas industry.
There are several oil field equipment manufacturing
companies in Midland and Odessa who are putting this
technology into their fabrication processes, he said. They

South Plains College recently received delivery of 15 Miller Elec


tric PipeWorx welding systems. The welding students shown
(from left) are Cody Lane, Roy Perez, Travis Zumwalt, and Ben
jamin Rollo. (SPC Photo/Wes Underwood)

are looking for people who can operate these machines.


In addition, to meet the comptrollers office requirements
for the grant, 151 students will be trained on this new
equipment in 201415.

AME Debuts Job Board and Launches


AdoptaSchool Educational Initiative
The Association for Manufacturing Excellence (AME),
Rolling Meadows, Ill., has started a Manufacturing Job

For info, go to www.aws.org/adindex

SEPTEMBER 2014 / WELDING JOURNAL 13

Board at jobs.ame.org. Job seekers can search jobs, post a rsum, and set up an e-mail job alert while employers can
post a job, view rsums, and look at the products/pricing
recruitment options.
In addition, the AME Adopt-a-School Program provides
high school and college students with access to educational
resources and hands-on learning experiences. Manufacturers can participate in activities such as hosting tours, visiting schools to give talks, mentoring, and promoting internships. Schools in the program provide their students a look
at careers in manufacturing industries across the country.
For more details, contact AME Education and Training
Director Nancy Wajler at nwajler@ame.org.

AWISCO Establishes Workforce


Development Award
AWISCO President Lloyd Robinson recently issued the
companys first Workforce Development Award to 2014
graduate Dalton Pegg of the Sussex Vocational Technical
School in Sparta, N.J., and also an entry-level welder
through the SENSE program.
Dalton won the award for exemplifying excellence in
welding, said Robinson. He will be a welcomed member in
the best tradition of the welding profession.
The award, presented by AWISCO Executive Vice
President Felim OMalley and Account Manager Mark
Gualandi, included more than $500 of professional welding
and safety equipment.

WELDING & CUTTING OUTFITS

HVAC & PLUMBING OUTFIT

Felim OMalley, AWISCOs executive vice president, presents the


companys first Workforce Development Award to Dalton Pegg.

We cant thank the AWISCO family enough for all that


they have done for the students here at Sussex Tech, said
Welding Instructor Josh Conklin.

Industry Notes
Micro Air Clean Air Systems, Wichita, Kan., has a new
program to benefit welding schools. Its based on the
Extreme Air downdraft table and includes a free on-site
continued on page 111

Gentec is a total solution provider


for your welding, cutting, and gas
control needs.
From components to fully integrated
systems, we can offer customized
solutions to t your specic needs.
Our team is dedicated to servicing
you with engineering and support.
System Integration
Custom Product Congurations
Reliable Engineering & Support

HVAC & Plumbing | Air-Gas Kits | Regulators | Oxy-Fuel Apparatus


Machine Cutting Torches | Cutting Tips | Welding & Cutting Outts
AIR-FUEL KITS

Genstar Technologies Company Inc. | 909.606.2726 | www.genstartech.com

For info, go to www.aws.org/adindex

14 WELDING JOURNAL / SEPTEMBER 2014

ARC EQUIPMENT

GAS APPARATUS

WELDING
AUTOMATION

AUTOMATED
PLASMA

MANUAL PLASMA

CUTTING SYSTEMS

CONSUMABLES

PERSONAL
PROTECTION
EQUIPMENT

WELL EQUIPPED.
Your insight drives our innovation. For 110 years, ESAB has listened to metal fabricators to develop solutions
that give you a distinct advantage. From consumables and equipment to automation and personal protection,
ESAB provides a full line of welding and cutting products that work as hard as you do.

ESAB Welding & Cutting Products / esab.com / 1.800.ESAB.123


For Info, go to www.aws.org/adindex

BUSINESS BRIEFS
AECOM to Acquire URS, Creating Major
Integrated Infrastructure Provider

The new World Trade Center in New York is one of many projects
in which both AECOM and URS have been active. (Photo courtesy
of AECOM.)

AECOM Technology Corp., Los Angeles, Calif., an


infrastructure and support services firm, will acquire all outstanding shares of URS Corp., San Francisco, Calif., a
provider of engineering, construction, and technical
services, for a combination of cash as well as stock valued at
approximately $4 billion or $56.31 per URS share. Including
the assumption of URS debt, the total enterprise value of
the transaction is approximately $6 billion.
The combined company will be an integrated infrastructure and federal services provider with more than 95,000
employees in 150 countries. It will serve clients across many
markets, including transportation, energy, and government.
Terms of the definitive agreement have been
unanimously approved by the boards of directors from both
companies. The transaction is expected to close in October.
Michael S. Burke will be the combined companys CEO,
and the companies have also designed a new operating management structure. John M. Dionisio, AECOM executive
chairman, will serve as board chairman.

Astaras Buys Anviloy Product Line


Astaras, Inc., Largo, Fla., a provider of tungsten
electrodes, has purchased the entire Anviloy business from
the former CMW International, Inc., Indianapolis, Ind.
Steve Fyffe, president of Astaras, mentioned the German
holding company IBG Group, of which the company and
Weldstone Europe GmbH are both members, relocated and
expanded its new 129,000-sq-ft tungsten production
facility. This plant will fill the demand of new E3 tungsten
electrodes along with Anviloy tungsten materials and specialty welding electrodes.
The new facility also increases our ability to grow our existing tungsten heavy metals materials, tungsten copper,
and specialty tungsten alloys, Fyffe said.

Centric Pipes New Project to Create 82


Direct Jobs at Louisiana Facility
Louisiana Governor Bobby Jindal and SB International,
Inc., President/CEO Satish Gupta recently announced that
Centric Pipe, LLC, a company affiliate, will make a $32.5
million capital investment to renovate and expand the
16 WELDING JOURNAL / SEPTEMBER 2014

former Northwest Pipe facility in Bossier City, La.


The project will create 82 new direct jobs with an average
salary of $50,000 per year plus benefits. In addition,
another 209 new indirect jobs will result according to
Louisiana Economic Development estimates.
Centric Pipe will retain 52 existing employees at the
Bossier City site. It will manufacture and supply weldedsteel pipe and tubular products for domestic clients in the
oil and gas industry. The investment will also add new
equipment and a rail spur.
The company has started hiring and expects to start facility upgrades and constructing the railroad spur by the first
quarter of 2015. Completion of all improvements is
expected by the end of 2017.

Manufacturing Jobs Report Offers Six Ideas


to Accelerate Innovation Pace
Building a Nation of Makers, recently released by a University of Virginia Miller Center commission chaired by former
Governors Haley Barbour and Evan Bayh, presents ideas on
creating manufacturing jobs.
The report proposes six objectives to accelerate the innovation pace for Americas small- and medium-sized manufacturing enterprises, including the following: talent
investment loans to expand human capital; upside-down degrees to connect classroom learning with on-the-job
learning; a skills census to build a more efficient skilled
labor force; a national supply chain initiative to map Americas manufacturing ecosystems; up-skilling high school students with expanded technology and engineering certification programs; and a big trends-small firms initiative to
diffuse the latest technologies to small- and medium-sized
manufacturing enterprises.
To learn more, visit http://web1.millercenter.org/
conferences/milstein/MilsteinReport-Manufacturing.pdf.

Wisconsin Fast Forward Grants Awarded


to Technical Colleges for Welding Training
Wisconsins Lt. Governor, Rebecca Kleefisch, recently announced the awarding of numerous Wisconsin Fast Forward
grant dollars. Part of $28 million in grants that Governor
Scott Walker revealed as a component of his Blueprint for
Prosperity initiative, these will help Wisconsin technical colleges train more than 4900 workers. The Department of
Workforce Development will administer the grants.
During a visit to Western Technical College, Kleefisch
mentioned the departments intent to award more than
$1.5 million that will predominantly be for training 168
welding students. In addition, she recognized Madison
College for its plan to train 934 additional workers in many
areas including welding, metal processes/repair techniques,
and construction. The college will receive $5 million in grants.
While at Nicolet College, she further announced the departments intent to award more than $1.9 million to train
303 additional workers in several fields including welding
and electromechanical technology. WJ

For Info, go to www.aws.org/adindex

INTERNATIONAL UPDATE
FIRJAN and ITW Partner to Conduct
Research and Train Brazilian Welders
Sistema FIRJAN (The FIRJAN System Federation of
Industries of the State of Rio de Janeiro) and Illinois Tool
Works, Inc. (ITW), a producer of engineered fasteners and
components, equipment and consumable systems, and specialty products, recently entered into a partnership to
conduct welding research and implement training of Brazilian professionals in Houston, Tex.
Pursuant to the agreement, the ITH group, a provider of
welding, cutting, raw materials, accessories, and automation
products, will donate the latest generation cutting and welding
equipment to SENAI Rio and provide the opportunity for
SENAI specialists in Houston to develop technologies associated with welding processes using a collaborative approach.
ITW has clients in Brazil who are demanding this equipment, as well as professionals who have mastered these
technologies, said Mauricio Ogawa, manager of the SENAI
Welding Technology Center. FIRJAN will also be collaborating in the development of processes associated with the use
of these new technologies in the context of training or
methods in the welding environment.
The partnership is the culmination of contact that first
began at last years edition of OTC, and it will also include a
room for SENAI professionals inside a research center ITW
inaugurated in Houston. There, Brazilian professionals will
be trained in the new technologies that are being used in
Brazil, in keeping with the local content policy.

our original partners, to celebrate this roll out and the


numerous Australian contributions to the Joint Strike
Fighter program. For both our nations, this program represents an exponential leap in capability on the cutting edge
of technology and an integral component of our ongoing
joint commitment to stability and peace in the Asia-Pacific.
The F-35 Lightning II aircraft will provide the RAAF with
a transformational fifth generation fighter capability and
provides significant benefits to the Australian aerospace industry, with more than $412 million already contracted and
up to $6 billion in expected manufacturing orders over the
programs life.

AT&F India Expands Operations in Chakan

Ceremony Held to Unveil F35


Lightning II Aircraft

Senator Mathias Cormann,


Minister for Finance, Aus
tralia, expressed the coun
trys support of the
program to a crowd of 300
at the unveiling of the first
Australian F35. (Photo by
Beth Groom, courtesy of
Lockheed Martin.)

A ceremony was recently


held at Lockheed Martin, Fort
Worth, Tex., commemorating
the official roll out of the first
two F-35 Lightning II aircraft,
known as AU-1 and AU-2, for
the Royal Australian Air Force
(RAAF). Among the various
guests in attendance were
Frank Kendall, U.S. Under
Secretary of Defense for
Acquisition, Technology &
Logistics; Air Marshal Geoff
Brown, RAAF chief; and Marillyn Hewson, chairman, president, and CEO, Lockheed
Martin.
Today, we celebrate a milestone in the U.S.-Australia
partnership a partnership
built on strength, friendship,
and technological
innovation, said Kendall.
We join Australia, as one of

18 WELDING JOURNAL / SEPTEMBER 2014

Construction on AT&F Indias manufacturing facility is expected


to be completed in early 2015.

AT&F India Fabrication Pvt. Ltd., a fully owned


subsidiary of AT&F headquartered in Cleveland, Ohio, a
provider of large-scale welding and steel fabrications,
announced a 94,000-sq-ft facility expansion in Chakan, Maharashtra, India.
The firm has begun construction of the new manufacturing facility to be completed in early 2015. The facility in
Chakan, an industrial development near Pune, will feature
20-ton lifting capacity and steel processing equipment to
fabricate and assemble components and equipment to serve
OEMs in the construction, transportation, mining, and
building industries.
Since its inception in 2011, AT&F India has been a key
partner in major infrastructure projects in the state of
Gujarat. The company has built major steel structures for
power plant construction, barges, and pontoons for port expansion projects. WJ

More than 187,500 holes.

80-foot long railroad girder with


bolt holes drilled zero to 80 feet
within 1/32-inch.

Bottom ange of girder.

Capacity. Precision. Eciency.


Were not afraid of the really big or really complex jobs. In fact,
we love them! Thats because we have highly skilled people
operating the very best equipment. Some are one-of-a-kind.
Advanced Major Steel Bridge Fabrication
Certication with fracture critical & sophisticated
paint endorsements
The American Railway Engineering & Maintenanceof-Way Association (AREMA) Certication
140-ton lifting capacity with 31-foot hook height
High-denition plasma cutting with drilling &
contour beveling capabilities

Call us at 800-782-2110 for a free quote.


www.greinerindustries.com
For Info, go to www.aws.org/adindex

Structural Steel Fabrication


Steel Plate & Sheet Metal
Fabrication
Miscellaneous Metals
Machining
Rolling & Forming Services
Cutting Services
Industrial Coatings
Industrial & Electrical Contracting
Crane Rental & Trucking Services
Heat-Bending & Cold
Cambering Services
(AISC Certied for Advanced
Major Steel Bridge Fabrication)

STAINLESS Q&A

BY DAMIAN J. KOTECKI

Q: We have built space frame structures from carbon steels and lowalloy
steels for many years, all according to AWS D1.1, Structural Welding Code
Steel. Some of the space frames were built from tubular members. The
D1.1/D1.1M: 2008 code, Paragraph 3.13.3 (2), prohibits prequalified complete
joint penetration (CJP) welds made from one side without backing. So we
qualified a number of welding procedures to make CJP welds without backing
using gas tungsten arc welding (GTAW) for the root pass. Now we are prepar
ing to build a space frame from 316L stainless steel tubular members, again
using the D1.1 code. Table 4.6 of D1.1 considers that a change in base metal
Group Number is an essential variable, and 316L is not a listed base metal in
D1.1, so our engineering department is insisting that we have to qualify proce
dures for CJP welds made from one side without backing in 316L tubular mem
bers. This will take some time and cost quite a bit. Is there any alternative?

A: I have bad news and good news.


The bad news is you are building to the
wrong code. The good news is you are
building to the wrong code. Building
stainless steel structures to the D1.1
code was common for many years because there was no alternative, but
stainless steels are significantly different materials from carbon steel and
low-alloy steels, and this created a
number of problems for stainless fabricators. So, in 1999, the AWS D1
Committee published the first version
of AWS D1.6, Structural Welding Code
Stainless Steel. Clause 1.2 of

20 WELDING JOURNAL / SEPTEMBER 2014

D1.1/D1.1M: 2008 encourages the Engineer to consider the applicability of


AWS D1.6 to stainless steel structures.
You should do that.
In the 1999 version of the D1.6
code, 316L and a number of other
nominally austenitic stainless steels
were designated as prequalified base
metals by Table 3.2. Furthermore, a
number of nominally austenitic stainless steel filler metals, whose
undiluted weld metal normally
contains a small amount of ferrite to
provide insensitivity to solidification
cracking, are designated as

For info, go to www.aws.org/adindex

prequalified by Table 3.3. That would


get you part way to the resolution of
your problem. If you build to D1.6 instead of D1.1, you have quite a range
of prequalified base metals and
prequalified filler metals. A first revision of the D1.6 code was published in
2007, and the prequalified materials
and prequalified filler metal tables retain the same numbers.
The other part of the way was provided by the prequalified CJP groove
welded joints in Fig. 3.6 of D1.6:1999,
but it was not so easy to find joints
that were prequalified for one-side
welding without backing. Note C1 at
the end of Fig. 3.6 in D1.6:1999
provided that certain joints were prequalified when root welded from one
side. Backgouging not required
provided adequate gas purging is
used. Then the user had to dig
through the numerous joint preparations to find which ones included Note
C1. There were two, both for GTAW:
Joint Designation B-L2b (a single-V
groove with a 75-deg included angle,
for thicknesses of 116 to 1 in.), and
Joint Designation B-L6 (a single-U
groove with a 45-deg included angle,

Fig. 1 Prequalified CJP oneside groove welds without backing from AWS
D1.6/D1.6M:2007, Structural Welding Code Stainless Steel.

for thicknesses of 116 to 1 in.).


The D1.6 code was revised in 2007.
This version became a bit more
explicit regarding prequalified CJP

welds from one side without backing,


although it did not increase the number of prequalified joint details. Clause
3.28.1 (2), applicable to CJP tubular

For info, go to www.aws.org/adindex

groove welds, states, A prequalified


WPS [Welding Procedure
Specification] for tubular CJP butt
joints shall use Detail B-L6 or B-L2b of
Fig. 3.5, whichever is appropriate, and
shall conform to Clause 3.
These are the same joint designs
mentioned previously for the 1999
version of D1.6, but the reference is
clearer and makes the joint designs
easier to find. Each of those two joint
designs contains a reference to Note e,
which is identical in wording to Note
C1 in the 1999 version of D1.6. Figure
1 reproduces these two prequalified
joint designs.
So, one might think that there are
only two prequalified joint designs.
However, the Scope (Clause 3.0) of
both D1.6:1999 and D1.6/D1.6M:2007 also accepts as prequalified the
standardized WPSs approved by the
AWS B2.1 Committee. There are a
number of these that address stainless
steels in the B2.1 series. One of these
is B2.1-8-216, which uses a
consumable insert for the GTAW root
pass, a GTAW fill pass, and completion
of the joint by SMAW fill passes, with
gas purging of the root until at least 31 6
in. of deposit thickness is achieved. It

SEPTEMBER 2014 / WELDING JOURNAL 21

SAVE THE DATE FOR

IBSC 2015
APRIL 19 22, 2015 / LONG BEACH, CA
www.aws.org/conferences

From transportation to manufacturing and energy, brazing and soldering is at


the foundation of much of our daily life. And, just as in other joining
applications, the science, application and techniques of brazing and soldering
are constantly advancing.
The American Welding Society (AWS) has long been at the forefront of
these changes, and in that spirit is once again organizing a four day
International Brazing & Soldering Conference. Now in its 6th year, the IBSC
remains the premier event for the brazing and soldering community. For years,
the IBSC has provided professionals, scientists and engineers involved in the
research, development and application of brazing and soldering, a unique
networking and idea-exchange forum. This three-day conference provides
cutting-edge education and technical programming for the brazing and
soldering community, as well as peer-networking and a full exhibit program,
showcasing the latest trends, products, processes and techniques available in
the industry.
SAVE THE DATE TODAY to join us in sunny Long Beach, California for this
years conference, on April 19-22, 2015. If the weather alone isnt temptation
enough why not race in early and catch the 41st Toyota Grand Prix of Long
Beach? This annual race is happening right before the 2015 IBSC - yet one
more reason to mark your calendars today.

Registration will be opening soon, so keep an eye on our


website www.aws.org/conferences for the latest information.

22 WELDING JOURNAL / SEPTEMBER 2014

also increases the maximum thickness


for prequalification to 112 in., vs. 1 in. for
the two joints contained in Fig. 1.
The consumable insert and mixtures
of a single bevel preparation on one side
and a single J preparation on the other
side of the joint are variations on the
prequalified joints of D1.6. You need to
examine the list of these in the AWS online bookstore to determine which are
applicable to your space frame.
Note that you will have to provide
purging gas to the root side of the joint
if you want to use one of the two
prequalified CJP joints welded from one
side without backing (as well as with the
WPS of B2.1-8-216). Note C1 of Fig.
3.6 in D1.6:1999 or Note e of Fig. 3.5 in
D1.6/D1.6M:2007 requires adequate
gas purging of the root, which could
leave room for interpretation. I would
define adequate gas purging of the
root as purging such that sugaring of
the root is not encountered. Sugaring is
a rough, poorly formed root surface
that can provide notches. A well-formed
root surface, even one with heavy heat
tint, would still be adequately purged
for most purposes of the D1.6 code because the D1.6 code is intended mainly
for structural applications, not
corrosion applications, unless there is
specific mention of corrosion in the
contract documents (see Clause 3.0 of
AWS D1.6/D1.6M: 2007). It seems unlikely that corrosion would be a concern
in the interior of the tubular members
making up the space frame you are
building. On the other hand, B2.1-8216 is more explicit concerning purging
it requires minimum six volume
changes of argon in the atmosphere of
the purge zone or achievement of no
more than 2% oxygen in that zone.
Finally, be aware that the D1.6 code
is under revision again, and a new publication may be expected later this year or
in 2015. WJ

DAMIAN J. KOTECKI is president, Damian


Kotecki Welding Consultants, Inc. He is a pas
treasurer of the IIW and a member of the A5D
Subcommittee on Stainless Steel Filler Metals,
D1K Subcommittee on Stainless Steel Struc
tural Welding; and WRC Subcommittee on
Welding Stainless Steels and NickelBase Al
loys. He is a past chair of the A5 Committee on
Filler Metals and Allied Materials, and served
as AWS president (20052006). Email your
questions to Dr. Kotecki at damian@dami
ankotecki.com, or mail to Damian Kotecki, c/o
Welding Journal Dept., 8669 NW 36 St., # 130,
Miami, FL 33166.

For Info, go to www.aws.org/adindex

Where is the welding


industry headed?
The CEO of Lincoln knows. Economist Alan Beaulieu knows.

Head to WEMCOs
annual meeting
or be left behind.
Non-member executives are encouraged to participate.

MEET THE SPEAKERS

An Association of Welding Manufacturers

2015 Annual Meeting


Feb. 2527
Vinoy Renaissance Resort & Golf Club
St. Petersburg, Fla.
Theme: Welding Industry
Consolidation and Globalization

Chris Mapes
Chairman, President, and CEO
Lincoln Electric
Chris Mapes was appointed chairman of Lincoln Electric in
December 2013, and president and chief executive officer in
December 2012. Previously, Chris was Lincolns chief operating
officer, the position he was appointed to when he joined the
company in 2011. He was elected to the Lincoln Board in 2010
while serving as executive vice president of A.O. Smith Corporation
and president of its electrical products unit. Prior to his career at
A.O. Smith, Chris was president, motor sales and marketing of
Regal Beloit Corporation and had also served as president of the
Global OEM Business Group of Superior Essex, Inc.

Jack Keough

he WEMCO Annual Meeting is filled with


unparalleled networking opportunities and
enlightening presentations. Renowned economist
Alan Beaulieu of the Institute for Trend Research will
again be our keynote speaker. Network with additional
speakers such as Lincoln Electric CEO Chris Mapes
and Industrial Distribution Magazines Jack Keough.

Contributing Editor and Associate Publisher


Industrial Distribution Magazine
Jack Keough has been researching and writing about the
distribution/manufacturing sector for 30 years. Hes been serving
as contributing editor and associate publisher for Industrial
Distribution Magazine of Madison, Wis. for 26 of those years. Jack
is also the president of his own marketing and consulting firm,
Keough Business Communications, and the contributing editor for
Electrical Distributor magazine and its website. He has written
extensively about distribution management, sales and technology
issues that have changed industrial distribution in the past three
decades.

Non-members are welcome to attend and


experience the full benefits of networking
with your industry peers!

KEYNOTE SPEAKER
Alan Beaulieu
Economist and President
Institute for Trend Research

Registration opens mid-December. For more


information, please contact Keila DeMoraes at
kdemoraes@aws.org or 800-443-9353, ext. 444

One of the countrys most informed economists, Alan Beaulieu is a


principal of ITR Economics, where he serves as president. He is
co-author of Make Your Move, a book on how to increase profits
through business cycle changes. Alan is also the senior economic
advisor to the NSW, chief forecaster for the European Power Train
Distributors Association, and the chief economist for HARDI.
Pronouncements from the Institute for Trend Research and/or Mr.
Beaulieu have appeared in/on the Wall Street Journal, New York
Times, USA Today, Knight Ridder News Services, Business Week,
Associated Press, Washington Times, CBS Radio, CNN Radio, Sirius
talk radio, KABC, NPR affiliate WLRN, and numerous other outlets.

RWMA Q&A
Q: Reducing energy consumption is
a constant theme in our
production facility. Our industrial
engineering staff look at the
instantaneous power demands of
our resistance welding systems and
see this as an area where
improvements can be made.
How is energy consumed during
resistance welding, and how do
system changes affect these
energy requirements?

A: Resistance welding has historically


been considered a high-productivity,
low-energy-input, low-cost joining
technology. Resistance welding
processes are typically characterized
by very short processing times (from
milliseconds to seconds), and to
achieve necessary energy inputs typically do have high instantaneous
power draws. The theoretical energy

BY JERRY GOULD

required to form a resistance weld is quite


low. Figure 1 shows
the energy required to
create spot welds for
aluminum, titanium,
and steel. This plot is
based on a simple calculation of the energy
to heat and melt spot
weld nuggets of nominal size for the given
sheet thickness and
material. You can see
that for any of these
metals, energy ranges
Fig. 1 Theoretical energy required to heat and melt spot
weld nuggets of a nominal size for aluminium, titanium, and
from hundreds to
steel at various sheet thicknesses.
thousands of joules.
These numbers, however, differ drastically
sented in Fig. 2. Here it can be seen
from energy measurements taken
that energy can easily achieve several
from real spot welds. An example of
thousand joules (instead of several
actual energy consumption for a real
hundred) depending on the process
spot weld in 0.8-mm-thick steel is preconditions used.

For info, go to www.aws.org/adindex

26 WELDING JOURNAL / SEPTEMBER 2014

Fig. 2 Measured energies to create minimum, nominal,


and expulsion spot welds in 0.8mm bare steel stackups.

Heat balance considerations: A


major factor affecting energy
consumption during resistance spot
welding is heat extraction to the electrodes themselves. Resistance welding
is implicitly a balance between heat
generation in the workpieces and
extraction through the electrodes.

Fig. 3 Influence of ontime and sheet thickness on the en


ergy efficiency of resistance spot welding steel sheet metal.

Heat generation in the workpieces effectively facilitates local melting of the


weld nugget and creation of an effective joint. Heat extraction into the
electrodes centers the spot weld
nugget in the workpiece stackup as
well as provides thermal protection for
the sheet surfaces and electrodes

themselves. A dynamic analysis of this


heat balance shows how energy
consumption is affected by weld time.
This relationship is shown graphically
for two different steel sheet
thicknesses in Fig. 3.
For short-duration processing, the
energy retained in the weld (and

TECHNOLOGY FOR THE WELDERS WORLD.

RAB Grip & FES-200 W3

Mobile, powerful, and easy to handle!


The fume extraction unit FES-200 combined with
fume extraction torches provides the best
possible welding fume extraction directly at the
source. W3 version is licensed for all
CrNi steels!

www.binzel-abicor.com

For info, go to www.aws.org/adindex

SEPTEMBER 2014 / WELDING JOURNAL 27

COR-MET
COR-MET
T QWP
Q
QW Stainless
tainless Steel
S
Flux Coated TIG Wire.
W
Wi
Eliminate the need for
or gas purging and backing
backing for
f TIG
pipe welding.
elding. The QWP Flux Coated
Coat TIG rod for
orms a slag
forms
on the backside of the
he pipe protecting
pr
the weld
eld from
fr
oxidation (sugaring).
Grades
G
d A
Available
il bl

Call for special


chemistry and
diameter requests.

Manufactured
Manufactur
ctured by COR-MET INC.,
Brighton, Mi
Michigan
800-848-2719
chigan USA 800-848-27
719
www.cor-met.com
www.cor-me
-met.com / sales@cor-met.com
t.com

For info, go to www.aws.org/adindex

For info, go to www.aws.org/adindex

308H, 308L, 309L, 316L, 347, 2209,


16-8-2, 625.
Available in 3/32 and
1/8 diameters.

28 WELDING JOURNAL / SEPTEMBER 2014

therefore used for creating weld


nuggets) and subsequent energy efficiency is relatively high. This is
because at these short times relatively
little heat is lost to the electrodes
(through the workpiece material). At
longer durations, however, more heat
is extracted to the electrodes, and energy efficency decreases. Finally,
increasing weld times can be achieved
where the rate of heat extraction
(through the electrodes) matches heat
generation. In this case, the process is
effectively steady state, and energy is
wasted with no benefit to the spot
weld itself. This is seen as energy efficiencies continuously decrease with
longer weld times. Clearly, there is balance between stable nugget growth,
protection of the electrodes and the
sheet surfaces, and minimum energy
consumption. These are the
conditions that define best practice resistance spot welding schedules.
Energy consumption in AC spot
welding systems: AC spot welding systems were dominant for sheet metal
joining for decades. These systems
provide single-phase, 60-Hz (or 50 Hz
in some countries) electrical current to
the welding machine secondary for
heat generation. Energy delivery
through AC current is affected by both
resistive and inductive loads. Resistive
loads for these systems are dominated
by the workpiece itself. For spot welding, steady-state resistance loading is
typically less than 50 . Inductive
loading is affected by the size of the
secondary loop. Increases in both the
loop circumference and conductor size
can influence secondary inductance. A
plot showing the relationship between
secondary inductance and loop
perimeter is shown in Fig. 4. It can be
seen that for typical secondary loop
circumferences (2 up to about 10 m)
the implied inductance varies from
about 2 up to about 10 H. Increases
in loop size can have a dramatic effect
on energy efficiency. Essentially, that
portion of the secondary load
represented by inductance is lost
energy, required to provide current at
the workpiece. These inductive and reactive loads can then be used to calculate the influence of the welding
machines secondary geometry on energy efficiency. This relationship is
also shown in Fig. 4. Here it is clear

that increasing loop sizes can have a


dramatic influence on energy
consumption for the process.

Balancing overall efficiency with


system functionality: It is clear from
examining the limited data presented
here that system configuration and design can have a dramatic influence on
the energy efficiency for resistance
welding systems. It would be tempting
to take these observations at face
value. However, to some degree the
causes for these losses in energy efficiency have their roots in other
aspects of system functionality. For
example, changing the electrodes to
minimize heat extraction would

For info, go to www.aws.org/adindex

Energy consumption in secondary


rectified DC systems: Secondary rectified DC systems are those that utilize
diodes at the transformer output.
These diodes are configured to provide
direct current to the welding machine
secondary. Common power supplies
using secondary rectification include
medium-frequency direct current
(MFDC), single-phase direct current
(1DC), and three-phase direct
current (3DC) systems. Direct
current systems have the advantage of
being considerably less sensitive to the
secondary loop configuration. At
steady-state current flow, there is no
implicit load associated with
secondary circuit inductance. There
are, however, some losses occurring
during current rise at the initiation of
the weld cycle. The resulting relationship between secondary loop size and
energy-efficiency of DC systems is
shown on the right-hand side of Fig. 5.
For the application shown, it can be
seen that an increase of an order of
magnitude in secondary loop perimeter results in only a 20% loss in energy
efficiency. A larger influence for these
systems is that of the impedance drop
across the diodes. These diodes operate at full secondary current, with impedances ranging from 300 to 1200
. When considering these
impedances to a typical workpiece load
of roughly 50 , the effect is evident.
The effect of increasing such system
impedance (with a constant 50-
workpiece load) is also shown in Fig. 5.
Here the influence of the diode impedances is evident, dramatically reducing
system efficiency.

SEPTEMBER 2014 / WELDING JOURNAL 29

/ Perfect Welding / Solar Energy / Perfect Charging

For info, go to www.aws.org/adindex

ABLE
AVAIL
N
O
I
S
R
TIG VE BER 2014!
M
E
T
SEP

/ Lugging around long mains leads or a bulky generator to do repair welding isnt always practical. We know that. Thats why


    
 

 


   


 




  
       








    
 

     

Fig. 4 Relationship between system inductance, power


efficiency, and secondary loop size for AC resistance spot
welding.

certainly improve energy efficiency,


but would be catastrophic to electrode
wear and workpiece surface quality.
Limiting loop sizes for AC systems is
always good practice, but can reduce
system accessability and subsequent
utility of the process. Finally, DC
power has a range of benefits for specific applications. Most notably, MFDC
30 WELDING JOURNAL / SEPTEMBER 2014

Fig. 5 Influence of system resistance and secondary loop


size on the efficiency of secondary rectified DC welding sys
tems. Calculations are done assuming a constant 50
workpiece resistance.

systems are seen as enablers for lightweight portable gun configurations,


greatly contributing to the overall cost
competitiveness of the technology. In
short, resistance welding system
design must be seen as a balance
between these competitive engineering benefits, where energy efficiency is
only one component. WJ

JERRY GOULD is technology leader,


Resistance & Solid State Welding, EWI,
Columbus, Ohio. Send your comments
and questions to Jerry Gould c/o Weld
ing Journal, 8669 NW 36 St., # 130,
Miami, FL 33166, or via email at
jgould@ewi.org.

For Info, go to www.aws.org/adindex

PRODUCT & PRINT SPOTLIGHT

Emphasis on Pipe and Tube

System Provides Position


Based Welding around the
Pipes Circumference
The M-400 a lightweight, multiprocess, multipower source, on-board
wire feed, single-torch welding system
provides the same range and functionality of previous systems while reducing the overall weight by 25%. It
includes an offset oscillator offering

its operator a view of the arc and the


ability to deposit automated fillet

PIPEMASTER.
Simply the Best Tool
for Welding Small Pipe

(+45/30 deg) welds. Software tracking into the welding parameters also
allows operators to recall what
versions were used for each weld. The
unit can be adapted to weld flux cored,
Innershield, surface tension transfer,
and GMAW with minimal mechanical
changes. Additionally, it offers
position-based welding around the
pipes circumference.
CRCEvans Pipeline International, Inc.
www.crcevans.com
(800) 6649224

Titanium Tubing Resists Harsh


Environments

Thirty-five years of listening to our customers and continuous


product improvement have led to the Pipemaster 515 and D-Head.
The system welds pipe from 1" - 14" (tubes from 1" - 5" OD).

Let us demonstrate how you can increase your productivity and


lower defect rates with the high duty cycle that only machine
welding can achieve.
Pipemaster 515

Worldwide installations in daily use


prove that there is a better way.

For info, go to www.aws.org/adindex

Pendant

The companys new titanium


tubing for heat exchangers,
condensers, and chemical processing
applications has the corrosion
resistance and strength-to-weight
ratio that makes it suitable for operations in harsh environments,
including seawater. The company
offers Titanium Grade 2 in wall thicknesses from 0.020 to 0.083 in., with
outer diameter sizes from 0.5 to 1.5
in. The light-walled tubing optimizes
heat exchange and reduces overall operating costs. A thin oxide film over
the tubes surface maximizes corrosion
resistance. All tubes are ASTM B338
and ASME SB338 certified.
RathGibson
www.rathgibson.com
(800) 3677284

Website Provides Access to


Technical Documents
D-Head

ORBITAL WELDING SYSTEMS

(+1) 860 653-2573 info@MagnatechLLC.com www.MagnatechLLC.com

A manufacturer of semiautomatic
and robotic GMAW guns and peripherals has launched a redesigned website
to provide easier navigation and
increased functionality. Visitors to the
site can access owners manuals and
technical documents, products and
news updates, career opportunities,
continued on page 35

32 WELDING JOURNAL / SEPTEMBER 2014

For Info, go to www.aws.org/adindex

WE BUIL

Energy

BUILD
& WIN!

300 megawatts. The lifeblood of our connected world.


Powering the towns, tools and technologies that drive us
forward. With pipe expertly welded by Tony Fischer and
the skilled craftsmen at Team Industries.
Together, we build energy.

Share what you build for a


chance to win a once-in-alifetime experience at three
legendary sports venues.

MillerWelds.com/webuild

The Power of Blue


For Info, go to www.aws.org/adindex

continued from page 32

and safety data sheets. The website is


mobile friendly and adapts to any
screen size.
American Weldquip, Inc.
www.weldquip.com
(330) 2390317

For info, go to www.aws.org/adindex

Pipe Beveling Tools Available in


Battery and Electric Models

ESCO Tool
www.escotool.com
(800) 3436926

Center Punch Includes Digital


Inclinometer Gauge
The Sumner center punch includes
a digital inclinometer gauge set on an
angled base, useful for measuring angles on pipe. The easy-to-read gauge
displays angles to the nearest
hundredth and is removable from the

For info, go to www.aws.org/adindex

The Mongoose MILLHOG, a selfcentering, right angle drive, inside


clamping tool, now comes in a
rechargeable, 18-V, battery-powered
model for portability and a 950-W
electric motor for use where air is not
available. Useful for getting into tight
spaces, these tools require only a 2.25in. minimum clearance for beveling
tube and pipe from 58-in. ID to 3-in.
OD, and provide chatter-free
operation without cutting oils. The
tools feature TiN-coated cutting
blades that mount securely in a wedgestyle blade locking system and have a
radical chip breaker that directs the
chip away from the surface to
minimize heat generation.

SEPTEMBER 2014 / WELDING JOURNAL 35

Video Presents New Career


Planning System

angled magnetic base. The angled base


contains a push-button, spring-loaded
striking hammer for clearly marking
pipe at the desired locale. Using the
tool involves setting the base on the
pipe, turning on the inclinometer
gauge and adjusting it as needed until
the desired angle is reached, pulling up
the spring-loaded hammer, and pressing the push button on the angled
base to mark pipe.
Sumner Manufacturing Co., Inc.
www.sumner.com
(281) 9996900

HeatResistant White Paint


Wont Yellow at 1200F
Thurmalox 290-00 heat-resistant
white paint features a proprietary for-

AWS President Dean Wilson


discusses, in a new video, a free online
career management and planning system to be released in January 2015.
The system is designed to help
students entering the welding
workforce match their career
knowledge and skills with available
jobs and careers. The video can be
viewed at www.aws.org/
innovation.
mulation to prevent yellowing at up to
1200F. The paint remains white and
will not chip, crack, or peel at elevated
temperatures. Designed for vent pipes
and other parts, it can be used with
the companys clear gloss top coat to
achieve a porcelain-like finish.
However, the paint is not intended for
direct contact with flames. It is available in 5-gal pails, gallons, quarts, and
aerosol spray cans.
Dampney Co., Inc.
www.dampney.com
(617) 3892805

American Welding Society


www.aws.org
(800) 4439353

Workcell Developed for


Pipe Prefabrication
For the Rotoweld 3.0, all machine
aspects, including mechanical design,
servo controls, computer, and
software, were reengineered. This base
model is built with a single rotator and
workbay. Because of its robotized manipulator, the same welding gun, wire
feeder, and power source can be used
to perform the vision-controlled root

PIPE WELDERS... PURGE PROBLEMS?


INTERPURGE... IS YOUR SOLUTION!
WHY SETTLE FOR THIS?
316L Stainless w/ Argon Purge @ 250ppm Oxygen Level

NOTE: 1% Oxygen in Atmosphere is 2,094.6 ppm!

WHEN YOU CAN HAVE THIS!

PURGE 2-3 MINUTES!


DAMS FOR ALL SIZES

ASSORTED PURGE
KITS AVAILABLE

PURGE MONITORS
(OXYGEN TO 1PPM)

QUICK & ACCURATE


PIPE ALIGNMENT

316L Stainless w/ Argon Purge @ 12ppm Oxygen Level

PERFECT PURGING = HIGH QUALITY WELDS

For info, go to www.aws.org/adindex

36 WELDING JOURNAL / SEPTEMBER 2014

pass and all subsequent fill passes.


Using electronic mass flow controllers,
the unit can mix its own gas. Should
extra processes such as submerged arc
or flux cored arc welding be required,
upgrading is possible. The brands pipe
welding workcells are developed for industrial pipe prefabrication, small
pressure vessel manufacturing, or
other similar 1G welding. Pador Group
Ltd. is the companys North American
distributor.

courseware includes updates to several


topics related to welding aluminum.
Topics include an introduction to the
process; equipment setup, operation,
and shutdown; V-groove, butt joint in
the flat and horizontal positions, with
spray transfer and pulsed spray transfer; and weldability of aluminum, fillet
welds, and single-V-groove welds in
various joint configurations and positions, both spray and pulsed spray. A
section on welder safety and health is
included. The training package
includes two DVDs (15 topics) and the
instructor guide (1 student workbook,
1 technical guide, written tests, and
answer keys).
Hobart Institute of Welding Technology
www.welding.org
(800) 3329448

Portable Crane Scales Handle


Pipe, Tube

Tecnar
www.tecnar.com
(450) 4611221

Training DVDs Cover Gas Metal


Arc Welding
The companys latest revision of its
Gas Metal Arc Welding Advanced

The IE Series crane scales feature a


wireless remote control with a 32-ft
range along with function keys for
power, zero, tare, and hold. Offered in
100 0.05, 200 0.1, 500 0.2, 1000
0.5, and 2000 1.0 lb capacities,

ORBITAL TIG WELDING SYSTEMS


Sales, Rentals, Lease Programs

reddarc.com

1-866-733-3272

For info, go to www.aws.org/adindex

For info, go to www.aws.org/adindex

Intuitive, User-Friendly Operation


Rugged, Integrated Modular Design
Easy Service and Maintenance

SEPTEMBER 2014 / WELDING JOURNAL 37

Additive Manufacturing
Systems Offered

WORK
W
ORK
SSMART
MART
RT

The company will be offering its


electron beam additive manufacturing
systems for purchase with accelerated
delivery opportunities available as
early as September 1. The process
combines computer-aided design, electron beam welding technology, and
layer-additive processing. Deposition
rates of its electron beam additive
manufacturing process range from 7 to
20 lb/h, depending upon part geometry and material selected. The build
envelope can reach up to 19 4 4 ft
(L W H).

they have a 5-digit LCD display and


can operate up to 50 h on a fully
charged 9-V DC battery. They have an
aluminum die cast case, 1.1-in. LCD
display, and are supplied with a hook
and shackle for hanging. Applications
include manufacturing and assembly
for pipe, tube, and other tasks.

BRATIN
LE
E

Model 200 Positioner

Sciaky, Inc.
www.sciaky.com/additive_manufacturing.
html
(877) 4502518

Alliance Scale, Inc.


www.alliancescale.com
(800) 3436802

65949-2014
Y EARS

U.S.
U
. S. TTORCHES
ORCHES
S
JOBS
S. JO
U.S.
R U.
OR
FFO

Model 1200 Pipemate

H-style
Head Mix

V-style
Head Mix

See us @
Booth C2504

A-style
Head Mix

For info, go to www.aws.org/adindex

For info, go to www.aws.org/adindex

Uniweld. The only U.S. manufacturer


that can deliver all 3 torch styles.

38 WELDING JOURNAL / SEPTEMBER 2014

Uniweld can build all your cutting equipment:


H-style, V-style and A-style and every tip
youll need to go with em.
All three styles...all U.S. made.
90, straight and 70 heads
Custom lengths built to your specs.
Welding Handles and Hand Cutting Torches available in all three styles.
Call or email for catalog.

Made In
The USA

UNIWELD PRODUCTS, INC.


2850 RAVENSWOOD ROAD
FORT LAUDERDALE, FL 33312 U.S.A.
www.uniweld.com info@uniweld.com
800.323.2111

For Info, go to www.aws.org/adindex

Making the Switch from


Manual to Automated
Pipe Cutting

New equipment combined with intelligent planning


resulted in more pipe cut in less time for an Arizona company
BY JOHN HENDERSON

Fig. 1 Automated cutting


torch systems require about
70 ft of space for the entrance
conveyor and cutting bed
(shown here), as well as the
unloading conveyor.

JOHN HENDERSON is group


brand manager, Victor
Technologies, St. Louis, Mo.,
www.victortechnologies.com.
40 WELDING JOURNAL / SEPTEMBER 2014

ou can tell an ultraefficient company by this sign: competitors


become clients.
We can sell a pipe spool for less
money than our competitors can fabricate it for themselves. Because we operate so efficiently, more and more of
our clients are other mechanical contractors, explained Kevin Prevett,
pipe shop superintendent, Bel-Aire
Mechanical, Phoenix, Ariz.

In addition to changing welding


processes (from shielded metal arc
welding to a modified short circuit
transfer gas metal arc welding
(GMAW) and pulsed spray GMAW),
Bel-Aire Mechanical increased productivity by changing pipe cutting and
beveling technology.
Prior to 2005, the company used
standard saddle-type, hand-cranked
beveling machines fitted with a

straight oxyacetylene torch. Operators


coped pipe using manual oxyacetylene
torches. Then in 2007, the company
installed a two-axis microprocessorcontrolled mechanized cutting system
from Vernon Tool featuring a Victor
MT 5 machine torch. As a result of the
change, hours dedicated to pipe
cutting have been reduced from 16 to
about 4 per day. However, such a productivity increase only came to
fruition after intelligent planning.

Planning the Space


Bel-Aire Mechanical is a full-service
mechanical, HVAC, and plumbing contractor. Founded in 1986, it is the
largest privately owned mechanical
contracting company in Arizona. The
company fabricates duct work, plumbing systems, and piping for municipal
work (water and gas), power plants,
semiconductor manufacturers, and
just about anyone else who needs pipe.
During the mid-2000s, President
and CEO Jim Dinan realized that if the
company wanted to increase its
market share, it would need a new production facility. In 2006, the company
purchased a four-acre industrial property with a 42,000-sq-ft high bay facility. The company completely retrofitted the building, including an area
dedicated to pipe fabrication.
To that end, Dinan charged Project
Director Mike Mackintosh with finding an automated pipe machine. After
flying to Louisiana and inspecting a
system in operation there, Mackintosh
selected a system that would bevel
pipe at any angle desired, as well as cut
lateral windows and saddles on pipe
from 4 to 48 in. in diameter. Choosing
a cutting torch was an easy decision, as
the new machine torch could use the
same cutting tips as the companys
manual torches, as well as the straight
torch on its hand-cranked beveler.
While choosing the right cutting machine may seem like the most difficult
decision, there are two other critical
factors. The first is space.
If youre buying an automated pipe
system, you need to make sure the system fits your operation literally.
You have to have enough physical
room. For our roll turning system,
thats about 70 ft (Fig. 1), Prevett
said.
Pipe comes from the mill in 21-ft
lengths, which is stored in the
companys yard. When a project

Fig. 2 Successfully implementing an automated cutting system requires a different


mindset, such as cutting as much of the same type of pipe as possible without a consumable swap out.

begins, pipe is loaded on a storage rack


that feeds a 21-ft-long entrance
conveyor. Due to the climate in
Phoenix, the company has the luxury
of locating the entrance conveyor outside the building, opening a door as
necessary for the operator to roll the
length of pipe onto the conveyor. After
that, the operator no longer needs to
physically touch the pipe. A chaindriven power feed moves the pipe forward to the 22-ft-long bed of the cutting machine.
In a turning roll machine (as
opposed to a chucking system), the
pipe rotates on a bed of turning rolls
mounted on two parallel main shafts.
The weight of the pipe secures it in the
turning rolls. The two main shafts are
interconnected by precision gearboxes,
which are driven by a variable-speed
DC motor. Traveling along one side of
the machine, a reciprocating torch carriage is synchronized with the pipe rotation to perform contouring
movements. After cutting, another
chain-driven power feed moves the

pipe forward to an unloading conveyor


and another storage rack.
I know companies that purchased
automated systems and didnt have
the 70 ft of space necessary to support
them, Prevett said. Instead of
improving productivity, they created a
bottleneck because they have to
unload pipe from the cutting bed
instead of just sliding it over to the
storage racks.

Evaluating the Impact


In addition to planning facility layout, Prevett notes that companies
need to evaluate how moving from
manual to mechanized cutting will
change logistics.
The move requires management to
shift its way of thinking about production planning, he said. In fact, thats
probably the hardest thing. It takes a
different mindset, and it takes time to
change established habits Fig. 2.
While slower, manual oxyfuel cutting (like manual or semiautomatic

SEPTEMBER 2014 / WELDING JOURNAL 41

volume of work as two operators working an eight-hour shift.

Oxyacetylene Advantages

Fig. 3 The automated torch requires very little operator involvement after entering the
program. Here, the operator makes a small manual adjustment to correctly position the
preheat flames.

welding) maximizes flexibility. For


example, operators can easily shift
from cutting thin- to thick-wall pipe
and cutting different pieces of pipe
Fig. 3.
The objective is different in a
mechanized operation, Prevett said.
If we put a 21-ft length of pipe on the
bed, we want to maximize the number
of cuts on that pipe so we dont have
to handle it more than once. Also, well
want to maximize the number of cuts
on pipe with the same wall thickness
so we dont have to change cutting tips
and reset oxygen and fuel gas pressure
and flow rates. You can cut much
faster with a machine, but you only increase productivity with good
planning.

A Quality Cut
Mechanized cutting speed varies
with thickness, but, as an example, a
24-in.-diameter pipe with a wall thickness of 0.375 in. takes approximately
three minutes to cut. This equates to a
travel speed of about 25 in./min using
a size 0, general-purpose 101 style
cutting tip.
With a machine, you get a straight
cut with a well-prepared finish. Theres
no grinding involved and a minimal
amount of buffing Fig. 4. Cleanup
42 WELDING JOURNAL / SEPTEMBER 2014

time is perhaps 30 seconds for a 24in.-diameter piece, Prevett explained.


By way of comparison, a cut made by
a highly skilled operator with a hand
beveling machine typically requires
three to four minutes of cleanup time,
and course about twice the cutting
time.
After installing the mechanized cutting system, a single operator working
a few hours can accomplish the same

Bel-Aire Mechanical does have a


plasma power source with a 180-deg
machine torch it can connect to its automated cutting system. However,
plasma is mainly used for cutting lowpurity stainless steel and other special
alloy materials. To start, the company
primarily cuts mild carbon steel or
black iron pipe Fig. 5. Much of this
pipe has a coating, and the
oxyacetylene flame cleanly burns away
the coating. The plasma arc does not,
and it creates more smoke. Any speed
gains offered by plasma on thinner
wall pipe are offset by the need to remove the coating.
When the company does cut stainless steel pipe, its often for highpurity applications such as
semiconductor manufacturing. In this
case, the company uses a mechanical
cutting machine, as it is concerned
about spatter from the plasma arc getting inside the pipe.
Cut accuracy is not an issue, as the
oxyacetylene process can actually create a more precise cut than a plasma
system. Because the plasma gas swirls,
one side of the cut always has some
degree of bevel (and note that the
bevel is more of an issue on thinner
material than on thicker material).
Conversely, the cutting oxygen stream
produces a cut with straight walls, and
the cut is highly repeatable.

Setting Up for Success


When setting up an oxyacetylene machine torch or any torch for
that matter follow these three guidelines.
First, use the correct consumable for the application. Do not use a
high-speed cutting tip where a general-purpose tip would be more
appropriate. For most pipe beveling applications, use a general-purpose
tip (high-speed tips are generally for cutting flat plate in multiple-torch
applications).
Second, match the tip size to the metal thickness. Using too large of a
tip is a common error.
Third, set the gas flow rate and pressure according to the
manufacturers tip chart. Remember that the chart provides
recommended values for rate and pressure at the torch, not the
regulator. If hoses run halfway around the building to reach the torch,
values can drop and problems may ensue, especially on thicker-wall sections that require higher flow rates and pressures.

Fig. 4 Automated oxyacetylene cutting produces a


clean cut that requires about 30 s of buffing. The slag
shown here will drop off at the end of the cut.

Lastly, Prevett likes the simplicity


of oxyacetylene consumables. The
mechanized system uses the same cutting tips as the companys manual
torches, which are available at every
welding supply store.

The Vision for Investment


Moving from manual to automated
cutting requires more than just evaluating cutting machines or cutting
processes. For a company cutting high
volumes of nonferrous pipe,
evaluating plasma cutting processes
further complicates the matter.
However, the company has demonstrated that choosing equipment is
only half the battle. Without
forethought on how an automated system will affect facility layout and radically change work planning, a sevenfigure investment could produce a
monumental headache. Fortunately,
the companys key managers knew
how to build its future. WJ
Fig. 5 Bel-Aire Mechanical uses an
automated oxyacetylene torch to make
repeatable bevels on mild carbon steel
(shown here) and black iron pipe. Note
the general-purpose cutting tip and
cleanliness of the cut.
SEPTEMBER 2014 / WELDING JOURNAL 43

Rolling Induction
Technology Provides
Steady Heating

Induction is a safer and more efficient method for preheating pipe. There is no open flame
involved, and there is no element to transfer heat because it is generated within the part.

Using this approach


brings operational
value by enabling
strides in safety,
efficiency, and
quality

44 WELDING JOURNAL / SEPTEMBER 2014

wo common practices in pipe


fabrication that offer many benefits for productivity, quality,
and operator comfort are preheating
and rolling the pipe while welding.
Preheating pipe helps reduce the
potential for a failed weld, and its necessary for meeting code or quality requirements when the pipe is chromemoly, more than 1 in. thick, or stored
in environments colder than 50F. Pipe
can be preheated using various methods, each with advantages and
drawbacks.
Rotating pipe while welding also

BY JOE RYAN

provides many benefits. It eliminates


out-of-position welding, which
increases the ease of achieving quality
welds, while also reducing operator fatigue and offering productivity
improvements from the higher wirefeed speeds and increased deposition
rates. Given the numerous benefits
the practice offers, its easy to understand why the majority of pipe welds
completed in fabrication shops are
rolled.
However, the difficulty comes when
trying to combine preheating and
rolling. Thats due to the fact that

rolling the pipe while welding limits


the options for successfully maintaining preheat and interpass
temperatures.
There is a newer technology for
preheating rolled pipe in a shop environment called rolling induction heating. It offers the benefits of roll-welding pipe while also providing ease in
preheating and maintaining temperature consistency Fig. 1.

How Does Induction


Heating Work?
Induction heating of pipe has been
around for decades, but it wasnt well
suited for roll-welded applications due
to the heating cables that had to be
wrapped around the pipe.
However, a newer rolling induction
technology uses an inductor that sits
on the pipe and does not interfere
with the pipes rotation, making it better suited for roll-welded applications.
As with standard induction
heating, this technology uses a
noncontact method to quickly heat
conductive metals by inducing current
into the part. Induction does not rely
on a heating element or flame to
transfer heat. Instead, an alternating
current passes through the device, creating a magnetic field around it. As the

magnetic field passes through the conductive workpiece, it creates eddy currents within the part. The resistance
of the metal fights against the flow of
the eddy currents, generating heat in
the part. The part becomes its own
heating element, heating from within,
which makes induction efficient
because little heat is lost in the
process.
This method offers safety,
efficiency, and quality benefits for preheating pipe in roll-welding
applications.

Additional Preheating
Techniques
An open flame from a torch is commonly used for preheating because
many shops already have a torch on
hand, and it can be simple and quick
to set up.
Open-flame preheating requires
use of consumables, such as propane
or propylene for the torch, and it heats
the area of the workpiece directly
below the flame. Safety is a consideration with this method, given that
workers are handling an open flame,
and the method produces carbonmonoxide fumes.
Another method used by some fabrication shops is resistance heating, an

electric form of preheating that uses


ceramic heating pads, cables, and wires
wrapped around the part. The ceramic
pads can heat up to 2000F, so they
must be allowed to cool down before
personnel handle them.
Resistance heating is typically done
on a contract basis, meaning
fabrication shops pay heating contractors to supply the equipment and people to perform the job.

Productivity, Ease of Use,


and Safety
Rolling induction technology is designed for easy and quick setup and
repositioning. The hinged arm and
rolling inductor mount on a standard
pipe stand, so the welding operator
can align the induction head on the
pipe. The power source recognizes the
attachment, so users only need to set
the maximum output and time, resulting in quick setup time.
Induction heating can bring the
part to temperature quickly and hold
the machine at a steady output, making it a good option for getting consistent temperature levels. This speed
and consistency help make it an
efficient heating method for welding
pipe.
Induction heating also offers

Fig. 1 Pictured is the ProHeatTM 35


with rolling inductor.

SEPTEMBER 2014 / WELDING JOURNAL 45

numerous safety advantages.


Workplace safety and workers
compensation costs are major
concerns for employers.
Induction heating reduces burn
hazards and creates a safer and more
comfortable environment for the
welding operator.
Electrical heating methods, including induction heating and resistance
heating, eliminate the need to store
explosive gases and that potential
hazard.

Consistency in Heating
Maintaining consistent
temperatures is especially critical,
when welding todays high-strength
steels. Rolling induction technology
provides steady heat output as the
pipe rolls to provide consistent
temperatures throughout the part and
reduce hot and cold spots.
Rolling induction offers a
maximum preheat temperature of
600F in rolled applications, and can
preheat pipe 8 in. and greater in diameter. Multiple rolling induction

systems can be used to heat larger diameters.


With the open-flame method, a
worker must continuously manually
check the temperature to make sure it
reaches a desired temperature. With
resistance heating, its important to
occasionally check the ceramic heating
pads, which can burn out and require
replacement.

Cost Considerations
While rolling induction is exclusive
to the preheating process, the power
source is compatible with other accessories and tools. The power source can
be used for hydrogen bake out, shrink
fit, and postweld heat treatment to increase the investments versatility and
value.
The initial investment in rolling induction heating is higher, but the
return on investment grows over the
life of the equipment. The
technologys efficiency and resulting per-hour cost to operate the equipment is an issue to consider in
choosing a heating method, in

addition to the productivity and safety


benefits of a particular method.
To recap, resistance heating is often
done on a contract basis by fabrication
shops, while open-flame heating is
typically done with a torch that shops
already have on hand, though it does
require use of consumables. The openflame method also often requires additional personnel to be on fire watch
during the heating process.

In Closing
Its important to consider the
safety, quality, and environmental issues associated with various preheating methods. As an increasing number
of jobs require electric preheat, the
ability to use induction heating while
welding rolled pipe can improve
productivity, quality, and safety as well
as provide fabrication shops a viable
alternative.
JOE RYAN is marketing segment
manager, Miller Electric Mfg. Co.
(www.millerwelds.com), Appleton, Wis.

MAKE WATTS YOUR #1 SOURCE


FOR PIPE CUTTING EQUIPMENT
Easy to use
High quality
Fast
Affordable
W-60SM: Saddle miter cutting up to 12" pipe. The W-60SM cuts 90 degree
saddles, miters to 45 degrees and straight cuts. The torch is set to whatever bevel
angle is required. Comes standard with oxy-fuel torch and rotary ground. Plasma
torch holder with 32 pitch is available.
W-122: The W-122 is a two axis computerized cutter utilizing plasma. Cuts pipe
diameters from 1.5" to 12.75". The easy to use menu driven programming is very
user friendly. Up to 50 cuts can be linked together and 2500 files saved. The bevel
angle is set manually with the protractor torch mount. The cutting head tracks the
pipe both vertically and horizontally with the Watts unique tracking head.

Watts Specialties, Inc.

2323 East Pioneer STE. A


Puyallup, WA 98372 USA
(253) 848-9288
Fax: (253) 848-9295
sales@watts-specialties.com

web: watts-specialties.com
For info, go to www.aws.org/adindex

46 WELDING JOURNAL / SEPTEMBER 2014

For Info, go to www.aws.org/adindex

Effects of Buttering on HighCarbon-Equivalent In-Service Pipe


Experiments showed a buttering technique
significantly reduced hardness in the weld toes

uttering is one of many methods


used to reduce the hardening effects inherent to in-service welding. The standard industry practice is
to weld a layer of low-hydrogen weld
metal matching the base material before commencing with the in-service
weld Fig. 1.
This layer is intended to be selftempering by using half overlapping
beads. The expected result is
significantly reduced hardness in the
weldment as well as a more substantial
wall thickness present during the
branch weld. The increased wall thickness can greatly reduce the likelihood
of melt through during the root pass
in some applications. In this study, the
effect that buttering had on the hardness of the weldment was examined
while keeping the carbon equivalent
and cooling rates constant.

Experimental Procedure
Two samples were welded with
every effort made to ensure that the
parameters were identical. The same
pipe was used to represent the run
pipe or header while the branch pipes
were cut from the same pipe. The
same position was used for both samples and the cooling rates were within
5% deviation.
The welding parameters were
closely monitored to ensure
consistency, and it was found that the
maximum deviations were current 6%
or 5 A, voltage 9% or 2 V, travel speed
30% or 95 mm/min, and heat input
2% or 30 J/mm.
Two macrosections were cut from
each sample as shown in Fig. 2. These
samples were inspected for defects and
various locations were then hardness
tested. The locations tested included
the root and cap weld toe on both the
48 WELDING JOURNAL / SEPTEMBER 2014

Fig. 1 Illustration of standard buttering technique.

Fig. 2 Weldment cross section without buttering.

BY MORGAN DULL AND


KAL FOREST

run and branch sides as well as the


area near the center of the weld on the
run pipe side. The coarse-grain and
fine-grain heat-affected zones, along
with the weld metal, and base metal
were tested in all of these locations for
each sample.

Results
The maximum hardness found in
the samples with buttering was 315
HV1 (298 HB), while the maximum
hardness found in the samples
without buttering was 395 HV1 (374
HB). A more detailed comparison of
the samples with the highest hardness
values is shown in Fig. 3.
Note that the sample without buttering has some areas with a reduction
in hardness up to 40 HV1. These areas
were typically in the coarse- and finegrain heat-affected zones and were
usually areas in the 260 to 280 HV1
range in the buttered sample.
The areas in which the positive effects of buttering were most apparent
were the coarse-grain heat-affected
zones in the weld toes on the run pipe
side. Here, a maximum decrease in
hardness was shown to be 156 HV1

Fig. 3 Hardness comparison graphic.

just below the cap. The buttering technique reduced the hardness in these
locations significantly by ensuring
proper tempering of the heat-affected
zone on the in-service pipe.

Conclusions
The results of this study reveal that
although some areas can show a moderate decrease in hardness if buttering
is not used, a much more significant
decrease in hardness is apparent at the
weld toes on the in-service pipe side
when a buttering technique is utilized.

In this particular case, the


difference in the two techniques
resulted in hardness values that are acceptable for nonsour service when buttering is used and unacceptable values
when buttering is not used. The
acceptable hardness values are based
on CSA Z662-2011, Oil and Gas
Pipeline Systems, for nonsour
service. WJ
KAL FOREST is engineering manager, and
MORGAN DULL is a certified engineering
technologist (welding) at Red Flame
Industries, Red Deer, Canada.

For info, go to www.aws.org/adindex

SEPTEMBER 2014 / WELDING JOURNAL 49

Digital
Systems
Deliver
Orbital
Welding
Consistency
Digitals advantages over
analog systems include
improved maintenance,
performance, and
lifecycle
BY STEPHEN COLE AND
KEVIN BEARDSLEY

rbital welding is not a simple


task. Strict parameters guide
the process, which operators
most frequently use to provide critical
welds for the demanding needs of refineries, power and chemical plants,
and related industries.
Developed more than a halfcentury ago as an automated alternative to straight manual welding on
tube and pipe, early orbital welding relied primarily on analog technology.
Analog orbital welding systems
depended on operator skill and complicated setup, preparation, and
process tasks to deliver a quality final
product.
With the progression from analog
to digital standards guiding product
development in many industries,
todays orbital welding systems also
are making this transition. New, digital technology offers improvements in
reliability and consistency over
analog, making it a logical choice for
upgrades.
In the bigger picture, this
transition to digital orbital welding
systems from earlier analog units
50 WELDING JOURNAL / SEPTEMBER 2014

Greater control over


arc parameters has
the capability to deliver faster travel
speeds or greater
deposition while controlling distortion and
heat input levels.

Ease of setup, control,


and maintenance,
coupled with the advantages of the digital
platform, deliver more
uptime, greater productivity, and higher
quality than common
analog systems.

promises to address not only application-specific requirements unique to


the orbital welding process, but also
challenges in respect to quality and
productivity demands Fig. 1. Digital
technology also can help combat the
shortage of knowledgeable, skilled operators in the welding and fabrication
industry.

Digital Communication
Is Key
Orbital welding systems benefit
from the digital nature of various system components. For example, teaming a digital motions system with a

ple, analog signals only can be


transmitted over limited distances, as
the signals attenuate or die out with
distance, compromising data integrity
and limiting the cable lengths between
welding system components.
Digital communication promotes
faster signal transfer, while preserving

Digital Brings Greater


Consistency
Digital technology in orbital welding systems delivers consistency
across equipment, important if the
equipment is fleet-wide, as an issue
can be addressed with a software
upgrade across the entire machinery
roster Fig. 2. In contrast, previous
analog-driven technology introduced a
certain amount of variance from machine to machine and required operators to physically address issues one
machine at a time. Such efforts made
it costly to maintain large fleets.
Challenges with analog orbital
welding systems, or with any analog
system, for that matter, start at the
beginning. Analog equipment
demands verification of each unit
as being in an operational state before it is ready for work in the field.
With an analog system, each function and operation exists as an
independent, unique circuit. To ensure
that an analog-driven piece of
equipment can be relied upon, operators must test every single function.
This testing consumes time and
money. In fact, prior to field issue, it
can take days to calibrate an analog orbital welding machine and verify its
motions.
Digital orbital welding systems, on
the other hand, are much easier to
make and keep field-ready. All
thats required is verifying the welding
circuits motion and the functional aspects. Software can control other system characteristics, even if the equipment has been idle for a month or two.
And with so much tied into the
software, programs can be updated
and uploaded to repair bugs or address
other performance issues. These
issues can be addressed consistently,
rapidly, and cost effectively across the
entire fleet, a much easier proposition
than manual inspections, fine-tuning,
and maintenance, as is the case with
analog systems.

Fig. 1 The rapid change to digital orbital systems allows fabricators to address increasing
requirements for application flexibility as well as quality and productivity enhancements.

digital welding power source can offer


benefits via a digital communications
protocol.
Digital communication allows for
faster, more dependable, more
economical equipment performance.
Historically, welding system performance has been limited by the analog
circuitry that controlled it. For exam-

data integrity and simplifying wiring.


It speeds up data transfer rates and
minimizes delay, enhancing welder
performance. It also provides greater
opportunity for coordinating
movement of the mechanical with the
welding procedures, resulting in a
more controlled arc and access to
application-specific waveforms that

SEPTEMBER 2014/ WELDING JOURNAL 51

Fig. 2 Setup, calibration, verification,


production performance monitoring, and
system upgrades, especially in multisystem fleets, are significantly simplified for
fabricators with new systems based on
digital communications protocols.

help control heat input at critical


points in the weld.
Digital communication also eases
production monitoring, a critical need
for orbital welding. High-speed

communication, enabled by digital


technology, permits the use of
software tools to track equipment
usage and condition. It also allows operators to configure limits and
responses after each weld and provides
storage of thousands of weld
summaries.
And, as discussed, digital protocol
also provides a scalable framework for
future upgrades, allowing engineering
changes to be made through software
upgrades instead of module
replacements.
Fully digital, mechanized orbital
welding systems, given their softwaredriven makeup, can be upgraded, without the need to add hardware.
Forward-looking manufacturers are
developing and introducing systems
that are expandable and dynamic over
time, via software to support new
products and new technologies. Fabri-

cators no longer need to scrap a


machine and buy a new one with each
new industry advancement. For owners of fleet equipment, it used to be
that the day they bought that
equipment, in some ways it already
was out of date. Not so with
mechanized, digital systems new
code updates bring equipment up to
speed.
Lincoln Electric, for instance, provides system updates as part of its updates for the welding power sources.
With digital communication, software
recognizes the components surrounding the power source and uploads updates specific to those components,
thus keeping the systems current.
Suppose the company produces a new
waveshape providing enhanced root
bead performance, faster travel
speeds, or greater deposition for its
power source. It can update system
software with new features to not only
control that waveshape (Fig. 3), but to
perform more with that arc things
that we may not even have thought of
today. This gives the new generation
of mechanized, digital orbital welding
systems a long life cycle.

Fig. 3 Updated processes or waveshapes resulting from new research or tailored specifically to a particular application can easily be updated to enhance performance.
52 WELDING JOURNAL / SEPTEMBER 2014

Fig. 4 New glare-resistant interfaces feature multi-use controls to display relevant data required for any operation.

More Demanded from


Welding Systems

Easier to Use, Addresses


Skilled-Welder Shortage

Software updates also enable new


system capabilities. Companies now
design orbital and other welding systems with future capabilities in mind,
so that new software can meet the
welding challenges ahead. This development is critical, as new materials
and new processes define the current
welding industry, and the industry as
it moves forward.
Welding processes introduced in recent years have greatly improved welding speeds and the range of materials
that can be welded. The versatility of
an orbital welding system, provided by
its increasingly digital, mechanized
nature and its ability to grow in capability as welding processes and materials evolve, proves indispensable in
tackling challenges. Productivity
improves as welders have to give less
thought to the material and the
process, knowing that the machinery
provides the correct parameters and
procedures needed to produce quality
finished product.

The lack of available, skilled welders


is not news to anyone. The digital and
mechanized nature of the latest orbital
welding systems address this challenge
by providing consistency across all
units within a fleet, resulting in highquality, repeatable automated welding
across all machines over long time periods. In contrast, human welders
being human and old-style analog
orbital welding systems inherently deliver distinct variability throughout
the course of a workday.
Older analog orbital welding equipment was filled with knobs and
switches. Its complexity required users
to memorize switch locations and settings, slowing the process and leaving
room for operator error.
Newer technology has produced
more of a game focus on the user interface, allowing operators who are accustomed to video games to transition
to welding without having to
completely retrain their mind on how
to react. As an example, the new

Apex 3000 orbital gas metal arc welding system employs multiuse buttons
and switches. This enables the operator to focus on accessing a very small
section of the pendant instead of having to memorize a large physical layout
and the location of every button and
knob Fig. 4. This new design brings
with it the intuitive feel and operability of a video game controller.
Easier control, combined with ease
of maintenance and consistency from
system to system as well as simple operator interfaces, show that the age of
digital, mechanized orbital welding is
here, and will continue to adapt to
the changing needs of the welding
industry. WJ

STEPHEN COLE is engineering manager,


Arc Products Inc., San Diego, Calif.,
www.arcproducts.com, and KEVIN BEARDSLEY is global application engineer, The Lincoln
Electric Co., Cleveland, Ohio,
www.lincolnelectric.com.

SEPTEMBER 2014/ WELDING JOURNAL 53

Study of Underwater Friction


Welding Technology
Friction welding on a remotely operated
vehicle platform was used to retrofit sacrificial
anodes on underwater pipelines

BY GAO HUI,
JIAO XIANG-DONG,
XU YA-GUO, AND
ZHOU CAN-FENG

Introduction
In the past few decades, offshore oil
and gas exploration has progressively
moved from shallow to deep water. In
South China Sea, the average water
depth is 1212 m (3975 ft); the depth is
increased to 5567 m (18,260 ft) on the
central abyssal plain. At present, there
are about ten oil and gas field groups
sited in this area. The Weizhou oilfield
is 30~40 m deep, and the Eastern gas
field is 63~70 m. The other ones are
close to or more than 100 m deep,
with the Liuhua oilfield (305 m) and
Liwan 3-1 gas field (1500 m) being the
deepest (Refs. 1, 2). The number of
underwater structures in deep ocean is
rapidly growing with the exploration,
and for some of them, the service time
is approaching the design life. The
Weizhou 10-3 oilfield, which entered
production in 1986, has been in use
for more than 20 years, thus the
importance of underwater structure
repair and sacrificial anode retrofit are
increasingly important.

Friction Welding
Underwater
Friction welding is a solid-state
connection technology with unique
technical advantages. It has recently
been introduced to underwater applications. Although there is some information about this technology in a few
articles, there are also some aspects
about the welding process and equipment that needed to be studied
further for the specific engineering applications (Refs. 310). Therefore, an
exploratory research program of
underwater friction welding technology was carried out in 20062010, and
54 WELDING JOURNAL / SEPTEMBER 2014

Fig. 1 Underwater friction welding system based on the ROV platform.

then the subsequent engineering


application was performed. The
underwater friction welding system
based on a remotely operated vehicle
(ROV) platform can be used to replace
the saturation diver to weld new sacrificial anodes. This reduces greatly the
construction cost and improves the
production efficiency.

Design of the
Underwater Friction
Welding System Based
on the ROV Platform
Overall Scheme Design
The welding system (Fig. 1) mainly
consists of an underwater welding de-

Fig. 2 The remotely operated vehicle.

vice and a high-powered ROV


platform. The ROV is widely used in
ocean engineering. The welding device
is composed of the welding head,
welding fixture, hydraulic control
module, hydraulic underwater hot stab

module, electronic control module,


and humanmachine interface. The
hydraulic control module and electrical
control module can be carried into
water by the ROV, but the assembly
composed of the sacrificial anode,
welding head, and welding fixture was
too heavy and had to be lifted into the
water separately. The main electrical
control module exchanges information
with a humanmachine interface by
communicating through an optical
fiber in the ROV. The power for the
welding head was supplied by the ROV
hydraulic system through the
underwater hydraulic hot stab module.
This kind of modular system design
enables fast installation and
separation between the underwater
friction welding device and ROV operation platform, which can improve the
work efficiency.

Interface between ROV and


Friction Welding System
The ROV (Fig. 2) is composed of
the body, manipulator, positioning
module, main hydraulic drive module,
tooling hydraulic drive module, underwater camera module, and communication control module. The manipulator can be used to position and fix the
underwater welding system, and execute the operations of plugging the hydraulic pipe and separating the welded
anode. The power of the welding head
is directly provided by the ROV tooling
hydraulic drive module, which can effectively reduce the hydraulic pressure
losses in the pipe. In addition, the con-

Fig. 4 Underwater suction anchors.

Fig. 3 Underwater friction welding


head.

trol module of the ROV utilizes standard RS232/RS485 communication


protocol.
The remote control signal is
converted into light signals by the
photoelectric conversion device, so
that it can be transmitted through the
optical fiber. This kind of design provides convenience for the signal transmission between the main control unit
and humanmachine interface, as the
friction welding electronic control
module also utilizes RS232/RS485
communication protocol.

Development of the Welding


Head and Welding Fixture
The underwater friction welding

head (Fig. 3) is driven by hydraulic


power. In the welding process, the rotary motion is realized by a hydraulic
motor installed on top of the welding
head, and the axial feed movement is
driven by hydraulic cylinders. Spare
and accessory parts for the welding
head are made of stainless steel to
meet the needs of underwater operations. The maximum speed and working pressure of the hydraulic motor is
10,000 rev/min and 32 MPa,
respectively, and the stroke of the hydraulic cylinder is 80 mm. In addition,
the drive shaft is sealed by a mechanical motive seal and can work normally
under the conditions of 2.5 MPa and
8000 rev/min.
The welding fixture is designed according to the specific conditions of
underwater construction on site, and
it can be used to weld the sacrificial
anode on the top of underwater
suction anchors (Fig. 4), which is the
objective of this project. Now, the sacrificial anode used for the suction anchors is mostly bar-shaped, which
needs two weld points to fix, and its
shape caused difficulty in positioning
welds. So the shape of the anode was
changed to a disk-shape (Fig. 5), thus
the number of weld points was
reduced from two to one. Installation
and positioning of the welding head
and clamping of the disc-shaped anode
was accomplished with a welding fixture Fig. 6. The welding fixture was
located and fixed on the underwater
suction anchor by magnetism. There
are two magnets installed on the welding fixture, and for each of them, the
nominal force is 20 kN and the maxi-

Fig. 5 Disk-shaped anode.


SEPTEMBER 2014 / WELDING JOURNAL 55

Fig. 6 Welding head and welding fixture.

Fig. 7 Schematic of the hydraulic control module.

Fig. 9 Weld joint obtained in the air environment.

Fig. 8 The block diagram of the control system.

mum force is 60 kN, which fully meets


the requirement of the forging force
20 kN in the welding process. When
the welding work was finished, the
rapid separation between the anode
and welding fixture was carried out by
the manipulator of the ROV.

Hydraulic Control Module


The hydraulic control module (Fig.
7) of the underwater friction welding
device, which was sealed by a shell,
was connected to the tooling hydraulic
drive module and carried into the
water by the ROV. The hydraulic control module consists of two speed regulating valves, a relief valve, and three
magnetic exchange valves. In order to
realize the welding parameters control
by operators in the ROV control room,
the hydraulic control module is
56 WELDING JOURNAL / SEPTEMBER 2014

connected to the main control unit by


the underwater sealing plug.

Electronic Control System


Module and Human-Machine
Interface
The control system of the underwater friction welding device includes the
main control unit and human-machine
interface Fig. 8. As the volume of
Panasonic DVP-10SX PLC is relatively
small and its very easy to put it into
the ROV electric cabin, it was selected
as the main control unit. A touch
screen with the configuration software
was selected as the human-machine
interface, and then placed into the
ROV control room so as to execute the
joint operation with the ROV control
system during the welding process.
The main control unit communicates

Fig. 10 Welding operation in the water


environment.

Fig. 11 The tensile specimen of weld


joint obtained in the water environment.

with the human-machine interface according to RS232/RS485 protocol.


However, because of the long distance
of the signal transmission, a
photoelectric conversion module is
needed to convert the electric signal to
an optical signal for exchanging data
through the optical fiber.

Study of Welding Process


for Underwater Friction
Welding
The suction anchor is a barrelshaped structure fabricated with A36
steel plate. In this project, welding
process trials with 8-, 12-, and 16-mmdiameter studs were conducted in the
air and water environment,
respectively (Figs. 9, 10), and tensile
tests were carried out for the weld
joint according to the requirement of
the contractor. The experimental
results showed that weld joints without defects were obtained with a head
rotating speed of 3500~4000 rev/min
and the axial feed speed of 20~30
mm/min in the water. The joints had
good tensile properties, even higher
than the base metal Fig. 11. One

mined that they met the needs of underwater friction stud welding. In addition, the joint communication for
debugging between the electronic control module of the friction welding
system and the communication
control module of ROV were
completed successfully on site, and the
movement indexes of the weld head
also met the requirement of the welding process Fig. 13.
Fig. 12 Experiment data of the tensile
test.

tensile test performed on a 16-mm


stud weld joint made in water resulted
in failure in the stud at a maximum
load of 92 kN Fig. 12. Therefore,
the properties of these weld joints met
the need for the installation of an underwater sacrificial anode.

Debugging on Site
Based on laboratory studies of the
welding process, the hydraulic system
parameters of the underwater friction
welding device were determined. By
comparing the parameters of the ROV
tooling hydraulic system, it was deter-

Summary
For the need of retrofitting sacrificial anodes on underwater pipelines
and other underwater structures, suitable welding parameters were
developed for an underwater friction
welding device using a ROV. Feasibility
of the process, as well as all key technical details of the system, were verified
through joint debugging between the
friction welding device and the ROV.
The technology can replace saturation
diving welding operations, which
reduces greatly the operating costs. It
has laid a good technical foundation
for the forthcoming work of
retrofitting sacrificial anodes in the
South China Sea. WJ

Fig. 13 Joint debugging between the friction welding device and the ROV.
SEPTEMBER 2014 / WELDING JOURNAL 57

Acknowledgments
Support Project: The national high
technology research and development
program (863 Program)
(2011AA090302), National Natural
Science Foundation of China
(51109005), Beijing Natural Science
Foundation (3122016), Science and
technology program of Beijing Municipal Commission of Education
(KM201310017007).
References
1. Xi-zhao, J., et al. 2010. Study on
welding procedure and equipment applied in subsea pipeline laying. Ship
and Ocean Engineering (3): 128132.
2. Xiang-dong, J. et al. 2007. Challenges and countermeasures of
offshore engineering joining technology in 21st century. J. Electric Welding
Machine 37(06): 7580.
3. Meyer, A. 2001. Subsea robotic
friction welding repair system.
Offshore Technology Conference, Houston, Tex.
4. Meyer, A., et al. 2001. Considera-

tions on robotic friction stitch welding


for the repair of marine structures.
20th International Conference on
Offshore Mechanics and Arctic Engineering, Brazil.
5. Nicholas, E. D. 1984. Underwater
friction welding for electrical coupling
of sacrificial anodes. Paper OTC 4741,
presented at the 16th Annual OTC,
Houston, Tex.
6. Blakemore, G. R. 1992. Design
and implementation of a total control
system for a portable friction welding
machine. Paper 6, presented at the 4th
International Conference Computer Technology in Welding, TWI, Cambridge,
UK, 3-4 June.
7. Brown, P., McGowan, C.,
Blakemore, G., Cooper, M., and Bird, J.
1997. Evaluation of hydro marine systems HMS 3000 portable friction
welding machine. Paper presented at
ASM International European Conference
Welding and Joining Science and
Technology, Madrid, Spain.
8. McGowan, C. D. 1997. Evaluation
of the hydro marine systems
HMS3000 friction stud welding
machine. Defence Research Agency re-

For info, go to www.aws.org/adindex

58 WELDING JOURNAL / SEPTEMBER 2014

port DRA/SMC/CR973005, Farnborough.


9. Gibson, D., Pacuba, N., and Grey,
I. 2010. Fiction stud welding underwater in the offshore oil and gas industry.
Proc. State of the Art, Science and Reliability of Underwater Welding and Inspection Technology, Houston, Tex.
10. Gao, H. 2010. Study for the
process of friction stitch welding. Beijing University of Chemical
Technology, Beijing, China.

GAO HUI (gaohui@bipt.edu.cn), JIAO


XIANG-DONG, XU YAGUO, AND ZHOU
CAN-FENG are with Beijing Higher Institution Engineering Research Center of
Energy Engineering Advanced Joining
Technology, Beijing Institute of Petrochemical Technology, Beijing, China.
This article is reprinted with permission
from Modern Welding Technology,
published by Chengdu ONLY Welding
Industry Development Co. Ltd., Chengdu,
Sichuan Province, China.

For info, go to www.aws.org/adindex

 The largest roll i

QUALITY
POWER
PERFORMANCE

We n Hemisph
nch
kness
 inch t
piece construction u



f
 Ferrous and non ferrous metal
m
 Precise tolerances
 F ll ser ice fabricator and
d materials s pplier

NQA-1

For Info, go to www.aws.org/adindex

Be the person with


the answers.
Own the entire library of
AWS Welding Handbooks.

5@; ;.?8@>+;<:?;35><;800(@8<?;8=7;05349?<?;8=>,?@>;-5@
62@<(899.;?6?@.;4@50?>>;8=7;38<?@289;:86?;1??=;-5(=7;2=;<:?
659(3?>;5-;<:?;35><;0(@@?=<; ;
 *;(=7@?7>
5-;9?872=/;8(<:5@2<2?>;:86?;?=>(@?7;<:8<;899;<:?;-80<>;.5(;=??7;8@?
8<;.5(@;-2=/?@<24>;8=7;05=-2@3?7;<5;1?;@?92819?*;
5@;:8@7;%(?><25=>+;<:?;8=>,?@>;8@?;?8>.;<5;-2=7*;2=7;>59(<25=>
-8><;2=;<:?; ;
 *

The AWS Welding Handbooks are the must-have references for engineers, structural
designers, technologists, inspectors, welders, welding educators, and others who need to
understand our dynamic and evolving industry. Put all the facts at your fingertips and
make sure youre on the cutting edge with new and updated material.
The largest body of knowledge on welding available anywhere.
Practical, hands-on information that you can put to immediate use.
The most current information on best practices
regarding safety, quality, and qualification
issues.
Unparalleled authoritychapters are
written by leading scientists, engineers,
educators, and other technical and
scientific experts. Everything is peerreviewed for accuracy and timeliness.
The most valuable resource on welding
you can buy, covering the entire spectrum
of welding from science and technology,
history, welding processes, and materials
and applications.
Ninth Edition, Volume 1, Welding Science
and Technology
Presents the latest developments in the basic
science and technology of welding, and general
descriptions of processes. Continues with
chapters on the physics of welding and cutting;
heat flow; welding metallurgy; design; test
methods; residual stress; welding symbols;
tooling and positioning; monitoring and control;
mechanized, automated, and robotic techniques;
economics; weld quality; inspection;
qualification and certification; welding codes
and standards; and safe practices. 932 pages, 17
chapters, 2 appendices, 530 illustrations, 168
tables, hardbound. (2001).
WHB-1.9
$192 nonmembers/$144 members

Ninth Edition, Volume 2, Welding


Processes, Part 1
Presents comprehensive information on
welding and related processes. Contains
detailed information on arc welding power
sources. Covers shielded metal arc, gas tungsten
arc, gas metal arc, flux cored arc, submerged arc,
and plasma arc welding processes. Includes
chapters on electroslag welding, stud welding,
oxyfuel gas welding, brazing, soldering, oxygen
cutting, and arc cutting and gouging. 736 pages,
15 chapters, 260 line drawings, 100 photographs,
148 tables, hardbound. (2004).
WHB-2.9
$192 nonmembers/$144 members

Ninth Edition, Volume 3, Welding


Processes, Part 2
Over 600 pages of comprehensive information
on solid-state and other welding and cutting

processes. The book includes chapters on


resistance spot and seam welding, projection
welding, flash and upset welding, and highfrequency welding. In addition to a chapter on
friction welding, a new chapter introduces
friction stir welding. The most recent
developments in beam technology are
discussed in expanded chapters on laser beam
welding and cutting and electron beam
welding. A diverse array of processes are
presented in chapters on the ultrasonic
welding of metals, explosion welding,
diffusion welding and diffusion brazing,
adhesive bonding, and thermal and cold
spraying. The last chapter covers various
other welding and cutting processes,
including modernized water jet cutting. 669
pages, 15 chapters, 3 appendices, 438
illustrations, 59 tables; hardbound. (2007)
WHB-3.9
$192 nonmembers/$144 members

Eighth Edition, Volume 3, Materials and


Applications Part 1

Ninth Edition, Volume 4, Materials and


Applications, Part 1

GET THE 2 NEWEST HANDBOOK


VOLUMES ON PROCESSES AT
SUBSTANTIAL SAVINGS

This comprehensive volume had more than


50 experts in materials and materials applications assure its accuracy and the currency of
its content. It is a great reference source for
engineers, educators, welding supervisors,
and welders. Covers carbon and low-alloy
steels; high-alloy steels; coated steels; tool and
die steels; stainless and heat-resisting steels;
clad and dissimilar metals; surfacing; cast
irons; maintenance and repair welding; and
underwater welding and cutting. Includes
more than 500 tables, charts, and photos. 779
pages, 10 chapters, hardbound. (2011).
WHB-4.9
$192 nonmembers/$144 members

Covers nonferrous metals, plastics, composites,


and ceramics; specialized topics on maintenance
and repair welding; under-water welding and
cutting. Includes applications of the specific
metals and processes, weldability, safe practices.
538 pages, 10 chapters, softbound. (1996).
WHB-3.8
$160 nonmembers/$120 members

GET FIVE VOLUMES OF THE


CURRENT WELDING HANDBOOK
SET AT SUBSTANTIAL SAVINGS
Vol. 1, 9th Ed.: Welding Science & Technology
Vol. 2, 9th Ed.: Welding Processes, Part 1
Vol. 3, 9th Ed.: Welding Processes, Part 2
Vol. 4, 9th Ed.: Materials & Applications, Part 1
Vol. 3, 8th Ed.: Materials & Applications, Part 1
WHB-ALL
$762 nonmembers/$572 members

Vol. 2, 9th Ed.: Welding Processes, Part 1


Vol. 3, 9th Ed.: Welding Processes, Part 2
WHB-PRC
$288 nonmembers/$216 members

DOWNLOAD SINGLE CHAPTERS


Choose individual Welding Handbook chapters
for PDF download, at an economical price.
See PUBS.AWS.ORG
$20 nonmembers/$15 members

Call 888-WELDING or order online at


http://pubs.aws.org
Now available campus-wide for educational institutions

COMING EVENTS
AWSSponsored Events
Additive Manufacturing Conference. Sept. 9, 10.
Renaissance Orlando Airport Hotel, Orlando, Fla. Topics will
include powder bed fusion, material extrusion, directedenergy deposition, and material jetting. Contact B. RiveronRaimundez, braimundez@aws.org; (800) 443-9353, ext. 234.
RWMA (Resistance Welding Manufacturing Alliance)
Meeting. Sept. 17, 18. Trump National Doral Miami, Miami,
Fla. www.aws.org/rwma.
4th Annual Women in ManufacturingTM 2014 Summit. Sept.
29Oct. 1. Hyatt Regency, Schaumburg, Ill. The event is
geared toward women who have chosen careers in manufacturing and want to share perspectives and network with
others in the industry. www.womeninmanufacturing.org/summit2014.
Welding Summit Workshop. Oct. 8, 9. AWS World
Headquarters, Miami, Fla. Designed to provide an
interactive open forum environment for professionals from
various areas of the welding industry to discuss issues and
propose solutions. ww.aws.org/conferences.
Sheet Metal Welding Conference XVI. Oct. 2224.
Schoolcraft College, Livonia, Mich. Sponsored by the AWS

Detroit Section. To highlight recent developments in welding and joining technologies for lightweight structures.
www.awsdetroit.org.
FABTECH 2014. Nov. 1113. Georgia World Congress Center,
Atlanta, Ga. This exhibition is the largest event in North
America dedicated to showcasing the full spectrum of metal
forming, fabricating, tube and pipe, welding equipment, and
myriad manufacturing technologies. (800/305) 443-9353,
ext. 264; www.fabtechexpo.com.
Thermal Spray Pavilion and Conference. Nov. 12. Georgia
World Congress Center, Atlanta, Ga., at FABTECH 2014.
Topics to include applications, processes, coatings,
equipment, automation, sensors and controls, and safety issues. Intl Thermal Spray Assn., an AWS Standing Committee. www.thermalspray.org; www.fabtechexpo.com.
6th Intl Brazing & Soldering Conference. April 1922, 2015.
Long Beach, Calif. Topics will include current research, practical and potential applications, and new developments in
these technologies. www.awo.aws.org/2015-ibsc.

U.S., Canada, Mexico Events


International Manufacturing Technology Show (IMTS). Sept.
813. McCormick Place, Chicago, Ill. This is the largest dis-

SERIOUS AIR for SERIOUS PLACES

t
t
t
t
t

 .PEFMT
1PSUBCMF
 $'.
7
1OFVNBUJD

62 WELDING JOURNAL / SEPTEMBER 2014

For info, go to www.aws.org/adindex

For info, go to www.aws.org/adindex

The ideal solution for


employee comfort and
productivity!

Evaporative Cooling
Reduce air temperature by
as much as 30 degrees!

TBMFT!TDIBFGFSGBODPNttXXXTDIBFGFSGBODPN

play and demonstration of global manufacturing technology


in the Western Hemisphere. Sponsored by The Association
for Manufacturing Technology (AMT); www.imts.com.
Crane Users Conference. Sept. 1618. The San Luis Resort,
Galveston, Tex. Topics to include remote crane monitoring,
diagnostics, maintenance, safety, and operation. Sponsored
by Konecranes. www.craneconference.com.
RAPID Canada and AMExpo, Additive Manufacturing3D
Printing. Sept. 23, 24. International Centre, Toronto,
Canada. Sponsored by Society of Manufacturing Engineers.
www.amexpo.ca.

ASNT Annual Conference 2014. Oct. 2730. Charleston


Convention Center, Charleston, S.C. American Society for
Nondestructive Testing; (800) 222-2768; www.asnt.org.
2nd Annual The Assembly Show. Oct. 2830. Donald E.
Stephens Convention Center, Rosemont, Ill. To improve
product quality and prevent recalls in the automotive and
medical devices manufacturing industries. Visit website for
list of seminars and workshops. www.theassemblyshow.com.
Automotive Testing Expo 2014 colocated with Engine Expo
2014. Oct. 2830. Suburban Collection Showplace, Novi,
Mich. www.testing-expo.com/usa/; www.engine-expo.com/usa/.
Association for Manufacturing Excellence Strategic
Success through PeoplePowered Excellence Conference.
Nov. 1014. Hyatt Regency Jacksonville
Riverfront Hotel, Jacksonville, Fla. www.ame.org.

For info, go to www.aws.org/adindex

National Career Pathways Network Annual Conference.


(NCPN). Oct. 1214. Buena Vista Palace Hotel & Spa, Walt
Disney World Resort, Orlando, Fla. www.ncpn.info.

International Events
Tuline Welding Hoses Are
NOW AVAILABLE FACTORY DIRECT FROM
HBD/Thermoid, Inc.
NOW AVAILABLE BY QUICK SHIP (2 Weeks
or less with Standard Packaging)
NOW AVAILABLE WITH PRE-PAID FREIGHT
TERMS FOR VOLUME ORDERS
NOW AVAILABLE WITH PRIVATE LABELING,
CUSTOM ASSEMBLY & PACKAGING

International Conference on Artificial Intelligence


and Industrial Application (AIIA2014). Sept. 21, 22. Royal
Park Hotel, Hong Kong, China. www.aiia2014.org.
Aluminium 2014, 10th World Trade Fair and Conference.
Oct. 79, Messe Dsseldorf, Germany. Spotlighting the Chinese and Indian markets. www.aluminium-messe.com.

4th IIW Welding Research & Collaboration Colloquium.


Nov. 5, 6. The University of Wollongong, NSW, Australia.
The Welding Technology Institute of Australia (WTIA).
www.wtia.com.au.
International Conference on Mechanics and Civil Engineer
ing (ICMCE2014). Dec. 13, 14. Zhong Tian Century Hotel,
Wuhan, Hubei, China. All papers will be presented in
English. www.icmce2014.org/cfp.html.
International Symposium on Engineering Technology, Edu
cation, and Management. Dec. 26, 27. Guangzhou, China.

For info, go to www.aws.org/adindex

7th Offshore Energy Expo and Conference. Oct. 28, 29. Amsterdam RAI, The Netherlands. www.offshore-energy.biz.

Thermoid Flex Strength Welding Hoses are


light-weight and flexible. Our welding hose
products can now be ordered factorydirect
from stock in a wide range of sizes, including
our popular Grades, R and T, in Single Line
and Tuline Styles. All are available with or
without corrugated covers. All Thermoid Welding Hoses are built with a
multi-spiral construction for maximum kink resistance. Each is Air Mandrel
Cured which eliminates clogged nozzles, assures a non-contaminated tube
and promotes an even flow of gas to the nozzles.
For ordering details, contact HBD/Thermoid Sales/Customer Service at
800/543-8070 800/423-4354-Fax E-mail: info@hbdthermoid.com
Member
www.hbdthermoid.com

SEPTEMBER 2014 / WELDING JOURNAL 63

Sponsored by International Association for Cyber Science


and Engineering. www.academic-science.org.
2nd Arabia Essen Welding & Cutting. Jan. 1013, 2015.
Dubai World Trade Center, Dubai, UAE. www.arabia-essenwelding-cutting.com.
8th Offshore Energy Expo and Conference. Oct. 13, 14,
2015. Amsterdam RAI, The Netherlands. www.offshoreenergy.biz.

Educational Opportunities

For info, go to www.aws.org/adindex

Advanced Cutting Workshops. Sept. 16 (Tulsa, Okla.); Sept.


17, 18 Atlanta, Ga.); Sept. 18, 19 (Houston, Tex.).
One-day courses offered free of charge, presented by
Hypertherm. Register at www.hypertherm.com/livetraining.

2
Sch. 40

Pipe Capacity

Advanced Fundamentals & Brazing by Design. Sept. 1618.


Chicago, Ill. Topics to include technology overview, terms
and definitions, fundamentals of brazing, braze design, filler
metals, heating methods, and problem solving. LucasMilhaupt;(800) 558-3856; www.lucasmilhaupt.com; www.lucasmilhaupt.com/en-US/training/seminarsdetail/38.
Brazing School Fundamentals to Advanced Concepts.
Oct. 79 (Greenville, S.C.); Nov. 1820 (Hartford, Conn.).
Kay and Associates, Brazing Consultants.
www.kaybrazing.com/seminars; (860) 651-5595; dan.kay@kaybrazing.com.
Fatigue and Fracture Analysis of Ship Structures. Sept. 35.
ABS Training Center, Houston, Tex. Hosted by ABS in partnership with BMT Fleet Technology. www.fleetech.com; training@fleetech.com.
Grounding and Electrical Protection Courses. Oct. 9, 10 in
Phoenix, Ariz.; Nov. 13, 14 in New Orleans, La. Lyncole XIT
Grounding; (800) 962-2610; www.lyncole.com/courses/.
Laser Additive Manufacturing Workshop. March 4, 5, 2015.
College of Optics and Photonics at the University of Central
Florida, Orlando, Fla. www.lia.org/lam.
Modeling and Simulation for Nondestructive Evaluation.
Oct. 1317. Saclay, France. www.mse-chair.org.

For info, go to www.aws.org/adindex

Modern Furnace Brazing School. Oct. 2123 (Aerobraze Engineered Technologies Brazing Engineering Center, Cincinnati, Ohio). Contact Domenic Calagna, (248) 585-6400, ext.
221; brazingschool@wallcolmonoy.com.
Resistance Welding Seminars. Sept. 10, Huntsville, Ala.;
Sept. 24, Milwaukee, Wis.; Oct. 1, Evansville, Ind.; Oct. 15,
Columbus, Ohio; Nov. 20, Orlando, Fla. T. J. Snow Co.
www.tjsnow.com; welders@tjsnow.com.
Welder Training & Testing Institute Courses. API Endorsement: Nov. 1; D1.5 Endorsement: Nov. 37; D1.1 Endorsement: Nov. 7; Contact Tracy Wiswesser, WTTI, 1144 N.
continued on page 67

64 WELDING JOURNAL / SEPTEMBER 2014

CUT. GRIND. FINISH.

,,,+*)(')(&%(&$#")$+'!*  $&)$*)(')(&%(&$#")$+'!*
!( *)(#'& )&&()($ !!!*&   +  + +
+  + +

)(')( %(&$#")$ )$ )(!   +  + +


 +  + +

For Info, go to www.aws.org/adindex

WELDING
CUTTING

Join together.
In Arabia.
ARABIA ESSEN WELDING & CUTTING
JAN. 10 13, 2015 DUBAI

International Trade Fair


Joining Cutting Surfacing

In conjunction with:

BOOK NOW!
www.arabia-essen-welding-cutting.com

Essen Trade Shows


Karen Vogelsang
Tel.: +1. 9 14. 9 62-13 10
Fax: +1. 9 14. 9 62-13 20
karen@essentradeshows.com
www.schweissen-schneiden.com
For Info, go to www.aws.org/adindex

continued from page 64

MAVERICK
TESTING
LABORATORIES

Graham St., Allentown, Pa.; (610) 820-9551, ext. 204;


www.wtti.com.
ECourses in Destructive and Nondestructive Testing of
Welds. Online video courses taken at ones own pace offer
certificates of completion and continuing education units.
Hobart Institute of Welding Technology. hiwt@welding.org;
www.welding.org.

Maverick Testing
Laboratories is a full
spectrum, independent,
state-of-the-art ISO
9001 Certified testing
laboratory . We provide a
comprehensive range of
welder performance,
welding procedures,
metallurgical and mechanical
testing services & full welding
consulting services throughout
the TX Gulf Coast.

INTEG Courses. Courses in NDE disciplines to meet certifications to Canadian General Standards Board or Canadian Nuclear Safety Commission. The Canadian Welding Bureau;
(800) 844-6790; www.cwbgroup.org.
Laser Safety Online Courses. Courses include Medical Laser
Safety Officer, Laser Safety Training for Physicians, Industrial Laser Safety, and Laser Safety in Educational Institutions. Laser Institute of America; (800) 345-2737;
www.lia.org.
Laser Safety Training Courses. Courses based on ANSI
Z136.1, Safe Use of Lasers, Orlando, Fla., or customers site.
Laser Institute of America; (800) 345-2737; www.lia.org.

For info, go to www.aws.org/adindex

Hypertherm Cutting Institute Online. Includes video tutorials, interactive e-learning courses, discussion forums, webinars, and blogs. Visit www.hypertherm.com,
www.hyperthermcuttinginstitute.com.

We provide and sell the Maverick Test


Coupon, a 2.750 OD x 0.688 Wt.,
P-No-1 Material for the ultimate in
unlimited thickness to ASME Sec. IX. See
website for full details.
We have two facilities in Texas to provide a total welding
solutions center for our customers, including mobile on-site
testing capabilities.
Industries Served: Oil & Gas Refining, Offshore, Structural, Power &
Utilities, Pipeline, Petrochemical, and Aerospace.

MAVERICK
AV
VERICK TESTING LABORATORIES
AT
10001 Porter Rd., Suite 100, La Porte, TX 77571
T: (281) 888-8210 / www.mavericktestinglabs.com
www.m
w..mavericktestinglabs.com

TOP LINER
PIPE CLAMP

Visit our website


e for more
mor information on our
ISO 17025 Accredited
d Test
Te
T Lab Services

FAST. PRECISE. EASY.


Chemical Analysis

&%$#"! % #%


Calibration
&%$#"!%!%#%
%%%"  
&%# "#%
&%#!
&% ""#
"" %$
$#"!
"!%
&%  "#% "  
&%
 %# %

&%
&%#%
&% #""
&% #""%
&%  #%

www.wtti.com &%1-800-223-9884
1

KEY ADVANTAGES

For info, go to www.aws.org/adindex

For info, go to www.aws.org/adindex

Impact Testing










High-low adjustment
Gap spacing adjustment
Rounds out pipe on sch. 40 & below
Works on heavy-wall pipe & preheating
Increase productivity
Improve quality control
Enhance Safety
Sizes available: 2 through 72; pipe-to-pipe & pipe-to-fitting
Industries Served: Oil & Gas, Petro-Chemical,
Power Generation, Pulp & Paper,, Shipbuilding
Clients include: Babcock & Wilcox, Bechtel, Inc., Fluor, Inc.,
General Dynamics Electric Boat, Kiewit, PCL Industrial, US Navy

WALHONDE TOOLS,
WA
OOLS, INC.

TUBE & PIPE ALIGNMENT TOOLS

SEPTEMBER 2014 / WELDING JOURNAL 67

Breakthrough Charger
design provides
portable 3/8" stud
welder...from a 120V
wall outlet!

N550c
N
550c

For info, go to www.aws.org/adindex

The Arc Charger is the first of its class in stud welding


power sources - developed around Nelsons patent
pending Arc Charger platform. It has the capacity to
weld the full range of drawn arc studs - up to 3/8" pitch
(M8) diameter, with a high speed switching welding arc,
while requiring power from just a standard household
120V wall outlet!
This breakthrough combination enables high-strength
drawn arc stud welding in just
about any location, without
the need for high-voltage,
industrial 3-phase power,
or a larger generator!

Laser U Online Education Portal. Offers practical information to use on the job. Topics range from 3D printing to
drilling, welding, wireless and optical product requirements,
and many others. Visit website for complete information
and to sign up for modules. Laser Institute of America;
www.lia.org/laseru.
Laser Vision Seminars. Two-day classes, offered monthly
and on request, include tutorials and practical training. Presented at Servo-Robot, Inc., St. Bruno, QC, Canada. For
schedule, cost, and availability, send your request to
info@servorobot.com.
Machine Safeguarding Seminars. Rockford Systems, Inc.;
(800) 922-7533; www.rockfordsystems.com.
Machining and Grinding Courses. TechSolve, www.TechSolve.org.
NACE International Training and Certification Courses. National Assoc. of Corrosion Engineers; (281) 228-6223;
www.nace.org.
NDE and CWI/CWE Courses and Exams. Allentown, Pa., and
customers locations. Welder Training and Testing Institute;
(800) 223-9884; www.wtti.edu.

Call 1 (800) NEL-WELD,


NEL-WELD
and Follow us on
on Twitter
Tw er @NelsonStudWeld.
@N
@NelsonSt
udWeld.
We

NDT Courses and Exams. Brea, Calif., and customers locations. Level I and II and refresher courses in PA, UT, MP, radiation safety, radiography, visual, etc. Test NDT, LLC; (714)
255-1500; www.testndt.com. WJ

WONDER GEL
Stainless Steel Pickling Gel

WELD AFTER

WELD BEFORE

Welder training and qualification coupons

Come visit us at Booth C2011


for a demonstration!
Nov. 11-13, 2014
BRADFORD DERUSTIT CORP.
PO Box 1194
Yorba Linda, CA 92885-1194
International ph: 714.695.0899
International fax: 714.965.0840
e-mail sales@derustit.com

www.derustit.com

68 WELDING JOURNAL / SEPTEMBER 2014

Destructive test equipment


Full testing services

For info, go to www.aws.org/adindex

For info, go to www.aws.org/adindex

Achieve maximum corrosion resistance to stainless steel.


Surface contamination may drastically reduce the life of
stainless steel. Wonder Gel removes (pickles) stubborn impurities,
cleans the toughest slag, scale and heat discoloration
and restores (passivates) the protective oxide layer.

For Info, go to www.aws.org/adindex

CERTIFICATION SCHEDULE

Certication Seminars, Code Clinics, and Examinations

Certified Welding Inspector (CWI)


Location
Miami, FL
Idaho Falls, ID
St. Louis, MO
Houston, TX
New Orleans, LA
Fargo, ND
Corpus Christi, TX
Pittsburgh, PA
Long Beach, CA
Indianapolis, IN
Tulsa, OK
Nashville, TN
Miami, FL
Beaumont, TX
South Plainfield, NJ
Portland, OR
Atlanta, GA
Des Moines, IA
Detroit, MI
Roanoke, VA
Shreveport, LA
Cleveland, OH
Spokane, WA
Corpus Christi, TX
Atlanta, GA
Sacramento, CA
Miami, FL
Annapolis, MD
Dallas, TX
Edmonton, AB, Canada
St. Louis, MO
Los Angeles, CA
Orlando, FL
Reno, NV
Houston, TX
Miami, FL

Seminar Dates
Sept. 712
Sept. 712
Sept. 712
Sept. 712
Sept. 1419
Sept. 1419
Exam only
Sept. 28Oct. 3
Oct. 510
Oct. 510
Oct. 510
Oct. 510
Exam only
Oct. 1217
Oct. 1217
Oct. 1217
Oct. 1924
Oct. 1924
Oct. 1924
Oct. 1924
Oct. 1924
Oct. 2631
Oct. 2631
Exam only
Exam only
Nov. 1621
Nov. 1621
Nov. 1621
Nov. 1621
Exam only
Exam only
Dec. 712
Dec. 712
Dec. 712
Dec. 712
Exam only

9Year Recertification Seminar for CWI/SCWI


Exam Date
Sept. 13
Sept. 13
Sept. 13
Sept. 13
Sept. 20
Sept. 20
Sept. 27
Oct. 4
Oct. 11
Oct. 11
Oct. 11
Oct. 11
Oct. 16
Oct. 18
Oct. 18
Oct. 18
Oct. 25
Oct. 25
Oct. 25
Oct. 25
Oct. 25
Nov. 1
Nov. 1
Nov. 8
Nov. 13
Nov. 22
Nov. 22
Nov. 22
Nov. 22
Nov. 24
Dec. 6
Dec. 13
Dec. 13
Dec. 13
Dec. 13
Dec. 18

For current CWIs and SCWIs needing to meet education requirements without taking the exam. The exam can be
taken at any site listed under Certified Welding Inspector.
Location
Seminar Dates
Denver, CO
Sept. 712
Dallas, TX
Oct. 510
New Orleans, LA
Oct. 2631
Seattle, WA
Nov. 1621
Miami, FL
Dec. 712

Certified Radiographic Interpreter (CRI)


The CRI certification can be a stand-alone credential or can
exempt you from your next 9-Year Recertification.
Location
Seminar Dates
Exam Date
Chicago, IL
Sept. 1519
Sept. 20
Pittsburgh, PA
Oct. 1317
Oct. 18

Certified Robotic Arc Welding (CRAW)


Seminar dates (S:) are followed by the exam dates (E:)
S: Dec. 811, E: Dec. 12; at
ABB, Inc., Auburn Hills, MI; (248) 3918421
S: Oct. 2022, E: Oct. 23, 24; at
OTC Daihen, Inc., Tipp City, OH; (937) 667-0800
S: Oct. 2022, E: Oct. 23; at
Lincoln Electric Co., Cleveland, OH; (216) 383-8542
S: Oct. 1316, E: Oct. 17; at
Genesis-Systems Group, Davenport, IA; (563) 445-5688
S: Sept. 2224, E: Sept. 25, 26; S: Nov. 1719, E: Nov. 20, 21;
at Wolf Robotics, Fort Collins, CO; (970) 225-7736
On request at
MATC, Milwaukee, WI; (414) 297-6996

Certified Welding Educator (CWE)


Seminar and exam are given at all sites listed under Certified
Welding Inspector. Seminar attendees will not attend the
Code Clinic part of the seminar (usually the first two days).

Certified Welding Sales Representative (CWSR)


CWSR exams will be given at CWI exam sites.

Certified Welding Supervisor (CWS)


CWS exams are also given at all CWI exam sites.
Location
Seminar Dates
Exam Date
Miami, FL
Sept. 1519
Sept. 20
Norfolk, VA
Oct. 1317
Oct. 18
IMPORTANT: This schedule is subject to change without notice. Please verify your event dates with the Certification Dept. to confirm your
course status before making travel plans. Applications are to be received at least six weeks prior to the seminar/exam or exam. Applications
received after that time will be assessed a $250 Fast Track fee. Please verify application deadline dates by visiting our website
www.aws.org/certication/docs/schedules.html. For information on AWS seminars and certification programs, or to register online, visit
www.aws.org/certification or call (800/305) 4439353, ext. 273, for Certification; or ext. 455 for Seminars.
70 WELDING JOURNAL / SEPTEMBER 2014

For Info, go to www.aws.org/adindex

CONFERENCES
Welding Summit Workshop
October 8, 9
AWS Headquarters, Miami, Fla.
The purpose of the Welding Summit Workshop is to provide an interactive open forum environment for profession-

als from various areas of the welding industry to discuss


issues and propose solutions.

FABTECH 2014 Conferences


Georgia World Congress Center
So You're the New Welding Engineer
November 11, 12
Room C302
Heres help for getting you up to speed quickly, asking
the right questions, getting the results you need, saving
money, and staying out of trouble. This two-day conference
is for managers, engineers, designers, and others with welding responsibility but limited exposure to or background in
welding. The conference focuses on arc welding applications,

but the principles have universal applicability. Presentations


and discussion are based on the Application Analysis Worksheet, which was developed to teach a senior college course
to engineers about to enter industry, with the objective of
helping them develop a path to understand and deal with
the challenges they were about to face.

Thermal Spray Technology: HighPerformance Surfaces


November 12
Room C201
This conference is aimed at exploring the many facets of
thermal spray, including advanced uses of robotics in
thermal spray, improving coating yield through powder feed

optimization, recycling thermal spray overspray dust, and


applying thermal spray anodic coatings to less than ideally
prepared surfaces.

Additive Manufacturing
November 13
Room C205
Additive manufacturing represents the realization of the
ideal of on-demand manufacturing. Without molds or dies,
additive manufacturing enables production of parts and
prototypes on demand. Design improvements can be made

and tested rapidly without tooling and machining


constraints. Learn from the experts about additive manufacturing processes such as powder bed fusion, material extrusion, directed energy deposition, material jetting, and more.

Look ahead to 2015


International Brazing and Soldering Conference (IBSC)
April 1922, 2015
Long Beach, Calif.
Now in its sixth year, the IBSC remains the premier event
for the brazing and soldering community. For years, the
IBSC has provided professionals, scientists, and engineers
involved in the research, development, and application of
brazing and soldering, a unique networking and idea-

exchange forum. This three-day conference provides


cutting-edge education and technical programming for the
brazing and soldering community, as well as peer-networking and a full exhibit program, showcasing the latest trends,
products, processes, and techniques. WJ

For more information, please contact the AWS Conferences and Seminars Business Unit at (800) 4439353, ext. 234, or email
belkys@aws.org. You can also visit the Conference Department website at www.aws.org/conferences for upcoming conferences and
registration information.
72 WELDING JOURNAL / SEPTEMBER 2014

BY HOWARD WOODWARD woodward@aws.org

SOCIETY NEWS

Leadership Symposium Meets in Miami

The Leadership Symposium participants are shown July 23 in the lobby of AWS World Headquarters in Miami, Fla.

The 16th annual AWS Leadership


Symposium was held July 2023 at
AWS World Headquarters in Miami,
Fla. Section leaders from all 22 AWS
Districts and India participated to develop the skills they need to better
perform their Section duties.
Listed are the District number, attendees name, and Section. 1) Jeffrey
Mannette Sr., Boston; Luke Buss,
Green & White Mountains; 2)
Thomas Colasanto, New York; 3)
Richard Heisey, Reading; 4) Brandon
Hoffner, Charlotte; 5 Seth Evans,
South Carolina; 6) Larry Hidde,
Northern New York; 7) George Kirk,
Pittsburgh; 8) Jonaaron Jones,
Northeast Tennessee; 9) William
Lamperez, Baton Rouge; 10) Ward
Kiser, Drake Well; Johnny Napier,

Cleveland; 11) Justin Miller, Saginaw


Valley; Ryan Crandell, West Michigan;
Viji Kuruvilla, Detroit; 12) Paul
Fischer and Jennifer Lynn
Hildebrandt, Milwaukee; 13) David
Viar, Chicago; 14) Andrew Swyers, St.
Louis; Kyle Hutcheson, Indiana; 15)
Jerod Tengesdal and Danny Meckle,
Northern Plains; Dana Sorensen,
Northwest; 16) Maggie-Anne Landon
and John Shaw, Iowa; Greg Siepert,
Kansas; 17) Brie Jenkins, Ozark;
John Trotter, Oklahoma City; 18)
Thomas Holt, Sabine; 19) Gentry
Wood and Wanda Griesheimer,
Alberta; 20) Gordon Reynolds, Utah;
21) John Weber, Arizona; Tim
Chubbs, Inland Empire; 22) Jennifer
Bernard, San Francisco; Carlos Shelton, Sacramento Valley; and Interna-

tional) Shyam Baskaran, India.


The Symposium is facilitated each
year by Ron Gilbert, senior partner
and principal management
consultant for Gilbert Education &
Management Systems,
www.gilbertems.com, and a professor
of management in the Chapman
Graduate School of Business at
Florida International University.
Assisting Dr. Gilbert again this
year were Lee Kvidahl, an AWS past
president and manager of
welding/manufacturing engineering
at Huntington Ingalls Industries,
Pascagoula, Miss., and AWS staff
members Cassie Burrell, senior associate executive director; and Rhenda
Kenny, director, and Alfred Nieves,
coordinator, Member Services.

Notice of Annual Meeting of the American Welding Society


The Annual Meeting of the members of the American Welding Society will be held Monday, Nov. 10,
2014, beginning at 9:00 AM at the

Georgia World Congress Center in


Atlanta, Ga.
The regular business of the Society will be conducted, including elec-

tion of officers and nine members of


the Board of Directors. Any business
properly brought before the
membership will be considered.

AWS Life Member Cited by IIW


H. Glenn Ziegenfuss (right), an AWS
Life Member, receives an anniversary
pin commemorating his 30 years of
service to the International Institute
of Welding (IIW) from Damian
Kotecki. The presentation was made
during the 67th IIW Annual Assem-

bly and International Conference held


July 1318 in Seoul, South Korea. Dr.
Kotecki, a past treasurer for the IIW,
served as AWS president 20052006.
Ziegenfuss has held leadership positions at IIW, Standards Engineering
Society, ANSI, and AWS.

SEPTEMBER 2014 / WELDING JOURNAL 75

SOCIETY NEWS
TECH TOPICS
New Standards Projects
Development work has begun on
the following two standards. Affected
individuals are invited to contribute
to their development. Participation
on all AWS Technical Committees is
open to all persons.
B5.1:2013-AMD1, Specification for
the Qualification of Welding Inspectors.
This revised standard defines the requirements for qualifying visual welding inspectors including exam,
experience, demonstrated capabilities, and proof of visual acuity. The
exam tests the inspectors knowledge
of welding processes, procedures, destructive and nondestructive examinations, terms, definitions, symbols,
reports, welding metallurgy, essential
mathematics, safety, quality assurance, and general responsibilities.
Stakeholders: Welding inspectors.
Contact S. Hedrick, steveh@aws.org.
D20.1:20XX, Standard for Fabrication of Metal Components Using Additive Manufacturing. This new standard
will present the general contract requirements, process and operator
qualifications, and inspections necessary for fabricators using metal additive manufacturing processes to
produce product to customers' specifications. Stakeholders: Everyone involved in additive manufacturing.
Contact A. Alonso, aalonso@aws.org.

Two New Standards Approved


by ANSI
B2.1-1-302:2014, Standard Welding Procedure Specification for Naval
Applications (SWPS-N) for Shielded
Metal Arc Welding of Carbon Steel (S1), 18 inch [3 mm] through 112 inch [38
mm] Thick, MIL-7018-M, in the AsWelded or PWHT Condition, Primarily
Plate and Structural Naval Applications. Approved 7/9/14.
B2.1-1-312:2014, Standard Welding Procedure Specification for Shielded
Metal Arc Welding of Carbon Steel (S1), 18 through 112 inch Thick, MIL-7018M, As-Welded or PWHT Condition,
Primarily Pipe for Naval Applications.
Approved 7/9/14.

Two Revised Standards for


Public Review
B2.1-1/8-010:201X, Standard
Welding Procedure Specification (SWPS)
76 WELDING JOURNAL / SEPTEMBER 2014

for Gas Tungsten Arc Welding of Carbon


Steel (M-1/P-1) to Austenitic Stainless
Steel (M-8/P-8), 18 through 10 Gauge,
in the As-Welded Condition, with or
without Backing. $124. 9/01/14. J.
Rosario, jrosario@aws.org.
D16.4M/D16.4:201X, Specification
for the Qualification of Robotic Arc
Welding Personnel. $26. 8/18/14. C.
Lewis, clewis@aws.org.
AWS was approved as an accredited standards-preparing organization by the American National
Standards Institute (ANSI) in 1979.
AWS rules, as approved by ANSI, require that all standards be open to
public review for comment during the
approval process. The above standards were submitted for public review with the review expiration dates
shown. A draft copy may be obtained
from the staff contact listed.

Two ISO Draft Standards for


Public Review
ISO/DIS 14272.2 Resistance
welding Destructive testing of welds
Specimen dimensions and procedure
for cross tension testing of resistance
spot and embossed projection welds.
ISO/DIS 14273.2 Resistance
welding Destructive testing of welds
Specimen dimensions and procedure
for tensile shear testing resistance spot,
seam and embossed projection welds.
Copies of these standards are
available through your national standards body, which in the United
States is ANSI, 25 W. 43rd St., 4th Fl.,
New York, NY 10036; (212) 6424900. In the United States, if you
wish to participate in the development of international standards for
welding, contact A. Davis,
adavis@aws.org.

Diusion Bonding Experts


Sought for ISO Standard
The U.S. TAG (Technical Advisory
Group) that serves as the United
States National Committee to ISO/TC
44/SC 10, Unification of Requirements in the Field of Metal Welding,
seeks United States experts to serve
on a newly created subgroup dealing
with the topic of micro melting diffusion bonding. The group is working
on a new ISO standard concerning
micro joining of second-generation

high-temperature superconductors.
Contact A. Davis, adavis@aws.org.

Technical Committee Meetings


Sept. 9. D15 Committee on Railroad Welding. Chicago, Ill. Contact J.
Rosario, jrosario@aws.org.
Sept. 9. D15A Subcommittee on
Cars and Locomotives. Chicago, Ill.
Contact J. Rosario, jrosario@aws.org.
Sept. 15. A5H Subcommittee on
Filler Metals and Fluxes for Brazing.
Charleston, S.C. Contact S. Borrero,
sborrero@aws.org.
Sept. 15, 16. C3 Committee and
Subcommittees on Brazing and Soldering. Charleston, S.C. Contact S.
Borrero, sborrero@aws.org.
Sept. 17, 18. J1F Task Group 6 of
the J1 Committee on Resistance
Welding Equipment. Miami, Fla. Contact E. Abrams, eabrams@aws.org.
Sept. 2325. B2 Committee and
Subcommittees on Procedure and
Performance Qualifications. Salt Lake
City, Utah. Contact J. Rosario,
jrosario@aws.org.
Sept. 24. SH4 Subcommittee on
Labeling and Safe Practices. Pittsburgh, Pa. Contact: S. Hedrick,
steveh@aws.org.
Oct. 7. D10P Subcommittee on
Local Heat Treating of Pipework.
Miami, Fla. Contact B. McGrath,
bmcgrath@aws.org.
Oct. 8, 9. A2 Committee and Subcommittees on Definitions and Symbols. Columbus, Ohio. Contact S.
Borrero, sborrero@aws.org.
Oct. 10. D10 Committee on Piping
and Tubing. Miami, Fla. Contact B.
McGrath, bmcgrath@aws.org.
Oct. 20, 21. D16 Committee on
Robotic and Automatic Welding.
Miami, Fla. Contact: C. Lewis,
clewis@aws.org.
Oct. 2124. D1 Committee and
Subcommittees on Structural Welding. Jackson, Wyo. Contact B. McGrath, bmcgrath@aws.org.
Oct. 23, 24. C4 Committee on
Oxyfuel Gas Welding and Cutting.
Clearwater, Fla. Contact C. Lewis,
clewis@aws.org.
April 710, 2015. D1 Committee
and Subcommittees on Structural
Welding. Miami, Fla. Contact B. McGrath, bmcgrath@aws.org.

SOCIETY NEWS
Opportunities to Serve on
Technical Committees
www.aws.org/technical/jointechcomm
The following committees have
openings for new members.
Joining of plastics and composites.
G1 Committee seeks educators, end
users, general interest, and
consultants. S. Hedrick,
steveh@aws.org.
Methods of weld inspection. The
B1 Committee seeks educators, general interest, and end users. E.
Abrams, eabrams@aws.org.
Safety and Health Committee
seeks educators, end users, general
interest, and consultants. S. Hedrick,
steveh@aws.org.
Oxyfuel gas welding and cutting,
C4 Committee seeks educators, general interest, and end users. C. Lewis,
clewis@aws.org.
Friction welding, C6 Committee
seeks professionals. C. Lewis,
clewis@aws.org.
Highenergy beam welding and
cutting, C7 Committee seeks professionals. C. Lewis, clewis@aws.org.

Magnesium alloy filler metals,


A5L Subcommittee seeks professionals. R. Gupta, gupta@aws.org.
Robotic and automatic welding,
D16 Committee seeks general interest and educational members. C.
Lewis, clewis@aws.org.
Local heat treating of pipe, D10P
Subcommittee seeks professionals. B.
McGrath, bmcgrath@aws.org.
Mechanical testing of welds, B4
Committee seeks professionals. S.
Hedrick, steveh@aws.org.
Reactive alloys, G2D Subcommittee seeks volunteers. A. Alonso,
aalonso@aws.org.
Titanium and zirconium filler met
als, A5K Subcommittee seeks professionals. A. Alonso, aalonso@aws.org.
Welding qualifications, B2B
Subcommittee seeks members. J.
Rosario, jrosario@aws.org.
Resistance welding equipment, J1
Committee seeks educators, general
interest, and end users. E. Abrams,
eabrams@aws.org.
Thermal spraying, the C2 Committee seeks educators, general interest,

and end users. J. Rosario,


jrosario@aws.org.
Automotive, The D8 Committee
seeks members. E. Abrams,
eabrams@aws.org.
Machinery and equipment and
surfacing and reconditioning of
industrial mill rolls, D14 Committee
and D14H Subcommittee seek educators, end users, consultants, and general interest members. E. Abrams,
eabrams@aws.org.
Hybrid welding. The C7D Subcommittee seeks volunteers. C. Lewis,
clewis@aws.org.

Nominate Your Candidate for


MIT Masubuchi Award
This award, with a $5000 honorarium, is presented to one person, 40 or
younger, who has made significant
contributions to materials joining
through research and development.
Send your candidates credentials and
three or more letters of recommendation from other researchers to Prof.
Todd Palmer, tap103@psu.edu.

MEMBERSHIP ACTIVITIES
Candidates Sought for
WeldingRelated Awards
The deadline for nominating candidates for the following awards is
December 31 prior to the year of the
awards presentations. E-mail Wendy
Sue Reeve at wreeve@aws.org or call
(800/305) 443-9353, ext. 293.
William Irrgang Memorial Award
This award includes a $2500
honorarium to recognize the individual who has done the most over
the past five years to advance the
science and technology of welding.
Honorary Membership Award
This award acknowledges
eminence in the welding
profession, or one who has made
exceptional developments in the
welding art.
National Meritorious Award
This award includes a $2500
honorarium to recognize an
individuals loyalty, good council,
dedication to AWS affairs, and pro-

motion of cordial relations with industry and other technical organizations.


George E. Willis Award
This award is given to an
individual who promoted the
advancement of welding
internationally by fostering cooperative participation in technology
transfer, standards rationalization,
and promotion of industrial goodwill for the Society.
International Meritorious
Certificate Award
This honor recognizes, in the
broadest terms, the recipients significant contributions and service
to activities in the international
welding community.

AWS Life Members Get Free


Registration for Professional
Program
AWS Life Members are offered free
admission to the FABTECH show
scheduled for Nov. 1113, 2014, at

the Georgia World Congress Center in


Atlanta, plus free registration for the
Professional Program, enabling them
to attend any of the technical
sessions presented during the threeday period a $325 value.
The Registration Form is available
in the Welding Journal and the
Advance Program. You may also call
(800/305) 443-9353, ext. 260, to
have the form mailed to you.
To obtain your free registration,
mark AWS Life Member Free Registration at the top of your Registration Form. Fax both sides of the form
to (305) 443-5647, Attn: Rhenda
Kenny, membership director; e-mail
to rhenda@aws.org; or mail the form
to Rhenda Kenny, AWS, 8669 NW
36th St., Ste. # 130, Miami, FL
33166.
Change of Address? Moving?
Make sure delivery of your Welding
Journal is not interrupted. Contact
Maria Trujillo in the Membership
Department with your new address information (800) 443-9353, ext. 204;
mtrujillo@aws.org.

SEPTEMBER 2014 / WELDING JOURNAL 77

SOCIETY NEWS
NEW AWS SUPPORTERS
Sustaining Companies

Affiliate Companies

Collett & Sons Welding, Inc.


370 N. Main St.
Smyrna, DE 19977
Representative: John V. Collett
www.collettandsonswelding.com

Alfa Quality LLC


Dumlupinar Blvd. No. 266
Tepe Prime C Bloc, Office No. 99
Cankaya Ankara 06800, Turkey

Knoxville Utilities Board


4505 Middlebrook Pike
Knoxville, TN 37919
Representative: Sean Elverd
www.kub.org
National Technical Systems
3801 Academy Pkwy. N., NE
Albuquerque, NM 87109
Representative: Adam Gonzales
www.nts.com/locations/albuquerque

Supporting Companies
American Power Connection
Systems, Inc.
2460 Midland Rd.
Bay City, MI 48706
Dryden Diving Co., Inc.
213 Russell Mill Rd.
Woolwich Township, NJ 08085

Calhoun Superstructures Ltd.


530 Mooney St.
Goderich, ON N7A0A6, Canada
Great Lakes Turbines, Inc.
2620 Centennial Rd., Ste. V
Toledo, OH 43558
MDL Mfg. Industries, Inc.
15 Commerce Ct.
Bedford, PA 15522
Owens Specialty Co., Inc.
16014 Bear Bayon Dr.
PO Box 187
Channelview, TX 77530
Professional Certified
Inspection, Inc.
PO Box 60772
Phoenix, AZ 85082
Wollam Construction
656 W. 9400 S.
Sandy, UT 84070

Clewiston Weld School


475 E. Osceola Av.
Clewiston, FL 33440
Clyde High School
500 Hays Rd.
Clyde, TX 79510
Fleming County High School
1658 Elizaville Rd.
Flemingsburg, KY 41041
Florida Mfg. and
Enterprise Program
1420 Celebration Blvd., Ste. 200
Celebration, FL 34747
Gilchrist Metal Fabricating
Co., Inc.
18 Park Ave.
Hudson, NH 03051
Grand Rapids Community College
622 Godfrey Ave., SW
Grand Rapids, MI 49503
LincolnWay Community
High School Dist. 210
1801 E. Lincoln Hwy.
New Lexon, IL 60451
Metcalfe County High School
208 Randolph Rd.
Edmonton, KY 42129

MEVACO S.A.
Thesi Pari Moustaki (NATO Ave.)
Aspropyrgos, Attica 19300, Greece

Welding Distributor
PacifiCorp Energy
Huntington Plant
PO Box 680
Huntington, UT 84528
Power Tech for Metal Fabrication
PO Box 11983, Jubail Ind. City, KSA
Al-Jubail 31961, Saudi Arabia
Rohn Products, LLC
6718 W. Plank Rd.
Peoria, IL 61604
SEABERY
176 West Ln.
Stamford, CT 06905

Liberty Alloys
25 Portland Rd.
West Conshohocken, PA 19428

Penta Career Center


9301 Buck Rd.
Perrysburg, OH 43551

Educational Institutions

Universidad Tecnolgica de
San Juan del Ro
Ave. La Palma No. 125
Col. Vista Hermosa, San Juan Del Rio
Queretaro 76800, Mexico

Ajay Kumar Garg


Engineering College
27th-km Milestone, Delhi-Hapur
Bypass, PO Adhyatmik Naga
Ghaziabad, Uttar Pradesh 201009,
India
Alma High School
1500 N. Pine Ave.
Alma, MI 48801
Barton Community College
245 NE 30 Rd.
Great Bend, KS 67530

78 WELDING JOURNAL / SEPTEMBER 2014

AWS Member Counts


August 1, 2014
Sustaining.................................593
Supporting .............................350
Educational...............................700
Affiliate.....................................575
Welding Distributor ...................49
Total Corporate ......................2,267
Individual ...........................59,914
Student + Transitional .............9,493
Total Members ..................69,407

SOCIETY NEWS
MEMBERSHIP ACTIVITIES
Neitzel Membership
Awards Announced
The Houston Section, Dist. 18, and
the Wheeling Section, Dist. 7, have received top honors in the Neitzel National Membership Awards presented
for 20132014. Houston received the
award for achieving the greatest net
numerical increase in membership.
Wheeling earned recognition for
achieving the greatest net percentage
increase in members.
In the following list, the District
number is followed by the Section
that achieved the greatest percentage
increase in membership for the year.
1 Maine
2 Long Island
3 Central Pennsylvania
4 Triangle
5 Florida West Coast
6 Northern New York
7 Wheeling
8 West Tennessee
9 Morgan City
10 Stark Central
11 Saginaw Valley
12 Madison-Beloit
13 Blackhawk
14 Lexington
15 Arrowhead
16 Southeast Nebraska
17 North Texas
18 San Antonio
19 Spokane
20 Idaho/Montana
21 San Fernando Valley
22 Sacramento Valley

Student Chapter
Members Cited

The following Student Members


were chosen to receive the AWS Student Chapter Member Award by Section representatives during their
annual District conferences.
Dist. 3 Mason Rumble (Lehigh
Valley), Tyler Grove (Lancaster).
Dist. 4 Scott Poteot, Frank
Trimmer, David Zimmerman, Adam
Brinegar, Michele Beam, James Rayfield, Kenneth Yates, Brian Ferrell
(Charlotte), Matthew Cook, Jamey
Richardson (Triangle).
Dist. 8 Jon Elsea (Chattanooga); Randy Hammond, Tyler

Wyatt (Northeast Mississippi).


Dist. 9 Crystal Fuller (AuburnOpelika), Dillon Walton, Craig Sumner, Courtney Wierzelewski, Ed
Rupier, Jaret Pera, James Dugger,
Jeff Gindro, Nicholas Abbey (Baton
Rouge).
Dist. 10 Steve Hippley, CCCTC,
(Mahoning Valley); Willard Wright,
Oil Region Student Chapter (Drake
Well).
Dist. 16 Jeff Clive (Southeast
Nebraska).
Dist. 18 Garrett Floyd (Sabine),
Javier Zuniga, Gary Dupnick (San Antonio).
Dist. 20 George Harris,
(Wyoming), Aaron Harker (Utah),
Florance Van Arkel (New Mexico).
Dist. 21 James Velduis, Arizona
Western College (Arizona).
Dist. 22 David Spiegel (Sacramento Valley); Alexis Casillas, Erik
Sanchez (Sierra Nevada).
The AWS Board of Directors established the Student Chapter Member
Award to recognize AWS Student
Members whose Student Chapter activities have produced outstanding
school, community, or industry
achievements. This award also provides an opportunity for Student
Chapter advisors, Section officers,
and District directors to recognize
outstanding students affiliated with
AWS Student Chapters, as well as to
enhance the image of welding within
their communities.
To qualify for this certificate
award, the individual must be an
AWS Student Member affiliated with
an AWS Student Chapter. The criteria
and nomination form can be downloaded at www.aws.org/sections/
awards/student_chapter.pdf, or call the
Membership Dept. at (800) 4439353, ext. 260.

District Director Awards

The District Director Award provides a means for District Directors


to recognize companies and individuals who have contributed their time
and effort to the affairs of their local
Section and/or District.
Harland Thompson, Dist. 2 director, has named the following to
receive this award: Bill Mowbray and

Matt Watson (Philadelphia); Brian


Cassidy and Alex Duschere (Long Island); and George Sheehan (New
Jersey).
D. Joshua Burgess, Dist. 8 director,
has recognized the AWS Bradley Central High School Student Chapter to
receive this award.
Robert Richwine, Dist. 14 director,
has nominated the following companies and members to receive this
award: Indiana Oxygen Corp.; Major
Tool and Machine; Sutton Garten
Corp.; The Lincoln Electric Co., Indianapolis office; and Westfield Steel
(Indiana); Cee Kay Supply, Mike
Kamp, Rick Suria, and Andrew
Swyers (St. Louis); Peter Anderson,
Jerry Burke, and Bud Merrill
(Louisville); and Mike Bumgarner,
William Judd, and Phillip Young (TriRiver).

MemberGetAMember

The campaign runs from Jan. 1 to


Dec. 31. Members earn 5 points for
each Individual Member recruited
and 1 point for each Student. See
page 81 of this issue for campaign
rules and prize list. Standings as of
July 21, 2014. Call (800) 443-9353,
ext. 480, for information.
J. Morris, Mobile 205
M. Pelegrino, Chicago 40
R. Barber, East Texas 30
D. Ebenhoe, Kern 25
J. Mckenzie, Detroit 25
E. Ramsey, Cumberland Valley 24
S. Miner, San Francisco 22
C. Bridwell, Ozark 20
D. Galiher, Detroit 19
D. Lynnes, Northern Plains 19
R. Munns, Utah 19
M. Haggard, Inland Empire 19
J. Kline, Northern New York 18
D. Saunders, Lakeshore 18
G. Smith, Lehigh Valley 17
A. Theriot, New Orleans 17
R. Farquhar, Cleveland 15
J. Tso, L.A./Inland Empire 15
R. Eckstein, Northwest 14
J. Foley, Pittsburgh 14
C. Lariche, Cleveland 14
J. Russell, Fox Valley 14
R. Polito, Spokane 13
R. Zabel, Southeast Nebraska 13
C. Wolfman, Sacramento 12
C. Ortega, North Texas 11

SEPTEMBER 2014 / WELDING JOURNAL 79

SOCIETY NEWS
AWS and China Celebrate Ten Years of Cooperation

Dean Wilson, AWS president, front rowcenter, poses June 9 with attendees at the AWS in China seminar in Shanghai, China.

Intertek Moody and Shanghai


Welding Assn. (SWA), supported by
the American Welding Society and
Shanghai Tayor Group, hosted the
AWS in China Past, Present, and Future seminar, June 9, in Shanghai to
celebrate their cooperation with the
Society from 2004 to 2014. About
180 welding experts, scholars,
engineers, and managers from 90
welding-related companies were
invited to participate, including Dow
Corning, ZPMC, GE, CNOOC, Fluor,
Shanghai Baoye Group, Shanghai
Electric, China Construction Steel

Structure, Huaye Steel Structure, and


ABB Engineering. During the welding
seminar, Sun Aimin, regional director
for Intertek Moody Industries,
presented the opening speech. Chen
Yongqiang, chairman of SWA and
president of Shanghai Tayor Group,
presented the welcome speech. AWS
President Dean Wilson gave a speech
titled AWS Past, Present & Future,
which covered AWS history, its
current situation, and future business
goals worldwide. Shi Kaifeng,
Intertek Moody China deputy general
manager, spoke about the AWS Certi-

fication program and its present and


future impact in China, and the revisions to AWS D1.1 expected for 2015.
Xu Feng, SWA general secretary, discussed the significant achievements
attained by Intertek Moody and SWA
during the past ten years. Other
welding experts discussed how to
control weld quality and the
differences among AWS D1.1, ASME
IX, EN 287-1, and other codes.
Intertek Moody stated its intention
to continue to provide professional
technical support to all of the
Chinese welding industries.

American and German Societies to Continue Electron Beam Welding Conferences


The American Welding Society
(AWS) and the German Welding Society (DVS) formally agreed to continue
to cosponsor International Electron
Beam Welding Conferences alternating between the United States and
Europe approximately every three
years. The next conference will be
hosted by AWS during FABTECH
2015 in Chicago, Ill.
The memorandum of understanding was signed July 15 during the
67th International Institute of Welding (IIW) Annual Assembly held in
Seoul, South Korea.
Officiating were DVS General
Manager Roland Boecking, IIW President Baldev Raj, AWS Chief Technology Officer Dennis Harwig, and
Ernest Levert, chairman IIW Commission IV-B on Electron Beam
Processes and AWS president
20022003.
Calls for papers will be published
in the AWS Welding Journal, Welding
and Cutting (DVS), and Welding in the
World (IIW). The conferences plan80 WELDING JOURNAL / SEPTEMBER 2014

Shown (from left) are Dennis Harwig, Baldev Raj, Roland Boecking, and Ernest Levert.

ning committee will be drawn from


the IIW Commission IV-B members.
These conferences bring together
scientists, engineers, and technical

personnel who are involved in the research, development, and application


of electron beam welding processes.

AWS MEMBERSHIP APPLICATION


4 Easy Ways to Join or Renew:
Mail: Form with your payment, to AWS

Call: Membership Department at (800) 443-9353, ext. 480

Fax: Completed form to (305) 443-5647

Online: www.aws.org/membership

CONTACT INFORMATION
q New Member q Renewal
q Mr. q Ms. q Mrs. q Dr.

Please print Duplicate this page as needed

Last Name:_______________________________________________________________________________
First Name:___________________________________________________________________ M.I:_______
Birthdate: _____________________________ E-Mail:____________________________________________
Cell Phone (

)__________________________ Secondary Phone (

)______________________

Were you ever an AWS Member? q YES q NO If YES, give year________ and Member #:____________________
Company (if applicable):___________________________________________________________________
Address:________________________________________________________________________________
_______________________________________________________________________________________
City:_____________________________________State/Province:__________________________________
Zip/PostalCode:_____________________Country:______________________________________________
q Check here if you learned of the Society through an AWS Member? Members name:_______________________Members # (if known):________
q Check here if you would prefer not to receive email updates on AWS programs, new Member benefits, savings opportunities and events.

INDIVIDUAL MEMBERSHIP
Please check each box that applies to the Membership or service youd like, and then add the cost together to get your Total Payment.
q AWS INDIVIDUAL MEMBERSHIP (One Year)..................................................................................................$84
q AWS INDIVIDUAL MEMBERSHIP (Two Years) SAVE $25 New Members Only....................................$143
q New Member Initiation Fee ...........................................................................................................................................$12

OPTIONS AVAILABLE TO AWS INDIVIDUAL MEMBERS ONLY:


A.) OPTIONAL Book Selection (Choose from 25 titles; up to a $192 value; includes shipping & handling)
q Individual Members in the U.S..................................................................................................................................$35
q Individual Members outside the U.S (includes International shipping)...........................................................................$85

ONLY ONE SELECTION PLEASE. For more book choices visit www.aws.org/membership
q Jeffersons Welding Encyclopedia (CD-ROM only) q Design & Planning Manual for Cost-Effective Welding q Welding Metallurgy
Welding Handbook Selections: q WH (9th Ed., Vol. 4) q WH (9th Ed., Vol. 3) q WH (9th Ed., Vol. 2) q WH (9th Ed., Vol. 1)
Pocket Handbook Selections: q PHB-1 (Arc Welding Steel) q PHB-2 (Visual Inspection) q PHB-4 (GMAW / FCAW)

B.) OPTIONAL Welding Journal Hard Copy (for Members outside North America)
q Individual Members outside North America (note: digital delivery of WJ is standard)..............................................$50
INDIVIDUAL MEMBERSHIP TOTAL PAYMENT..................................................................................$_____________
NOTE: Dues include $18.70 for Welding Journal subscription and $4.00 for the AWS Foundation.

STUDENT MEMBERSHIP
Please check each box that applies to the Membership or service youd like, and then add the cost together to get your Total Payment.
q AWS STUDENT MEMBERSHIP (One Year)...................................................................................................................$15
q OPTIONAL Welding Journal Hard Copy (Only available to students in the U.S., Canada and Mexico)...........................$20
Note: Hard copy option applies to students in U.S., Canada and Mexico. Digital delivery of magazine is standard benefit for all student members.

STUDENT MEMBERSHIP TOTAL PAYMENT......................................................................................$_____________

PAYMENT INFORMATION
Payment can be made (in U.S. dollars) by check or money order (international or foreign), payable to the American Welding Society, or by charge card.
q Check q Money Order q AMEX

q Diners Club q MasterCard

q Visa

q Discover

q Other

CC#:____________ / ____________ / ____________ / ____________ Expiration Date (mm/yy) ________ / ________


Signature of Applicant:_________________________________________ Application Date:_______________________
OFFICE USE ONLY Check #:_______________________________ Account #____________________________________
Source Code: WJ
Date:_________________________________ Amount:_____________________________________
REV. 11/13

8669 NW 36 St, # 130


Miami, FL 33166-6672
Telephone (800) 443-9353
FAX (305) 443-5647
Visit our website: www.aws.org
Type of Business (Check ONE only)
A
q Contract construction
B
q Chemicals & allied products
C
q Petroleum & coal industries
D
q Primary metal industries
E
q Fabricated metal products
F
q Machinery except elect. (incl. gas welding)
G
q Electrical equip., supplies, electrodes
H
q Transportation equip. air, aerospace
I
q Transportation equip. automotive
J
q Transportation equip. boats, ships
K
q Transportation equip. railroad
L
q Utilities
M
q Welding distributors & retail trade
N
q Misc. repair services (incl. welding shops)
O
q Educational Services (univ., libraries, schools)
P
q Engineering & architectural services (incl. assns.)
Q
q Misc. business services (incl. commercial labs)
R
q Government (federal, state, local)
S
q Other
Job Classification (Check ONE only)
01
q President, owner, partner, officer
02
q Manager, director, superintendent (or assistant)
03
q Sales
04
q Purchasing
05
q Engineer welding
20
q Engineer design
21
q Engineer manufacturing
06
q Engineer other
10
q Architect designer
12
q Metallurgist
13
q Research & development
22
q Quality control
07
q Inspector, tester
08
q Supervisor, foreman
14
q Technician
09
q Welder, welding or cutting operator
11
q Consultant
15
q Educator
17
q Librarian
16
q Student
18
q Customer Service
19
q Other
Technical Interests (Check all that apply)
A
q Ferrous metals
B
q Aluminum
C
q Nonferrous metals except aluminum
D
q Advanced materials/Intermetallics
E
q Ceramics
F
q High energy beam processes
G
q Arc welding
H
q Brazing and soldering
I
q Resistance welding
J
q Thermal spray
K
q Cutting
L
q NDT
M
q Safety and health
N
q Bending and shearing
O
q Roll forming
P
q Stamping and punching
Q
q Aerospace
R
q Automotive
S
q Machinery
T
q Marine
U
q Piping and tubing
V
q Pressure vessels and tanks
W
q Sheet metal
X
q Structures
Y
q Other
Z
q Automation
1
q Robotics
2
q Computerization of Welding

SECTION NEWS
District 1
Thomas Ferri, director
(508) 527-1884
thomas_ferri@victortechnologies.com

CONNECTICUT
June 28
Activity: The Section hosted a CWI
exam for 47 participants in Hartford,
Conn. Participating were Jim Shore,
Steve Goodrow, Tim Kinnaman, Rick
Monroe, and Joe McGloin.

District 1 Conference

CONNECTICUT Shown at the CWI exam site are (from left) Jim Shore, Steve
Goodrow, Tim Kinnaman, Rick Monroe, and Joe McGloin.

May 3
Activity: The Connecticut Section
hosted the meeting at the Marriott
Courtyard in Norwich, Conn.,
conducted by Tom Ferri, Dist. 1 director. Construction engineers Howard
I. Epstein and George Torello Jr. discussed their study into the causes for
the collapse of the Hartford Civic
Center roof just hours after a basketball game, and why it did not fail
sooner when the arena was occupied.

District 2
Harland W. Thompson, director
(631) 546-2903
harland.w.thompson@us.ul.com

District 1 Conference From left are George Torello Jr., Dist. 1 Director Tom Ferri,
Howard Epstein, Connecticut Section Chair Steve Goodrow, and Rick Monroe.

NEW JERSEY
July 717
Activity: The Section joined the Morris County Vocational School District
to present a free welding workshop
for nine veterans. The intensive
eight-day course taught them basic,
job-specific skills using the SMA,
GTA, GMA, and FCA welding
processes. The presenters included
Dist. 2 Director Harland Thompson,
Herb Browne, Jim Dolan, Eric Dolan,
George Sheehan, Don Smith, Bob
Petrone, and Ken Stockton.

NEW JERSEY Participants are shown at the welding training class for veterans.

Pennsylvania College of Technology S.C. Participants are shown at the first annual welding merit badge training event.
SEPTEMBER 2014 / WELDING JOURNAL 83

SECTION NEWS
Pennsylvania College of
Technology Student Chapter
April 12
Activity: Advisor Aaron Biddle and
Student Chapter members hosted a
Boy Scout welding merit badge
program at the colleges Metal Trade
Center for 14 Scouts representing six
troops. Student Chapter members
Matt Stahlnecker, Scott Hutton,
Tyler Grove, Alex Martenas, Josh
Marvin, Nick Choiniere, and Jason
Bimle assisted with the classroom
and hands-on training and
demonstrated CNC plasma cutting
equipment and robotic arc welding
cells for the Scouts.

PHILADELPHIA From left are Tom McCarthy, Chair Bill Mowbray, Bob Mezoo, and
Matt Watson.

PHILADELPHIA
May 21
Activity: The Section hosted a tour of
Delaware Technical and Community
College Innovation and Technology
Center in Newcastle, Del. Guides included Department Chair Tom
McCarthy, and welding instructor
Bob Mezoo. Matt Watson, an Oxicool
welding technician, discussed what
he learned at an AWS symposium on
welding stainless steel presented in
Philadelphia. Bruce Verbit and Jason
Crain, both AWS Certified Welding
Inspectors, participated in the event.

District 3
Michael Wiswesser, director
(610) 820-9551
mike@welderinstitute.com

District 4
Stewart A. Harris, director
(919) 824-0520
stewart.harris@altec.com

Central Piedmont C.C. Student Chapter Advisor Ray Sosko (front) is shown at the
Philip Simmons Foundation with (from left) Eric Gavalya, Rich Davis, Kirk Weese, Alex
Czochara, Jerome Patterson, Michael Scott, Tyler Adams, Joel Taylor, and Paige Hoose.

Central Piedmont C. C.
Student Chapter
Week of May 19
Activity: Advisor Ray Sosko led his
students on a service learning trip to
Charleston, S.C. At the Philip
Simmons Foundation they met with
Simmons, a master blacksmith, who
discussed how his organization bene-

fits young people interested in careers


in metalworking. At the International
Diving Institute they were introduced
to the various careers in underwater
welding. At Patriots Point Naval &
Maritime Museum they learned about
jobs in shipbuilding and how welders
played a crucial role in the
construction of the USS Yorktown.

Central Piedmont C.C. Student Chapter Shown at the International Diving Institute are (from left) Joel Taylor, Alex Czochara, Rich
Davis, Advisor Ray Sosko, Michael Scott, Jerome Patterson, Tyler Adams, Kirk Weese, and Eric Gavalya.
84 WELDING JOURNAL / SEPTEMBER 2014

SECTION NEWS
District 5
Carl Matricardi, director
(770) 979-6344
cmatricardi@aol.com

District 6
Kenneth Phy, director
(315) 218-5297
kenneth.phy@gmail.com

District 7
Uwe Aschemeier, director
(786) 473-9540
uwe@miamidiver.com

PITTSBURGH
July 15
Activity: The executive board held a
planning meeting at Springfield Grill
in Mars, Pa. Chair John Menhart discussed the Dist. 7 conference topics
and introduced incoming Chair
George Kirk. Attendees included Don
Stoll, Carl Ott, Carl Spaeder, Jim
Sekely, John Foley, Tom White, and
Ray Knobbs.

Plumbers and Pipefitters Local 43


hosted the event, furnished all of the
materials, and provided lunches for
the 200+ attendees. The postsecondary weld champs were Logan
Hensley, Brent Cameron, and Teddy
Riola. The top secondary welders
were Chris Bialczak, Austin Harris,
and Timothy Allen. Their instructors
included Dale Hicks, Frank Roberts,
Keith Townley, Chris Renfro, Will
Simmons, and Lee Sisk. The welded
sculpture champions included John
Allen, Steven Westbrooks, Erica
Heckman, Zachary Watson, Derek
Wittenburg, and Paul Light.

District 9
George Fairbanks Jr., director
(225) 473-6362
ts@bellsouth.net

MOBILE
May 8
Speaker: Mike Skiles
Affiliation: Airgas
Topic: District 9 goals and initiatives
Activity: Chair Michael Zoghby introduced the incoming slate of officers at

District 8 Conference
June 14
Activity: Joshua Burgess, Dist. 8 director, conducted the event in Chattanooga, Tenn. Attending were David
Porter, Jonaaron Jones, Gary
Gammill, Robin Dykes, Robin Shull,
Joe Smith, Joe Livesay, Roger Miller,
Sam Davis, Conrad Young, and AWS
staff representative Efram Abrams.

PITTSBURGH Chair John Menhart


(right) is shown with incoming chair
George Kirk.

District 8
D. Joshua Burgess, director
(931) 260-7039
djoshuaburgess@gmail.com

CHATTANOOGA
March
Activity: Dist. 8 Director Joshua
Burgess and Section members participated in the Tennessee SkillsUSA
welding competition held at the
Chattanooga Convention Center. The

CHATTANOOGA From left are Dist. 8 Director Joshua Burgess, Brent Cameron,
Logan Hensley, Teddy Riola, and Joe Livesay, a past Dist. 8 director.

PITTSBURGH Executive committee members are (from left) Don Stoll, Carl Ott, Carl Spaeder, Jim Sekely, John Foley, Tom White,
Chair John Menhart, Ray Knobbs, and incoming Chair George Kirk.
SEPTEMBER 2014 / WELDING JOURNAL 85

SECTION NEWS
this last meeting of the season, held
at The Original Oyster House in
Spanish Fort, Ala.

District 10

Robert E. Brenner, director


(330) 484-3650
bobren28@yahoo.com

MAHONING VALLEY
June 26
Activity: Chair Chuck Moore and
Treasurer Kenny Jones shared a
booth with Diamond Steel construction Co. personnel at the Safety and
Wellness Expo held at Vallourec Pipe
Mill. The Section provided visitors
with several brochures on safety in
welding and cutting.

District 11

Robert P. Wilcox, director


(734) 721-8272
rwilcox1@ford.com

CENTRAL MICHIGAN
May 29
Activity: The Section held its
students night program at Capitol

Area Career Center in Mason, Mich.


The presenter was Jeff Grossman
with the center. Christine Kellerman
and Trevor Sullivan each received a
$500 scholarship.

District 12

Daniel J. Roland, director


(920) 241-1542
daniel.roland@airgas.com

District 13

John Willard, director


(815) 954-4838
kustom_bilt@msn.com

District 14

Robert L. Richwine, director


(765) 606-7970
rlrichwine2@aol.com

ST. LOUIS
June 16
Activity: The annual golf outing was
held at Tapawingo National Golf Club
in St. Louis, Mo. The winning
foursome was Bret Broadway, Dale
Knife, Larry Miller, and Zach Witt.

June 21
Activity: St. Louis Section members
Mike Kamp, Rick Suria, Tully Parker,
Mike Roach, Andrew Swyers, Pat
Cody, and Mike Matthews worked
with 12 Boy Scouts to help them earn
their welding merit badges. The
event was held at Cee Kay Supply,
Inc., in St. Louis, Mo.

District 15

David Lynnes, director


(701) 365-0606
dave@learntoweld.com

NORTHWEST
June 9
Activity: The 35th annual golf outing
raised $5000 for Section
scholarships. Sponsors were Abicor
Binzel, Advantage Marketing, Chart
Industries, Fronius, Mace Harris,
Mike Hanson, Miller Electric,
Minneapolis Oxygen, Oxygen Service
Co., Production Engineering Corp.,
South St. Paul Steel Supply, Toll Gas
& Welding, United Surface Prep, and
Weld Safe Midwest. Chuck Allard
from Toll Gas & Welding, aced the
8th hole of the Signature Course.

District 8 Conference From left are David Porter, Jonaaron Jones, Gary Gammill, Robin Dykes, Robin Shull, Efram Abrams, Dist. 8 Director Joshua Burgess, Joe Smith, Joe Livesay, Roger Miller, Sam Davis, and Conrad Young.

CHATTANOOGA From left are Dist. 8 Director Joshua Burgess, Chris Renfro, Chris Bialczak, Austin Harris, Will Simmons, Timothy
Allen, and Lee Sisk.
86 WELDING JOURNAL / SEPTEMBER 2014

District 16

SECTION NEWS

Karl Fogleman, director


(402) 677-2490
kfogleman@olssonassociates.com

District 17

Jerry Knapp, director


(918) 224-6455
jerry.knapp@gasandsupply.com

District 18

John Stoll, director


(713) 724-2350
John.Stoll@voestalpine.com

MOBILE Speaker Mike Skiles (left),


Dist. 9 director-elect, is shown with Clay
Byron.

MAHONING VALLEY Chair Chuck


Moore (left) and Kenny Jones manned a
booth at the Safety and Wellness Expo.

District 19

Ken Johnson, director


(425) 957-3553
kenneth.johnson@vigorindustrial.com

District 20

Pierrette H. Gorman, director


(505) 284-9644
phgorma@sandia.gov

CENTRAL MICHIGAN From left are presenter Jeff Grossman, Christine Kellerman,
Catherine Lindquist, Jeff Seelye, Jeff Haynes, Bill Eggleston, and Scott Poe.

District 21

Nanette Samanich, director


(702) 429-5017
nan07@aol.com

District 22

Kerry E. Shatell, director


(925) 866-5434
kesi@pge.com
ST. LOUIS Some of the participants are shown at the Boy Scout welding merit badge
training session in June.

ST. LOUIS The winning golf team members are (from left) Bret Broadway, Dale Knife,
Larry Miller, and Zach Witt.

NORTHWEST Chair Dana Sorenson is


shown at the 35th annual golf outing.
SEPTEMBER 2014 / WELDING JOURNAL 87

Guide to American Welding Society Services


American Welding Society
8669 NW 36th St., #130
Miami, FL 33166-6672
(800/305) 443-9353; Fax: (305) 443-7559
Phone extensions are in parentheses.
AWS PRESIDENT
Dean Wilson . . . deanwilsonaws@gmail.com
Welldean Enterprises
151 Oak Tree Cir., Glendora, CA 91741
ADMINISTRATION
Executive Director
Ray Shook.. rshook@aws.org . . . . . . . . . . . . . .(210)
Sr. Associate Executive Director
Cassie Burrell.. cburrell@aws.org . . . . . . . . . . .(253)
Chief Financial Officer
Gesana Villegas.. gvillegas@aws.org . . . . . . . .(252)
Chief Technology Officer
Dennis Harwig..dharwig@aws.org . . . . . . . . .(213)
Chief Information Officer
Emilio Del Riego..edelriego@aws.org . . . . . . .(247)
Associate Director of Board and
Executive Director Services
Alex Diaz.. adiaz@aws.org . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .(294)
Administrative Services
Managing Director
Jim Lankford.. jiml@aws.org . . . . . . . . . . . . . .(214)
Director
Hidail Nuez..hidail@aws.org . . . . . . . . . . . . .(287)
HUMAN RESOURCES
Director
Gricelda Manalich.. gricelda@aws.org . . . . . .(266)
Associate Director
Patrick Henry..phenry@aws.org . . . . . . . . . . .( 211)
INTERNATIONAL INSTITUTE OF WELDING
Senior Coordinator
Sissibeth Lopez . . sissi@aws.org . . . . . . . . . . .(319)
Liaison services with other national and international societies and standards organizations.
GOVERNMENT LIAISON SERVICES
Hugh K. Webster . . . . . . . . . . .hwebster@wc-b.com
Webster, Chamberlain & Bean, Washington, D.C.
(202) 785-9500; F: (202) 835-0243.
Monitors federal issues of importance to the
industry.
CONVENTION AND EXPOSITIONS
Director, Convention and Meeting Services
Matthew Rubin.....mrubin@aws.org . . . . . . . .(239)
ITSA INTERNATIONAL THERMAL
SPRAY ASSOCIATION
Senior Manager and Editor
Kathy Dusa....kathydusa@thermalspray.org . .(232)

Operations Manager
Natasha Alexis.. nalexis@aws.org . . . . . . . . . .(401)
INTERNATIONAL SALES
Managing Director of North American Sales
Joe Krall..jkrall@aws.org . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .(297)
Corporate Director, International Sales
Jeff Kamentz..jkamentz@aws.org . . . . . . . . . .(233)
Oversees international business activities;
certification, publications, and membership.
PUBLICATION SERVICES
Dept. information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .(275)
Managing Director
Andrew Cullison.. cullison@aws.org . . . . . . . .(249)
Welding Journal
Publisher
Andrew Cullison.. cullison@aws.org . . . . . . . .(249)
Editor
Mary Ruth Johnsen.. mjohnsen@aws.org . . .(238)
National Sales Director
Rob Saltzstein.. salty@aws.org . . . . . . . . . . . .(243)
Society and Section News Editor
Howard Woodward..woodward@aws.org . . . .(244)

Program Managers II
Stephen Borrero... sborrero@aws.org . . . . . . .(334)
Brazing and Soldering, Brazing Filler Metals
and Fluxes, Brazing Handbook, Soldering Handbook, Definitions and Symbols, Structural Subcommittees on Bridge Welding, Stainless Steel,
and Reinforcing Steel

MARKETING COMMUNICATIONS
Director
Lorena Cora.. lcora@aws.org . . . . . . . . . . . . . .(417)

Brian McGrath .... bmcgrath@aws.org . . . . . .(311)


Structural Welding, Welding in Marine Construction, Piping and Tubing

Public Relations Manager


Cindy Weihl..cweihl@aws.org . . . . . . . . . . . . .(416)

Program Managers
Efram Abrams.. eabrams@aws.org . . . . . . . . .(307)
Automotive, Resistance Welding, Machinery
and Equipment, Methods of Inspection

Webmaster
Jose Salgado..jsalgado@aws.org . . . . . . . . . . .(456)
Section Web Editor
Henry Chinea...hchinea@aws.org . . . . . . . . . .(452)
MEMBER SERVICES
Dept. information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .(480)
Sr. Associate Executive Director
Cassie Burrell.. cburrell@aws.org . . . . . . . . . . .(253)
Director
Rhenda Kenny... rhenda@aws.org . . . . . . . . . .(260)
Serves as a liaison between members and
AWS headquarters.
CERTIFICATION SERVICES
Dept. information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .(273)
Managing Director
John Gayler.. gayler@aws.org . . . . . . . . . . . . .(472)
Oversees all certification activities.
Director, Certification Operations
Terry Perez..tperez@aws.org . . . . . . . . . . . . . .(470)
Application processing, renewals, and exams.

WEMCO ASSOCIATION OF WELDING MANU


FACTURERS
Management Specialist
Keila DeMoraes....kdemoraes@aws.org . . . . . .(444)

EDUCATION SERVICES
Director, Operations
Martica Ventura.. mventura@aws.org . . . . . .(224)

88 WELDING JOURNAL / SEPTEMBER 2014

Manager, Safety and Health


Stephen Hedrick.. steveh@aws.org . . . . . . . . .(305)
Metric Practice, Safety and Health, Joining
of Plastics and Composites, Personnel and Facilities Qualification, Mechanical Testing of Welds

Welding Handbook
Editor
Annette OBrien.. aobrien@aws.org . . . . . . . .(303)

Director, Accreditation Programs


Linda Henderson..lindah@aws.org . . . . . . . . .(298)
Oversees the development of new certification programs, as well as AWS-Accredited Test
Facilities, and AWS Certified Welding
Fabricators.

GAWDA GASES AND WELDING


DISTRIBUTORS ASSOCIATION
Executive Director
John Ospina.. jospina@aws.org . . . . . . . . . . . .(462)

Director, Operations
Annette Alonso.. aalonso@aws.org . . . . . . . . .(299)
Technical Activities Committee, Welding
Qualification

Rakesh Gupta.. gupta@aws.org . . . . . . . . . . .(301)


Filler Metals and Allied Materials, International Filler Metals, UNS Numbers Assignment,
Arc Welding and Cutting Processes, Computerization of Welding Information

RWMA RESISTANCE WELDING MANUFACTUR


ING ALLIANCE
Management Specialist
Keila DeMoraes....kdemoraes@aws.org . . . . . .(444)

BRAZING AND SOLDERING


MANUFACTURERS COMMITTEE
Stephen Borrero..sborrero@aws.org . . . . . . . .(334)

TECHNICAL SERVICES
Dept. information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .(340)
Managing Director
Technical Services Development & Systems
Andrew Davis.. adavis@aws.org . . . . . . . . . . .(466)
International Standards Activities, American
Council of the International Institute of Welding

Director, Development and Systems


David Hernandez.. dhernandez@aws.org . . . .(219)
AWS AWARDS, FELLOWS, COUNSELORS
Senior Manager
Wendy Sue Reeve.. wreeve@aws.org . . . . . . . .(293)
Coordinates AWS awards and Fellow and
Counselor nominations.

Chelsea Lewis.. clewis@aws.org . . . . . . . . . . . .(306)


Friction Welding, Oxyfuel Gas Welding and
Cutting, High-Energy Beam Welding, Robotics
Welding, Welding in Sanitary Applications
Jennifer Molin.. jmolin@aws.org . . . . . . . . . .(304)
Sheet Metal Welding, U.S. TAG for ISO/TC
44/WG4, Welding and Brazing in Aerospace, Ti
and Zr Filler Metals, Joining of Metals and Alloys
Jennifer Rosario.. jrosario@aws.org . . . . . . . .(308)
Railroad Welding, Thermal Spraying, Welding Iron Castings, Welding Qualification
AWS FOUNDATION, INC.
www.aws.org/w/a/foundation
General Information
(800/305) 443-9353, ext. 212, vpinsky@aws.org
Chairman, Board of Trustees
Gerald Uttrachi
Executive Director, Foundation
Sam Gentry.. sgentry@aws.org. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . (331)
Corporate Director, Workforce Development
Monica Pfarr.. mpfarr@aws.org. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . (461)
Associate Director of Scholarships
Vicki Pinsky.. vpinsky@aws.org. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . (212)
The AWS Foundation is a not-for-profit 501(c)(3)
charitable organization established to provide support for
the educational and scientific endeavors of the American
Welding Society. Promote the Foundations work with
your financial support. For information, call Vicki Pinsky,
(800/305) 443-9353, ext. 212; e-mail vpinsky@aws.org.

Atlanta Nov. 1113

Check out these AWS programs at the show.


So Youre the New Welding Engineer Tues. (Nov. 11) & Wed. (Nov. 12)
How to get up to speed quickly. How to ask the right questions. How to get the results needed, save money, and
stay out of trouble! Two-day program for managers, engineers, designers, and others with welding
responsibility but limited exposure/background in welding.

Thermal Spray Technology: High Performance Surfaces Wed. (Nov. 12)


The International Thermal Spray Association, a standing committee of AWS, has organized this coatings conference
to introduce and highlight various advantages of the thermal spray process. This conference will benefit both
potential users and those actively involved with thermal spray coatings, as it will focus on actual applications and
new developments in thermal spray technology.

Resistance Welding School Wed. (Nov. 12) & Thurs. (Nov. 13)
The Resistance Welding Manufacturing Alliance, a standing committee of AWS, offers a two-day program conducted
by industry specialists with extensive resistance welding experience. The basics of resistance welding and reallife application of the process are covered. Each participant may learn at their own pace, and discuss specific
welding concerns with the instructors. You are invited to bring your own samples for discussion.

Additive Manufacturing Conference Thurs. (Nov. 13)


Additive manufacturing represents the realization of the ideal of on-demand manufacturing. Without molds or dies,
additive manufacturing enables production of parts and prototypes on demand. Design improvements can be made
and tested rapidly without tooling and machining constraints. Come and learn from the experts about additive
manufacturing processes such as powder bed fusion, material extrusion, directed energy deposition, material
jetting, and more.

plus dozens of other educational sessions.


Explore all the educational opportunities and register at www.fabtechexpo.com
Earn PDHs toward your AWS recertification or renewal when you attend these programs!

PERSONNEL
Distribution segment. Most recently,
Warfield served as president, North
America commercial, for Gates Corp.

CM Industries Announces VP
Sales and Marketing
Ken Pratt has
joined CM
Industries, Lake
Zurich, Ill., as VP
sales and
marketing, responsible for the sales
team and robotic
torch sales
throughout the
United States,
Canada, and
Ken Pratt
Mexico. Pratt
previously served
Tregaskiss for more than 30 years,
most recently as VP of sales and
marketing for its robotic torch
product line.

Messer Cutting Systems


President Retires
Messer Cutting Systems, Inc.,
Menomonee Falls, Wis., announced
Gary Norville retired as president and

Arcos Names General Manager

Gary Norville

Bill Heller

CEO August 29, succeeded by Bill


Heller. Norville joined the company in
1980. He worked in various positions
until becoming president and CEO in
2007. For the past five years, Heller
has served as technology products
sales manager for laser machines.

Senior VP Fluid Power Selected


at Kaman Corp.
Kaman Corp., Bloomfield, Conn.,
has named Tribby Warfield senior vice
president and general manager for the
fluid power platform of the Kaman

Arcos Industries,
LLC, Mount
Carmel, Pa., a supplier of stainless
steel and highnickel alloy wires
and electrodes, has
appointed Harry
Wehr general manager. With the company for 35 years,
Wehr most recently
Harry Wehr
served as technical
director. Wehr also
serves as chair of the AWS A5
Committee on Filler Metals and Allied
Materials.

Fronius Identifies National


Application Engineer
Fronius USA
LLC, Portage, Ind.,
has named Remer
Reis an application
engineer in the
technology center
to support
customers nationwide. Reis, who is
an IIW international welding
engineer specializRemer Reis
ing in automation,
transferred from
the companys Fronius Brazil
operation in July, where he has
worked since 2007.

Lemartec Designates Building


Systems Manager
For info, go to www.aws.org/adindex

Lemartec, Miami, Fla., an


industrial design-build firm and
authorized builder for VP (Varco-Pruden) Buildings, has named Randall
Lindstrom manager of its Building
Systems division. Lindstrom brings 30
years experience in the building systems industry to the position, including 20 years with VP Buildings where
he served as national director of marketing and estimating.
continued on page 92

90 WELDING JOURNAL / SEPTEMBER 2014

PERSONNEL
continued from page 90

Intelligrated Appoints Western


Operations Sales Manager
Intelligrated,
Cincinnati, Ohio,
an automated material-handling solutions provider,
has appointed Carlos Vega senior
sales manager for
its western regional
operations, based
in Roseville, Calif.
Vega, with nearly
Carlos Vega
30 years experience in the field,
previously worked for Warner Bros.,
Time Warner Entertainment,
Edgepark Medical Supplies, and
Dematic.

APC Hires Two Engineers


American Photonics Co. (APC),
Sarasota, Fla., has hired engineers
Dennis Kessler and James Lee for its

design team. The company is a manufacturer of precision infrared optics


and specialty coatings for welding,
CO2 laser cutting, and marking optics.

Wall Colmonoy Taps European


Sales Manager
Wall Colmonoy,
Swansea, Wales,
UK, a supplier of
surfacing and brazing products, castings, and engineered components, has named
Mike Thompson
general sales manager for its European headquarters.
Mike Thompson Prior to joining the
company, Thompson worked for British Steel and RollsRoyce as a senior technologist.

Manufacturing Renaissance
Appoints VP Operations

organization that
promotes advanced
manufacturing as a
springboard for
sustainable development, has
appointed Dennis
Arouca vice
president
operations. Previously, Arouca
served as VP in
Dennis Arouca
labor and employee
relations positions
for Cliffs Natural Resources, an international mining company, and
ArcelorMittal, a steel producer, Americas region.

Coldwater Machine Names


New President
Coldwater Machine Co., Coldwater,
Ohio, a supplier of specialized equipment for the automotive, aviation,
and energy industries, has appointed
Tim McCaughey president, succeeding
Jerry Meyer who served as president

Manufacturing Renaissance,
Chicago, Ill., a nonpartisan, nonprofit

continued on page 94

Ferrite Content with the FERITSCOPE FMP30


fast, precise and non-destructive
Handheld instrument for the measurement of the ferrite content
in Austenitic and Duplex Steel

Outstanding features
Fast, non-destructive measurement
of ferrite content on-site or in the
lab
Ferrite measurable either in Ferritepercentage %Fe or Ferritenumber
FN

Robotic Contact Tip Specialist


visit our web site

www.tokinarc.com
e-mail: trading@tokinar
ading@tokinarc.co.jp

92 WELDING JOURNAL / SEPTEMBER 2014

For info, go to www.aws.org/adindex

For info, go to www.aws.org/adindex

Measurement range 0.1 to 80% Fe


or 0.1 to 110 FN
Evaluation capabilities to the
platform FISCHER Data Center
Software
User-friendly operation menu

www.fischer-technology.com

Coating Thickness

Material Analysis

Microhardness

Material Testing

AWS
AWS
W Confer
Conference:
ence:

YOURE NOW THE NEW

WELDING ENGINEER
R
November 11-12
Georgia World Congress
Center in Atlanta

Are you
you outside your
your comf
comfort
mffor
o t zone
in dealing with w
elding in your
your operations?
welding
A gr
group
experienced
welding
engineerss will hold a tw
two-day
AWS
conference
oup of highly e
xperienced w
elding engineer
o-day A
WS conf
erence
for
professionals who have
welding
for manufacturing
manufacturing professionals
have to
to make
make decisions about w
elding that are
outside
comfort
comfor t zone.
e their comfo
If yyou
ou ffind
ind yourself
yourself facing
facing questions
questions in the welding
welding area that relate
relate to...
to...
Costt control
Cos
Quality
defects
uality issues and def
fects
e
Automation
A
utomation options and capital equipment
Requirements
R
equirements of codes and sstandards
tandards
conference
welding,
...this conf
erence will prepare yyou
ou to
to approach
approach the unique
unique challenges of w
elding,
provide
take-home
and pr
ovide yyou
ou with essential tak
e-home reference
reference books.

Ho
How
w tto
o ge
gett up tto
o spe
speed
ed quic
quickly.
kly. How
How to
to ask
a the right questions.
question
ns.
Ho
How
w to
to get
get the results you
you need,
need, sa
save
ve mone
money,
y, and sta
stayy out of tr
trouble!
ouble!
This two-day
two-day conf
or manager
s, engineer
others with
with welding
welding responsibility
responsibility but limited
limited
s, designers,
designers, and others
conference
onfference is ffor
managers,
engineers,
e
xposure tto
o or back
ground in w
elding. The con
elding applications, bu
nciples ha
ve
ference ffocuses
oc
o uses on ar
exposure
background
welding.
conference
arcc w
welding
butt the pri
principles
have
u
niversal applicabi
lity. Presentations
Presentations and discussion
discussion are based
based on the Application
Application Analysis
Analysis W
orksheet, whi
ch w
as
universal
applicability.
Worksheet,
which
was
d
eveloped tto
o tteach
each a senior col
lege cou
rse tto
oe
ngineers abou
oe
nter iindustry,
ndustry, wi
th the objectiv
e off he
lping the
m
developed
college
course
engineers
aboutt tto
enter
with
objective
helping
them
d
evelop a path tto
ou
nderstand and de
al wi
th the w
elding challe
nges the
ere abou
o fface.
ace.
develop
understand
deal
with
welding
challenges
theyy w
were
aboutt tto

Details att www.aws.org/conferences


www
w..aws.orrg/con
g
nferrences
e

PERSONNEL
continued from page 92

for 31 years. Prior


to joining the company, McCaughey
was president and
CEO of Schuler,
Inc. Meyer will remain on the board
of directors and as
a co-owner of the
company.
Tim McCaughey

Obituaries

was active with the


Puget Sound
Section where he
established several
Student Chapters
and scholarships,
coordinated many
training and CWI
seminars in the
Washington state
area, and
participated on
Charles Daily
local welding school
advisory
committees for decades. He received
the District 19 Meritorious Award in
2006. Daily worked in the Kirkland,
Wash., shipyards during WW II and
concurrently took courses in baking
and cooking. He served in the
Merchant Marines as a baker and cook.
Later, he worked as a welder, instructor, and inspector at Bechtel Corp.

Alexander Lesnewich
Alexander Alex
Lesnewich, 91, died
August 1. An AWS
Fellow and AWS
president
19781979, he
served as an officer
during WW II in
the U.S. Army Air
Corps. After earning a PhD in metallurgy at Rensselaer
A. Lesnewich
Polytechnic
Institute, he joined
the Airco research staff where he
worked until 1985 as director of
research. He continued working as a
consultant and expert witness to the
welding industry until age 87, when
he retired to Tinton Falls, N.J. Dr.
Lesnewich was awarded ten weldingrelated patents and received
numerous awards during his career including the AWS Comfort A. Adams
Lecture, National Meritorious, and Silver Quill Award; Airco Safety and
Health; and Lincoln Gold Medal. He
enjoyed his work, sailing and tending
to his boats, and creating wood items
ranging from furniture to toys
for kids.

Charles Chuck Daily


Charles Edward Chuck Daily, 88,
died July 18. An AWS Life Member, he

94 WELDING JOURNAL / SEPTEMBER 2014

Lowell Watkins Mott


Lowell Watkins
Lefty Mott, 91,
an AWS Counselor,
died July 15 in
Columbus, Ohio.
He joined Hobart
Brothers in Troy,
Ohio, in 1941, as
an electrode packer.
He worked there
until he retired as
director of research
Lowell Mott
and development in
1989. He continued
work as a consultant until 2004,
researching mild-steel all-purpose
welding wires that led to a patent. He
acquired his Lefty nickname as a
baseball player on local teams. He
served 30 months in the 7th Army
44th Div., 63rd Combat Engineering
Battalion during WW II mine
sweeping and building bridges in the
European theater. Active in 4-H activities, he was an avid spare-time farmer.

Charles E. Padden
Charles E. Chuck Padden, 83, died
July 9 in Livonia, Mich. An AWS Life
Member, he served as Detroit Section
chair for the 19941995 term. Padden
graduated from General Motors Institute then worked for Harrison Radiator and American Motors. He worked

as a welding engineer at the Ford


Motor Co.
Louisville
Assembly Plant,
and as a feasibility
engineer for Fords
Automotive Assembly division and
Body Engineering
group. For many
years, until 2000,
Charles Padden
he served on
numerous AWS
technical committees including A5A,
A5M, A5O, D8, D8C, D8F, D8G, and
C1G. In 1978, he chaired the D8 Committee on Automotive Welding. He
also served on the Welding Handbook
Chapter Committee on Safety and
Health and on the AWS Technical Activities Committee from 1978 to
1986. His passion for 40 years was
serving as an assistant football coach,
the last 20 years of which was with the
Brother Rice Catholic High School
team in Detroit.

Loren C. Smith
Loren Charles
Smith, 88, died
June 25 in
Gainesville, Ga.
Smith, whose engineering career
spanned 60 years,
served as a senior
project engineer at
The Harris
Products Group, a
Lincoln Electric
Loren Smith
company, in
Gainesville, from
1991 to 2012. At Harris, he was
awarded six U.S. patents. He played a
key role in developing the companys
signature Perfect FlameTM gas-regulation system for brazing. Earlier, Smith
served 20 years with the Compressed
Gas Association (CGA) where he contributed to the development of CGA
E-4, Standard for Gas Pressure Regulators. After attending the General Motors Institute and University of Michigan, he worked in engineering
positions at Wyandotte Chemicals,
Airco, and Concoa. WJ

The Emmet A. Craig

RESISTANCE WELDING SCHOOL

limited.
SSpace
pace is limite
d. November 12-13, 2014
World Congress Center
This program Georgia World
GA
sold out Atlanta,
T
To
o register go to www.fabtechexpo.com
www.fabtechexpo.com
.fabtechex
.
in 2013

THE AMERICAN WELDER

Volunteers Repair Historic


Navy Warship
Ivy Tech students welded on the
LST-325 and gained some valuable
experience outside of the lab

BY MELISSA GOMEZ

Most of the work we have been


tudents from Ivy Tech
doing is on the upper deck. We
Community College,
have been patching holes in the
Evansville, Ind.,
deck where the steel has rusted
recently used their welding
through Fig. 2. There are
skills outside of the
more repairs to do on escape
classroom when they volunhatches and hand rails, said
teered to work on the LSTDurbin.
325, a decomissioned U.S.
John Engstrom
Navy tank landing ship.
(325office@lstmemorial.org), vice
John Durbin
president, board of directors,
(jdurbin@ivytech.edu), proUSS LST Ship Memorial, said the
gram chair for Industrial
students performed welding and
Technology at Ivy Tech and
fabrication on the LSTs
a welding instructor at the
elevator, which was used to
school for 27 years, was taktransport vehicles from the main
ing a tour of the historic
Presently docked in Evansville, Ind., the LST-325, one of the
deck down to the tank deck so
ship when the opportunity
only two World War II LSTs to be preserved in the United
they could be offloaded and vice
arose.
States., has become a museum and memorial ship.
versa. He said with the work
While on board, the
they did on it, it should last for
tour guide said they are alyears to come.
ways looking for volunteers
to rust out. We laid metal down and
to help maintain the ship. He said they
stick welded it out. Another of the
had a lot of welding to do. I told him I
student volunteers, Ethan
A Learning Experience
thought I could be a big help and gave
Lubbehusen, added, I welded 3-ft
him my business card. A few days
poles onto 1-ft2 plates so they could
For most of the students, it was
later, the director of the ship gave me a
hang chains on them for security for
their first time welding outside the lab
call, Durbin said.
the exhibits that were displayed below
a very different experience from
the top deck. I also welded plates of
standing at a table in a lab. They expeflat bar steel for certain spots on the
rienced welding in cold wind coming off
Hands-on Work
ship that needed to be patched.
the Ohio River. They also had to kneel
Most of the repairs on the LST are
or lie down for some of the welding.
Students in Durbins welding
being done with shielded metal arc
I learned that you have to be flexiclasses were given the chance to work
welding (SMAW), along with some
ble and creative when executing a job.
on the ship. Of the approximately 30
self-shielded flux cored arc welding.
Every job is different different
students who participated, most were
Durbin and his volunteers used the
atmospheres, equipment, positions,
from his SMAW 2 class. For three
ships Miller Bobcat and Lincoln 225
and applications. I learned that you do
weeks, they attended 2-3 half days
welding machines. A Lincoln LN-25
what it takes to get the job done.
each week. Altogether, about 200240
was used for the self-shielded FCAW
Thats what youre there for, said
hours of labor were volunteered
and oxyfuel was used for cutting.
Tatum.
Fig. 1.
The ship is 71 years old, and as
Ive learned different techniques
Student Nicole Tatum said, We reyou can imagine, there is a lot of rust.
and how to work around problems in
inforced some decking that has started
96 WELDING JOURNAL / SEPTEMBER 2014

THE AMERICAN WELDER

Fig. 1 Ivy Tech students volunteered 200240 hours of labor welding on the LST-325. Kneeling (from left) are Davey Brantley and
Breihan Fletcher. Standing in the middle row (from left) are Zack Cullison, CJ Brewer, David Elliott, and Nicole Tatum. Posing in the
back row (from left) are Ethan Lubbehusen, Miles Ingle, and Brad Burke.

Fig. 2 Student Breihan Fletcher uses SMAW to patch holes on the deck where steel has rusted through.
SEPTEMBER 2014 / WELDING JOURNAL 97

THE AMERICAN WELDER

Fig. 3 Ivy Tech Welding Instructor John Durbin and LST Ship Memorial VP John Engstrom pose with student volunteers. Kneeling
(from left) are Derek Baker, David Burch, and Rebecca Cleek. Standing (from left) are Durbin, Aaron Bayless, Roger Hughs, Rick
Miller, Paul McCammon, and John Engstrom.

tight situations, added Lubbehusen.


Ive learned to work with my
surroundings. You may not have
everything you need, like you would in
the classroom, so you work with what
you have out in the field.
The students also experienced the
importance of following safe practices.
The ships tours kept on going while
we were working. Ocassionally, we
would have to stop welding and grinding to allow the tour guide to speak to
the group safely as they passed,
explained Durbin.

Future Volunteering
Those who participated received
extra credit in their class and gave very
positive feedback about the project
Fig. 3. The students are loving this.
Many students signed up as members
of the LST-325 group. They can volunteer anytime they want, without me.
They liked being outside the lab and
they also commented on how they like
participating in the preservation of
history. It was a real-life experience for
them, as well as a feel good
experience.
It was such an educational experience, and there is still so much
welding to be done on the ship, that
98 WELDING JOURNAL / SEPTEMBER 2014

Durbin has decided to add volunteering on the LST-325 as a mandatory


class activity going forward. We are
trying, as a college, to be more
involved in service learning.
Other trade schools or technical institutes interested in either volunteering or donating equipment to keep
this one-of-a-kind ship afloat can contact 325office@lstmemorial.org. According to Engstrom, Mr. Durbin and his
students provided an invaluable service to the ship and their continued
participation in the upkeep and
preservation of this historic naval artifact would be greatly appreciated.
The students also agree that future
classes would greatly benefit from the
experience. I strongly suggest having
future welding classes weld on the
LST. It was the best learning
experience at Ivy Tech preparing
you for real-life jobs and situations,
said Lubbehusen. Tatum added, I believe it will build confidence, give students a feeling of importance, and
teach them to take pride in their
work. WJ

MELISSA GOMEZ (mgomez@aws.org)


is editorial assistant of the Welding
Journal.

A History Lesson
on the LST-325
Landing Ship, Tanks (LSTs)
were designed in 1942 to carry
battle tanks, vehicles, soldiers,
and supplies directly onto enemy
beaches. More than 1000 of these
ships were built for use during
World War II. Many were also
used in the Korean and Vietnam
Wars.
On October 27, 1942, the USS
LST-325 was launched, and commissioned on February 1, 1943.
The LST was sent as part of Operation HUSKY, the invasion of
Sicily, in 1943. It sailed as support
for the invasion of Salerno, Italy,
later that year. Among other operations, the ship participated in DDay at Omaha Beach, Normandy,
on June 6, 1944.
The ship has been part of 70
years of history and survived as
the last fully operational WWII
LST. Decomissioned for the third
time in December 1999, the ship
has been ported in Evansville,
Ind., since 2005.

THE AMERICAN WELDER

Preventing Rust on
Stainless Steel Pipes
Focusing on storage and shipping methods, plus adhering to a governing specification, are important for not
only operating efficiently but to avoid costly rework

BY WILLIAM C. LAPLANTE

ust on a stainless steel pipe surface presents a serious concern


for oil and gas companies operating piping infrastructures in an oilfield marine environment, including
adjacent coastal areas.
When rust appears on the inside or
outside surface of a stainless steel
pipe, corrosion inspection teams
notice, and questions arise as to why it
occurred.
To obtain high-integrity weldments
meeting demanding oilfield service
conditions, the Engineering Authority
responsible for designing, fabricating,
and installing weldments in oilfield
applications outsources due diligence
for selecting, developing, and supporting subcontracting fabricators.
This article focuses on the
occurrence of widespread rust resulting from outsourcing fabrication of
Type 316L stainless steel pipe spools
during a wet gas project.

Fabrication Synopsis
The criticality of ensuring manufacturing readiness for a subcontracted
fabricator is best handled through analyzing consequences experienced by
an Engineering Authority for failing to
perform outsourcing due diligence.
Type 316L austenitic stainless steel
pipe spools pipe sizes 2- to 20-in.
outside diameter (OD), schedules 10
and 40 were subcontracted for fabrication in accordance with ASME
B31.3, Process Piping.
All pipe welds were visually and radiographically inspected. Upon fabrication completion, all pipe spools were
hydrostatically tested then
transported to a remote, seaside construction site and stored outdoors, un100 WELDING JOURNAL / SEPTEMBER 2014

Fig. 1 A Type 316L stainless steel pipe spool with prominent rust signs.
Corrosion concerns: Free iron surface contamination leads to the development of rust on a stainless steel surface and pipe surface degradation. Pitting and crevice corrosion are the two most prevalent forms of localized
corrosion. Pipe surface rust sites serve as potential areas for pitting and
crevice corrosion development, which can lead to pipe wall perforations
and the loss of containment.

protected, for two to four weeks.


As the pipe spools lay in storage
awaiting installation, widespread rust
developed at weld joints and along
pipe lengths Fig. 1.
Subsequently, all pipe spools were
visually inspected, and many were
deemed unacceptable for installation.
Pipe spool installation was delayed
and an $800,000 cost was endured by
the Engineering Authority to expedite
corrective measures, such as chemical
treatment and fabrication rework, for
obtaining rust-free pipe spools.
This event also triggered a root
cause investigation encompassing the
respective fabricator the company
subcontracted by the Engineering Au-

thority to fabricate the projects stainless steel pipe spools along with the
Engineering Authority.

Root Cause Investigation


Six Sigma was employed as a rootcause analysis tool in determining why
widespread rusting of the 316L stainless steel pipe spools had occurred.
The investigation encompassed an
on-site review of the fabricators production facility, shop floor
discussions, and metallurgical characterization of stainless steel material/
rust specimens.
The following factors were
identified to be the root causes involv-

THE AMERICAN WELDER


Material Handling Issues

Stainless steel pipes were shipped


by the pipe manufacturer to the fabricator, with carbon-steel banding
straps placed in direct contact with
pipe material, so rust strips developed
where carbon-steel banding straps had
scraped and gouged the pipe Fig. 2.
The specification would have stipulated the use of noncontaminating
banding straps. Surface rust manifestation is not easily and/or always successfully removed by mechanical techniques such as grinding, whereas
chemical treatment with cleaning,
descaling, and passivation is a more
thorough and less invasive process.
As a corrective measure to eradicate
exogenous iron contamination from
interior and exterior surfaces, project
pipe spools were subjected to chemical
treatment in accordance with ASTM
A380, Standard Practice for Cleaning,
Descaling, and Passivation of Stainless
Steel Parts, Equipment, and Systems.

Fabrication Practices

B
Fig. 2 Iron contamination via poor shipping practices. A A carbon-steel banding strap
in direct contact with a 316L stainless steel pipe; B the result a rust strip.

ing both the fabricator and Engineering Authority.


Rusting occurred for two reasons:
an anodic reaction resulting from exposure of surface iron (Fe) contamination
to a marine environment and iron contamination from an incorrect weld filler
metal (a carbon-steel weld filler metal).
Note: Selected specimens were evaluated for sensitization-induced intergranular attack per ASTM A262, Standard Practices for Detecting Susceptibility to Intergranular Attack in Austenitic
Stainless Steels, Practice A (10% oxalic
acid etch), in which there were no met-

allurgical signs of occurrence. Unless


otherwise noted, the term iron is referred to as a surface contaminant and
shall denote free iron.

Iron Contamination
Mechanisms
The dissemination of pertinent
project documentation is an Engineering Authority responsibility for welded
product outsourcing. However, there
was no governing stainless steel material handling and control specification
for the project.

In addition, there was no presiding


stainless steel welding specification
provided by the Engineering Authority
for the fabricator to comply with. A
welding specification addresses
mandatory requirements, specific prohibitions, and recommended guidance
for fabrication activities to ensure that
the intended design service and
performance characteristics of the
pipe spools are met.
In manufacturing stainless steel
weldments, a requisite is to physically
isolate stainless steel manufacturing
from carbon-steel welding operations
to avoid iron contamination. However,
within the fabricators job shop, stainless steel pipe spools for the project
were fabricated near to carbon-steel
fabrication activities.
Shop and pipe spool cleanliness
during production was not adequately
maintained such that carbon-steel
welding, grinding, and cutting particulate that had accumulated inside the
stainless steel pipe spools corroded
after being subjected to water from hydrostatic testing Fig. 3.

Wire Wheel Brush Significance


To further prevent iron contamina-

SEPTEMBER 2014 / WELDING JOURNAL 101

THE AMERICAN WELDER

Rust regions at root


weld reinforcement
locations.

Shop care: Stainless


steel surfaces must be
kept smooth, clean, and
protected.

Fig. 3 Iron contamination via exposure of project stainless steel pipe spools to carbon-steel fabrication activities. Deposits of a corroded carbon-steel particulate are shown inside a hydrostatically tested, 316L stainless steel pipe spool.

tion, carbon-steel production tooling


and equipment must be prevented
from directly contacting stainless steel
material during fabrication.
Extensive iron contamination of
stainless steel pipe spools was
introduced by the fabricator through
using carbon-steel wire wheel brushes
installed on pneumatic rotary tools to
clean and finish pipe welds in preparation for nondestructive examination
Figs. 1, 4.
A recommended manufacturing
practice is to color code wire wheel arbors based upon the bristle alloy and
to verify your selection prior to use.
Also, for piping weldments, not to employ power wire wheel brushing for
the final weld face and internal cleaning of the root side and surface, but
only manual hand brushing.
Use of power wire wheel brushes
must be carefully scrutinized for each
stainless steel piping application. A
soft wire bristle will smear surface
contaminants and residues while a
stiff wire bristle will embed metal
particulate as well as form micro/
macrogrooves, which facilitate
crevice corrosion.

Filler Metal Impact


Stainless steel weldment perform102 WELDING JOURNAL / SEPTEMBER 2014

ance properties are compromised


when an incorrect weld filler metal is
used.
During production, an error
occurred in which a carbon-steel filler
metal was employed as opposed to a
stainless steel filler metal in welding
two stainless steel 10-in.-OD pipe
supports Fig. 5.
Fortunately, only four weld joints
were affected, but potential
consequences could have been far
greater.
Recommended manufacturing practices encompass rigorous weld filler
metal control methods, thorough
welder training, and maintaining shop
floor vigilance by trained supervision
and welding inspectors.

Deficient In-Process
Weld Inspection
Visual in-process weld inspection is
a prudent, cost- and time-effective
function to perform throughout weldment production. This is used to eliminate the potential for costly rework
and repair activities resulting from
process malpractices, structural
discrepancies, and/or weld defects discovered during final inspection or
weldment service.

A pivotal root cause question was,


Where were the welding inspectors
during pipe-spool production?
Regrettably, in-process weld
inspection by the fabricator was
lacking.
Production errors involving inadequate pipe-spool cleanliness prior to
hydrostatic testing, using an incorrect
wire-wheel brush to clean welds, and
welding with an incorrect weld filler
metal all went undetected.
It has been this authors experience
that without in-process weld
inspection, weldment integrity
decreases, and product along with
workmanship liability increases.

Failing to Perform
Outsourcing Due Diligence
In outsourcing the stainless steel
pipe spools for fabrication, the onus
was on the Engineering Authority to
proactively perform outsourcing due
diligence to ensure that the manufacturing readiness of the fabricator prior
to and throughout pipe-spool production was acceptable.
The foundation for a fabrication
failure was laid when Engineering Authority methods to accomplish due
diligence were not performed.

THE AMERICAN WELDER

Fig. 4 Iron contamination via poor weld


cleaning practices. Rust at the weld joints
results from using carbon-steel wire wheel
brushes to clean 316L stainless steel pipe
welds.

corrective actions to substantiate an


Engineering Authority-approved supplier and vendor list inclusion, plus
production initiation (Ref. 1).
Provide on-site technical and
quality support, oversight, and training at the fabricators facility prior to
and throughout pipe-spool production
to ensure workmanship quality compliance as well as weldment conformance to contract, drawing, and weld
code requirements.

Following are recommendations


that would have been beneficial to follow at the start of the project.
Conduct an on-site weld audit
at the fabricators facility to
determine the manufacturing readiness of the fabricator prior to pipespool production.

An audit would have identified deficiencies entailing weld inspection,


shop cleanliness, weld cleaning methods, the production floor, and material
handling adeptness. On-site weld audits serve as the backbone in achieving
weldment conformance such that the
fabricator would have been responsible to complete all assignable

Engineering Authority on-site leadership, expertise, and oversight are


vital to mitigate project risks (Ref. 2).
An on-site presence would have
protected its own best interest by
facilitating production problem resolution and assisting the fabricator in
identifying production deficiencies
along with errors to safeguard pipe
spool integrity.
Present a stainless steel material handling and control
specification to the fabricator.
SEPTEMBER 2014 / WELDING JOURNAL 103

THE AMERICAN WELDER

Multipass FCAW
carbon steel fillet
weld beads.

Fig. 5 Pipe support weld/spatter rust via iron contamination from an incorrect
welding filler metal. A carbon steel flux cored arc welding (E81T1-Ni1) filler metal
was utilized to weld 316L stainless steel pipe/plate.

It could detail, for example, using


rigorous weld filler metal control
methods; tooling control and identification practices; protective pipe end
covers and caps; noncontaminating
banding straps for material shipping;
protective stainless steel sheets to prevent direct contact of weldment material with carbon steel production tooling and equipment; and clean timber
and wooden pallets to avoid direct
contact of project material with a contaminating and/or damaging storage
surface Fig. 1.
Give a stainless steel welding
specification to the fabricator.

This authoritative document


outlines engineering, fabrication, and
quality criteria to ensure that the
intended design service and performance characteristics of the pipe spools
are met. It would have provided key
information to the fabricator.
Likewise, it would have provided quality personnel a tool to administer
stated requirements for upholding
fabricator compliance throughout
weldment production and during final
inspection.

Lessons Learned
Widespread rusting of these Type

316L stainless steel pipe spools was a


direct result of the Engineering
Authority failing to perform outsourcing due diligence. Doing so would have
ensured manufacturing readiness of
the fabricator prior to and throughout
pipe-spool production.
Also, if outsourcing due diligence
had been performed, both the
Engineering Authority and fabricator
would have been prepared for production activities. The $800,000 cost endured by the Engineering Authority to
expedite corrective measures for rectifying pervasive iron contamination
would have been avoided.
It was a sobering lesson everyone
had to learn that to obtain highintegrity weldments, welded product
outsourcing is not a cursory
commitment. WJ
References

For info, go to www.aws.org/adindex

1. LaPlante, W. C. 2011. How to


assure quality in outsourced welded
products. Welding Journal 90(10):
4246.
2. LaPlante, W. C. 2012. On-site
fabrication support is vital to weld
quality. Welding Journal 91(10): 5458.
WILLIAM C. LaPLANTE
(william.laplante@bp.com) is a welding engineer and AWS CWI, CWE with BPXA,
Anchorage/Prudhoe Bay, Alaska.

104 WELDING JOURNAL / SEPTEMBER 2014

THE AMERICAN WELDER

LEARNING TRACK

Georgia Trade School Produces


Readyto Work Grads
Energetic instructors with professional industrial knowledge
make every welding class a joboriented training experience

Georgia Trade School (GTS), Kennesaw, Ga., in the greater Atlanta metropolitan area, acknowledges that its
greatest assets are its dynamic training program that captures the students interest from the start, its staff
of professional instructors who skillfully employ their industrial knowhow to motivate their students, and
class sizes kept to 12 members per instructor to ensure the students gets
the personal attention they need
Fig. 1.
The students begin welding immediately following their orientation and
safety training. Classroom time includes a focus on welding fundamentals including safety, equipment,
electrical principles, blueprint reading,
shop drawings, weld symbols, and the
essential math. Plate and pipe welding
processes are covered in depth using a
combination of textbooks, multimedia, and visual aids.
The program designates 83% of the
500-h course time for hands-on work
and students weld on their first day.
The course can be taken either fulltime for 14 weeks or as a 24-week program working part time.
Adding value to the booth assignments and classroom training, students have an opportunity to use their
new skills to fabricate useful products
for the community. Two recent projects were building water tanks for a
local distillery and a staircase for a
Smithsonian-affiliated museum. These
real-world projects give students a feel
for urgency to meet a contract deadline and experience working as a team
member to produce a useful product
for a customer.

tenance procedures. Students become


proficient with shielded metal arc, gas
tungsten arc, gas metal arc, and flux
cored arc welding processes, including
techniques such as uphill, downhill,
open butt, groove, and fillet welds,
and walking the cup. The pipe positions include 1G, 2G, 5G, and 6G and
plate positions 1G, 2G, 3G, and 4G.
Welding is performed on 2-, 4-, 6-,
and 8-in. pipe, plate steel from 18 to
in., and thin metals between gauges 22
and 11. The students train on equipment currently used in industry manufactured by Lincoln Electric, Miller
Electric, Harris, Thermal Dynamics,
H&M, Metabo, Phoenix International,
Koike, and others. The school makes
sure its facility is always a nice place to
visit Fig. 2. Workplace cleanliness is
stressed at all times and twice each
week staff and students conduct a
thorough shop cleanup. It enhances
the pride the students take in their
craft and their workplace.

BY HOWARD M. WOODWARD
HOWARD M. WOODWARD is associate
editor for the Welding Journal.

Following Graduation
Upon successful completion of the
course and thequalification test, students can receive up to five welder
qualification records reflecting the parameters for which they are qualified
to weld. Students have the opportunity at the end of their training to test
in accordance with the appropriate industrial codes of the American Welding Society and American Society of
Mechanical Engineers.
To date, Georgia Trade School has
graduated 94 students, with 91 currently working in the field. Ryan
Blythe, executive director of the
school, said, Those working as shipbuilders earn an average of $60,000 a
year, which is two thousand dollars
more than the average Harvard College graduate a statistic that surprises skeptical high school guidance
counselors.

Lab Specifics
The job-oriented lab training includes torch cutting, fabrication techniques, tolerances, measurements,
machine operation, and routine main106 WELDING JOURNAL / SEPTEMBER 2014

Fig. 1 Georgia Trade School welding students are (from left) Mateus Maia, Amir
Alvarez, Jonathan Bervoets, Vincent Vecchio, John Scroggins, Seth Campbell, Harry
Cochran, Tyler Replogle, Tyler Blalock, and Zachary Darrow.

THE AMERICAN WELDER

Fig. 2 The GTS welding booth area is a model of efficiency and cleanliness.

The Welding Staff


Elaine Waters (Fig. 3) is the senior
welding instructor at the school. She
has probably taught more welders in
the Atlanta area over the past 25 years
than anyone else. A 1986 graduate of
the Quality School of Pipe Welding,
she began teaching at her alma mater
just two years later. She said she is
gratified that so many of her students
progressed to become successful fabrication shop owners, rig and pipeline
welders, pipefitters, and journeymen.
At GTS, Waters leads the welding
program and also offers private instruction for individuals and companies, including the Army Corps of
Engineers.
Instructor Sean Quinton (Fig. 4) is
vice president of the school, an AWS
Certified Welding Inspector (CWI),
and serves as technical chair for the
Georgia SkillsUSA Welding and Fabrication Competition. Previously, he
served as director of operations for the
Center of Industry and Technology
(CIT). Quinton has also completed
contract inspection and welding work
for Rockdale Pipeline, McKinney
Drilling, Work Installation Design
Services, and HEMI Systems.
The third member of the training
team is James Spinner (Fig. 4), who
has extensive experience as a pipefitter, welder, and fabricator for clients
including Kemira, Sherwin Williams,
and Owens Corning. His most recent
field experience was for Performance
Energy, working in the Gulf Coast performing pipe and structural welding
for Shell and Enterprise Oil. He is

qualified in all plate welding positions


and has a combo 6G pipe qualification.
At the 2014 SkillsUSA Georgia Welding and Fabrication competition, Spinner cochaired alongside executive
chair Sean Quinton.

Financials and Services


Blythe noted, In an effort to produce the strongest all-around employee for our employment partners

and to attract students with a true


passion for welding, Georgia Trade
School elected not to participate in
government financial-aid programs.
The tuition for the complete 500-h
course is $8000, which includes $500
in protective safety equipment.
Prospective students may put the
$500 equipment fee down to secure a
spot for when a booth becomes available. Veterans and public safety workers receive a 10% discount on all GTS
services. The classes can be arranged
for morning, afternoon, or evenings
for students convenience. In addition
to the career program, GTS allows professionals, artists, and do-it-yourselfers to buy lab time Monday
through Thursday afternoons to work
on their projects. This has been a popular offering for companies training
welders to learn a new process or position. Sean Quinton is available to
teach destructive bend weld testing
techniques either at the school or at
the companys location.
Blythe added, Georgia Trade
School is dedicated to promoting the
skill of welding to an otherwise college-bound population. For 23 consecutive months, the school has been sold
out and retains a waiting list of up to
six months for entrance.

Jobs and Commentaries

Fig. 3 Senior Instructor Elaine Waters


is an expert teacher and pipe welder.

Blythe said, One of first companies


to show an interest in GTS was the
largest shipbuilder for the Navy, Coast
Guard, and Marines, Huntington Ingalls Industries. It was with great pride
that Georgia Trade School graduates
routinely performed at a high level of
proficiency in their positions. Ingalls
Talent Acquisition Manager Carlos
Lett said, It has been our sincere
pleasure to partner with GTS and hire
its graduates.
Georgia Labor Commissioner Mark
Butler said, It was obvious from my
time at GTS that it has an outstanding
program.
The school has formed employment
partnerships with Huntington Ingalls
and Caterpillar, serves as a training
center for the Army Corps of Engineers, and partners with Jackson
Safety.
Course graduate Kyle Crowe said he
came to Georgia Trade School after
graduating from high school. Within
SEPTEMBER 2014 / WELDING JOURNAL 107

THE AMERICAN WELDER

Fig. 4 Instructors James Spinner (left) and Sean Quinton bring


a variety of professional skills and experience to their classes.

For info, go to www.aws.org/adindex

six months of enrolling he got the opportunity to begin his career at Caterpillar. Now, he said, I am financially
independent at age 19, work for a
Fortune 500 company where the sky
is the limit in terms of advancement,
and have the means to build my
future.
Well known in the community, GTS
regularly participates in charity projects, most recently welding benches
for Must Ministries and guard rails
around the floor scales and the sort tables for the Atlanta Community Food
Bank. In another project, GTS students filmed a segment for the popular ChuckE2009 YouTube welding
series with Lanse Edwards Fig. 5.
Jackson Safety co-brands with GTS,
providing students with logo-marked
bags, welding helmets, and personal

108 WELDING JOURNAL / SEPTEMBER 2014

Fig. 5 From left are GTS graduates Zach Burgess and Quinton
Cychosz, Instructor James Spinner, YouTube cameraman Lanse
Edwards, and graduate Garrison Foster.

protective equipment. Jackson filmed


a commercial for its Balder technology
at the school and has plans to film another in the near future. Also, the
company has commissioned a local
artist to design a mural highlighting
its partnership with the school.

Jobs Are Hot down South


Georgia Trade Schools location in
north Atlanta promises many potential job opportunities. Between 2014
and 2017, two major sports stadiums
will be constructed within a few miles
of the school, one for the Atlanta Falcons and the other for the Atlanta
Braves. Caterpillar, a major employer,
has opened a big plant in Athens, Ga.,
and and Trinity Rail plans to hire
1100 welders with the reopening of its

nearby railcar manufacturing facility.


To date, 60% of graduates work in
Georgia with the others taking their
talents across the country.

Come See for Yourself


Georgia Trade School is open for
tours by appointment Monday
through Friday for prospective students to see the classroom and welding shop facilities and meet its
instructors and talk to current students. As an introduction, first visit
the schools websites www.georgiatradeschool.com and its video site
www.georgiatradeschool.tv. WJ

Georgia Trade School


2260 Moon Station Ct., Ste. 110
Kennesaw, GA 30144
Welding Program Contact
Ryan Blythe
Executive Director
(770) 590-9353
rblythe@georgiatradeschool.com

Register
ter TToday
oday
o

WELDING SUMMIT
WORKSHOP
www.aws.org/conferences
www.aws.org/conferences

Presented
Pr
esented by
by the AWS
AW
WS D10 Committee on Piping and Tubing
Tuubing
October 8th - 9th, 2014 / AWS
AWS
W Headquarters,
Headqua
Dor
Doral,
al, FL
FL
Mission Sta
Statement:
tement:
Create awareness
awareness of welding industr
Create
industryy issues and find pro-active solutions
while maintaining safety and quality as values.
The Welding
Welding Summit Workshop
Workshop purpose is to provide an interactive open forum environment for
professionals from various areas of the welding industr
industryy to discuss issues and propose solutions
solutions..
 Each topic of the two day workshop will start with an introduction and a short

topics..
description of recommended topics
 Attendees will be split into groups to discuss the topics and provide feedback.
 FFeedback
eedback will be moderated to recognized issues and solutions.
solutions. The feedback

commonalities,, and spark considerable


moderation should provide much data, commonalities
discussion.
 Results of the workshop will be published in the WELDING JOURNAL for the good of

industry.
the industr
y.

See the topics and find out mor


www.aws.org/conferences
moree at www.aws.org/conferences

THE AMERICAN WELDER

FACT SHEET

Understanding Porosity
Porosity is a cavity-like discontinuity that forms when
gas is entrapped in solidifying weld metal or in a thermal
spray deposit. The discontinuity is generally spherical, but it
may be elongated. Porosity occurs on the surface or in the
subsurface of the weld. The following, along with Table 1,
discuss the types of porosity.
Scattered porosity. This type of porosity may be distributed throughout single-pass welds, contained in one pass of a
multipass weld, or spread throughout several passes of multiple-pass welds. Faulty welding technique, contaminated or incorrect shielding gases, contaminants on the surface of the
workpiece, or defective materials are the usual causes.
Cluster porosity. This type manifests itself as a
localized grouping of pores with a random geometric distribution. It frequently results from improper initiation or termination of the welding arc. The same conditions that cause
arc blow can contribute to the formation of cluster porosity.
Piping porosity. The term piping porosity denotes a
form of porosity that has a length greater than its width and
lies approximately perpendicular to the weld face. In fillet
welds, elongated porosity normally extends from the root of
the weld toward the face. When one or two pores are seen in
the surface of the weld, it is likely that many subsurface piping pores are interspersed among the exposed pores. Much
of the piping porosity found in welds does not extend to the
surface. In electroslag welds, piping porosity is generally
characterized by relatively long pores. Piping porosity is typically caused by rapid solidification.
Aligned porosity. Sometimes called linear porosity,
aligned porosity consists of a localized array of spherical or
elongated pores oriented in a line. It may be aligned along a
weld interface, at the root of a weld, or at a boundary
between weld beads. Gas evolution from contaminants at
the location where the discontinuity has formed is the cause

of aligned porosity.
Elongated porosity. This type of porosity resembles
piping porosity in that it has a length greater than its width.
However, in contrast to piping porosity, elongated porosity
lies approximately parallel to the weld axis.
Causes. The typical causes of porosity in weld metal are
related to the welding process and the welding procedure,
and in some instances, to the type and chemistry of the base
metal. The welding process, welding procedure, and type of
base metal (including the manufacturing method) directly
affect the quantities and types of gases present in the
molten weld pool. The welding process and welding
procedure control the solidification rate, which then affects
the amount of weld metal porosity. Proper welding
procedures for a given combination of welding process and
base metal should produce welds that are essentially free of
porosity.
Dissolved gases are usually present in molten weld metal.
Porosity forms as the weld metal solidifies if the dissolved
gases are present in amounts greater than their solid solubility limits. Gases that may be present in the molten weld
pool include hydrogen, oxygen, nitrogen, carbon monoxide,
carbon dioxide, water vapor, hydrogen sulfide, argon, and
helium. Of these, only hydrogen, oxygen, and nitrogen are
soluble to any significant extent in a molten weld pool, and
the solubility of these gases in solidified metal is
significantly less than in liquid metal.
Hydrogen is the major cause of porosity. It may enter
the molten weld pool from many sources such as the gas
atmosphere surrounding the arc zone or in hydrogenforming constituents, the dissociation of water. Hydrogen
dissolved in the base metal itself or in surface oxides may
remain in the weld metal. Filler metals may also contain
dissolved hydrogen. WJ

Table 1 Porosity Common Causes and Remedies


Causes

Remedies

Excessive hydrogen, nitrogen, or oxygen in the welding atmosphere

Use low-hydrogen welding process and filler metals high in


deoxidizers; increase shielding gas flow

High solidification rate

Use preheat or increase heat input

Dirty base metal

Clean joint faces and adjacent surfaces

Dirty welding wire

Use specially cleaned and packaged welding wire and store it in


clean area

Improper arc length, welding current, or electrode manipulation

Change welding conditions and techniques

Volatilization of zinc from brass

Use copper-silicon filler metal; reduce heat input

Galvanized steel

Remove zinc before welding; use E6010 electrodes and manipulate


the arc heat to volatilize the zinc ahead of the molten weld pool

Excessive moisture in the electrode covering or on joint surfaces

Use recommended procedures for baking and storing electrodes;


preheat the base metal

Excerpted from the Welding Handbook, Vol. 1, 9th edition.


110 WELDING JOURNAL / SEPTEMBER 2014

NEWS OF THE INDUSTRY


continued from page 14

demonstration unit, limited-time pricing, and drawings for


free welding helmets through 2014. For more details, contact Don Hamer at donh@microaironline.com.
Bates Technical College, Tacoma, Wash., will receive
$411,771 from the State Board for Community and Technical Colleges to expand its welding and machinist programs.
In particular, $203,771 will be allocated to increase the
welding program by 30 full-time equivalent students. The
expansion will begin fall quarter, and new courses will be
offered in the evening to accommodate working adults.
Fine Tubes, UK, has earned additional NORSOK approval
enabling it to supply UNS S31254 seamless tubes. The
company secured this by aligning its manufacturing
process with NORSOK M-650 requirements, plus providing
compliance through an audit by Parker Hannifin and
Statoil.
O. E. Meyer Co., Sandusky, Ohio, has been recognized as
The Top North American Independent Distributor by Hypertherm. This award includes a $500 donation to a
nonprofit organization.
The Lincoln Electric Co., Cleveland, Ohio, has been granted
an exclusive worldwide license to The NanoSteel Co.s proprietary steel coatings technology for weld overlay and thermal spray applications.
Josh Chiprich, tank fabrication market manager, and
Chris Cable, director of global sales and marketing, recently
visited Bug-Os girth welding partner in Shanghai, China,
for training. Also, they visited a tank farm in Tianjin where
single-sided girth welding machines for horizontal joints,
electrogas welding machines for vertical joints, and the LT7
Buggie for the outside bottom of the tanks were used.
CRC-Evans Pipeline International, Inc., Houston, Tex., recently announced a distribution partnership with LaValley
Industries, Bemidji, Minn., to become the exclusive global
distributor of its Deckhand pipe handling product line.
The Ingersoll Rand Foundation, Davidson, N.C., has
donated $135,000 to The Manufacturing Institute to help a
leadership development program that addresses the industrys need to increase the number of women leaders in U.S.
manufacturing. The grant will be used to create a more
comprehensive leadership program in 2015.
Randy Darby and Ray Michelena from T. J. Snow Co.,
Chattanooga, Tenn., recently flew a Mooney airplane used
for service calls to the Mooney factory in Kerrville, Tex.
The purpose of the trip was to upgrade electronic controls
on a resistance spot welding machine used in
manufacturing the single-engine Mooneys.
Lynnes Welding Training, Inc., recently announced the
Bismarck, N.Dak., school is now an accredited branch of
the Fargo, N.Dak., division, offering the same accredited
programs (120-h GMAW, 120-h SMAW, 120-h GTAW,
200-h pipe, and 480-h combination welder I).

The Hobart brand campaign, Its the tie that binds, is


celebrating the tie that binds science and people. From the
filler metals customers use to the relationships developed
on the journey to find the right system, it reflects the commitment to helping make projects a reality. Visit the site at
HobartBrothers.com/tiethatbinds.
The Nicolet College Foundation, Rhinelander, Wis.,
presented its 2014 Friends and Partners Award to the Oldenburg Group for its partnership with the college and its
welding program. The company has been working with
Nicolet for more than 20 years, regularly donating steel,
wire, and other material.
The Commonwealth Center for Advanced Manufacturing,
Prince George County, Va., recently announced Airbus
joined its consortium at the Farnborough International Airshow 2014 during a signing event. Also, in related news, the
center announced Aerojet Rocketdyne is expanding its role.
As an organizing industry member, the company will
perform proprietary research at the centers facility and retain intellectual property ownership of the developments.
A welding merit badge workshop recently hosted by Cee
Kay Supply, Inc., St. Louis, Mo., and the American Welding
Society St. Louis Section sparked the interest of 12 local
Boy Scouts. After trying virtual welding, each boy was
required to weld their initials on a small metal coupon as
well as tack plates together and complete a square groove
butt joint, T-joint, and lap joint weld. WJ

$6450.
$6450.
3&13*/54
3&13*/54










 











 



 



 




Call 866.879.9144 or
sales@fosterprinting.com

SEPTEMBER 2014 / WELDING JOURNAL 111

CLASSIFIEDS
CAREER OPPORTUNITIES
CWI WITH MACHINING
INSPECTION EXPERIENCE WANTED
SENIOR METALS TECHNICIAN

WELD INSPECTOR

AMEC, a leading engineering &


construction management consulting
business, is seeking a Senior Metals
Technician in Durham, NC to perform
visual & nondestructive testing on
various construction projects. Requires
10+ yrs related experience & current
AWS QC1 Welding Inspector
Certification (CWI). Additional
information can be obtained from our
website at www.amec.com. Apply
online at www.amec.com/careers
(search keyword 18524). Contact
molly.mapes@amec.com with any
questions.
EOE AA M/F/Vet/Disability

AMEC, a leading engineering &


construction management consulting
business, is seeking a Weld Inspector in
Orlando, FL to perform weld
inspections in field/manufacturing
facilities. Requires 2+ yrs related
experience & current AWS Certified
Welding Inspector Certification (CWI).
Additional information can be
obtained from our website at
www.amec.com. Apply online at
www.amec.com/careers (search
keyword 20489). Contact
molly.mapes@amec.com with any
questions.
EOE AA M/F/Vet/Disability

WELDING INSTRUCTOR

FOR SALE OR RENT

Texas State Technical College, Waco,


TX, is in search of a Welding Instructor
with experience in SMAW, GMAW,
FCAW and GTAW welding processes,
oxyfuel cutting and welding, layout and
fabrication, and pipe welding plus nondestructive testing processes. Requires
Associates degree in Welding Technology and demonstrated competency in
welding field. Starting annual salary is
$40,812 or higher. DOE.
Apply online: www.tstc.jobs

CWI, CPWI AND NACE INSPECTORS


Professional Staffing Services, Inc., is
seeking experienced CWI, CPWI, and
NACE inspectors with significant
pipeline experience for a project in
North Dakota.
Inspectors must be familiar with
pipeline safety, welding inspection,
hydrostatic testing, excavations,
overseeing contractor daily
performance, and have very good
computer and communication skills.
Contact Eddie Jacob: (832) 284-4410
or (281) 798-5109.

112 WELDING JOURNAL / SEPTEMBER 2014

SERVICES

West Coast Utility needs a couple of


part-time, seasoned inspectors for
structural weld inspection and
machined component inspection oversight /verification. Prefer D1.5 cert.
Hands-on, experienced person. We
offer a competitive hourly wage for this
contract position. Travel in U.S.,
Canada, Europe, and Brazil likelyflexible assignments. Good oral and written communications skills required.
Must be willing and capable of owning
product compliance and quality.
Call Randy Roberts (415) 973-2768.

CLASSIFIEDS
FOR SALE OR RENT (CONTINUED)
MITROWSKI RENTS

JOE FULLER LLC

Made in U.S.A.
Welding Positioners
1Ton thru 60Ton
Tank Turning Rolls

We manufacture tank turning rolls


3-ton through 120-ton rolls
www.joefuller.com

BIG

ON

SAVINGS

USED EQUIPMENT
An Excellent Selection of Used
Welders, Welding Positioners,
Welding-Related Specialty
Equipment and Generators.
Used Equipment for Sale
www.mitrowskiwelding.com

5% Nital Solution
Show steel weld profile &
penetration depth. We
have other etching
solutions for stainless
steel & aluminum welds.
EtchantStore.com
View available equipment on our
website or call us toll-free.

reddarc.com
sales@mitrowskiwelding.com
(800) 218-9620
(713) 943-8032

email: joe@joefuller.com
Phone: (979) 277-8343
Fax: (281) 290-6184
Our products are made in the USA

1-866-733-3272

CHRISTMAS CARDS
Over 35 Whimsical Welding
cards available at

pauloxmanpublishing.com/welding

1-800-228-0787

CERTIFICATION & TRAINING


Professionals Sought for
IIW Training Courses
The American Welding Society, the
Gesellschaft fr Schweisstechnik
International (German Welding
Institute, GSI), and the National
Center for Welding Education and
Training (Weld-Ed) are seeking
candidates interested in obtaining the
IIW International Welding
Engineer or International Welding
Technologist diploma. Courses are
being planned that will blend
Internet-delivered training with classroom training conducted in the United
States.
The 440-hour course will be offered
during the next two summers and
is designed to promote career
development for busy welding
professionals.
Please contact Jeff Hufsey at:
hufsey@aws.org for more details.

2014
CWI PREPARATORY
80+ HOUR COURSE
MORE HANDSON/PRACTICAL APPLICATIONS

Houston, TX Oct. 617


Ellijay, GA Nov. 24Dec. 5
Pascagoula, MS Sep. 819
Port Arthur, TX Sep. 22Oct. 3
Baytown, TX Oct. 2031
Houma, LA Nov. 1021
+ Includes additional self study for weekend

FOR DETAILS CALL OR EMAIL:


(800) 4892890
info@realeducational.com
Also offering: RT Film Interpretation, MT/PT/UT
Thickness, CWS, SCWI,
Welding Procedure Fundamentals,
And Advanced Inspection Courses

SEPTEMBER 2014 / WELDING JOURNAL 113

ADVERTISER INDEX
Abicor Binzel
www.binzelabicor.com

27
(800) 5424867

Intercon Enterprises, Inc.


www.intercononline.com

36
(800) 6656655

American Torch Tip


www.AmericanTorchTip.com

49
(800) 3428477

J. P. Nissen Co.
www.nissenmarkers.com

47
(215) 8862025

K.I.W.O.T.O., Inc.
www.rodguard.net

58
(269) 9441552

Arabia ESSEN Welding & Cutting Show


www.schweissenschneiden.com

66
+1. 9 14. 9 6213 10

ArcOne
www.arc1weldsafe.com

33
(800) 2234685

Lincoln Electric Co.


www.lincolnelectric.com

Outside Back Cover


(216) 4818100

Arcos Industries, LLC


www.arcos.us

Inside Back Cover


(800) 2338460

Magnatech LLC
www.magnatechllc.com

32
(860) 6532573

AT & F Headquarters
www.atfco.com

59
(216) 2521500

Mathey Dearman
www.matheycnc.com

21
(918) 4471288

Atlas Welding Accessories, Inc.


www.atlaswelding.com

38
(800) 9629353

Maverick Testing Laboratories


www.mavericktestinglabs.com

67
(281) 8888210

AWS Education Services


www.aws.org/education/

22, 74, 93, 99, 109


(800) 4439353, ext. 455

Mercer Abrasives
www.mercerabrasives.com

65
(631) 2433900

AWS Membership Services


www.aws.org/membership/

91, 105
(800) 4439353, ext. 480

Midalloy
www.midalloy.com

28
(800) 7763300

AWS Publications
www.aws.org/wj/

6061
(800) 4439353

Miller Electric Mfg. Co.


www.MillerWelds.com/capturefive

34
(920) 7349821

Bluco Corp.
www.bluco.com

35
(800) 5350135

Nelson Stud Welding


http://www.nelsonstud.com

68
(800) 6359353

Bradford Derustit
www.derustit.com

68
(714) 6950899

OTC Daihen, Inc.


www.daihenusa.com

5
(888) 6827626

Camfil Air Pollution Control


www.camfilapc.com

2
(800) 4796801

RedDArc Welderentals
www.reddarc.com

37
(866) 7333272

Carell Corp.
www.carellcorp.com

62
(251) 9370948

RWMA/Resistance Welding Mfg. Alliance


www.aws.org/rwma

CDA Technical Institute


www.commercialdivingacademy.com

35
(888) 9742232

Schaefer Ventilation Equipment


www.schaeferfan.com

Champion Welding Alloys


www.championwelding.com

104
(800) 3219353

Select Arc, Inc.


www.selectarc.com

Inside Front Cover


(937) 2955215

CML USA, Inc. Ercolina


www.ercolinausa.com

64
(563) 3917700

SK Brazing USA, LLC


www.skbrazing.com

64
(414) 6280584

CorMet
www.cormet.com

28, 37
(800) 8482719

Sumner Mfg. Co., Inc.


www.sumner.com

26
(888) 9996910

Superflash Compressed Gas Equipment/IBEDA, Inc.


www.oxyfuelsafety.com

90
(888) 3277306

Detroit Section of AWS


www.awsdetroit.org

71
(248) 2758209/(614) 6885121

Diamond Ground Products, Inc.


www.diamondground.com

11, 13
(805) 4983837

Tecnar
www.tecnar.com

ESAB Welding & Cutting


www.esabna.com

15
(800) 3722123

Thermatool
www.thermatool.com
Tokin Corp.
www.tokinarc.com

95
(800) 4439353, ext. 444
62
(800) 7793267

20
+1(450) 4611221
1
(203) 4684100
92
+81534855252

FABTECH 2014
www.fabtechexpo.com

12, 73, 89
(800) 4439353, ext. 297

Fischer Engineering Co.


www.fischerengr.com

108
(937) 7541754

Triangle Engineering, Inc.


www.trieng.com

Fischer Technology
www.fischertechnology.com

92
(860) 6830781

TRUMPF
www.us.trumpf.com

Fronius USA, LLC


www.froniususa.com

30
(877) 3766487

Uniweld Products, Inc.


www.uniweld.com

38
(800) 3232111

Genstar Technologies Company, Inc.


www.genstartech.com

14
(909) 6062726

voestalpine Bohler Welding USA Inc.


www.voestalpine.com/welding

23
(800) 5270791

Greiner Industries
www.greinerindustries.com

19
(800) 7822110

Walhonde Tools, Inc.


www.walhonde.com

67
(800) 8823348

Gullco International, Inc. U.S.A.


www.gullco.com

63
(440) 4398333

Watts Specialties, Inc.


www.wattsspecialties.com

46
(253) 8489288

H&M Pipe Beveling Machine Co., Inc.


www.hmpipe.com

29
(918) 5829984

Weld Aid
www.weldaid.com

31
(800) 9353243

HBD/Thermoid, Inc.
www.hbdthermoid.com

63
(800) 5438070

Weld Engineering
www.weldengineering.com

7
(508) 8422224

Hobart Inst. of Welding Technology


www.welding.org

58
(800) 3329448

Welder Training & Testing Institute


www.wtti.com

67
(800) 2239884

Hodgson Custom Rolling, Inc.


www.hcrsteel.com

9
(905) 3566025

WEMCO/An Association of Welding Manufacturers


2425
www.aws.org/wemco
(800) 4439353, ext. 444

Interactive Safety Products, Inc.


www.helmetsystems.com

69
(704) 6647377

West Chester Protective Gear


www.westchestergear.com

68
(781) 8781500
17
web contact only

39
(800) 6471900

Visit the AWS Interactive Ad Index: www.aws.org/adindex

114 WELDING JOURNAL / SEPTEMBER 2014

WELDING RESEARCH

SUPPLEMENT TO THE WELDING JOURNAL, SEPTEMBER 2014


Sponsored by the American Welding Society and the Welding Research Council

Active Metal Transfer Control by Utilizing Enhanced


Droplet Oscillation Part II: Modeling and Analysis
The model suggests that the exciting phase delay and exciting peak duration can be fixed
as long as the droplet size is controlled to be relatively small
BY J. XIAO, G. J. ZHANG, W. J. ZHANG, AND Y. M. ZHANG

ABSTRACT
Enhanced active metal transfer control is experimentally studied in the first part
of this investigation. Differing from the original active control, the enhanced active
metal transfer control uses a modified current waveform, which increases the ampli
tude of the excited droplet oscillation and the needed detaching current is thus much
more reduced. The experimental study reveals that strongest droplet oscillation and
maximum enhancement on the droplet detachment require optimal selections of
three waveform parameters: the exciting peak duration and exciting/detaching phase
delay. In this study, a numerical model on the dynamic droplet oscillation and detach
ment is developed based on the massspring system. The spring constant and damp
ing coefficient in the model are experimentally calibrated. Analysis on the effects of
the key waveform parameters on the droplet oscillation/detachment gives a compre
hensive understanding on the mechanism of the droplet excitation and detachment.
Given other waveform parameters, the optimal value of the three key parameters
can be calculated from the model. The accuracy of the model is verified by compar
ing the modeling results with the corresponding experimental ones. The modeling re
sults suggest that the exciting phase delay and exciting peak duration can be fixed as
long as the droplet size is controlled to be relatively small as desired by the drop
spray transfer. In addition, an analytical model has been established through approxi
mations, and its adequate accuracy in predicting the optimal detaching phase delay
has also been verified.

KEYWORDS
Enhanced Active Control Metal Transfer Droplet Oscillation
Theoretical Model MassSpring System

Introduction
As has been reviewed in the first
part of this paper (Ref. 1) and previous
studies, the detaching peak current in
conventional pulsed gas metal arc
welding (GMAW-P) needs to be higher
than the spray transition current to

produce desired one drop per pulse


(ODPP) transfer. Further, the ODPP
transfer in conventional GMAW-P
lacks controllability and robustness
(Refs. 25). The original version of the
active metal transfer control method is
thus proposed, in which the liquid
droplet is effectively excited into oscillation by reducing the welding current

from a peak level, referred to as the exciting peak, to the base. By applying
another peak current referred to as the
detaching peak at the moment when
the droplet is moving toward the weld
pool, the electromagnetic force and
the downward momentum of the oscillating droplet are effectively matched
in phase and the droplet can be
detached by their combined action. As
a result, the needed detaching current
is reduced, and unexpected droplet detachment or mass accumulation can be
avoided such that the metal transfer
robustness is improved (Refs. 6, 7).
As an evolution to the original active
control process, the enhanced active
droplet oscillation is proposed in Ref. 8
by using the current waveform shown
in Fig. 1 and denoted as Wave1. The
droplet growing and exciting pulses are
now divided by a base period, while they
are coupled together in the original active metal transfer control. It is this
modification that significantly increases
the amplitude of the excited droplet oscillation (Ref. 8). Active metal transfer
control, which utilizes such enhanced
oscillation, referred to as the enhanced
active metal transfer control, has been
experimentally studied in the first part
of this investigation (Ref. 1) by using
Wave2, which inherits from Wave1 by
inserting a relatively low detaching
pulse with a phase delay to the exciting
pulse, as shown in Fig. 2. The enhanced
droplet oscillation enables the needed

J. XIAO is with the State Key Laboratory of Advanced Welding and Joining, Harbin Institute of Technology, China, and the Institute for Sustainable Manufactur
ing, University of Kentucky, Lexington, Ky. G. J. ZHANG is with the State Key Laboratory of Advanced Welding and Joining, Harbin Institute of Technology, China.
W. J. ZHANG and Y. M. ZHANG (yuming.zhang@uky.edu) are with the Institute for Sustainable Manufacturing and Department of Electrical and Computer En
gineering, University of Kentucky, Lexington, Ky.

SEPTEMBER 2014 / WELDING JOURNAL 321-s

WELDING RESEARCH

Fig. 1 Current waveform for enhanced droplet oscillation.

Fig. 2 Current waveform for enhanced active metal transfer


control.

Fig 3 Typical metal transfer of enhanced active control, 1 ms per frame. ER70S6/0.8
mm wire, 15L/min argon gas ow, 6mm arc length, 6mm wire extension, beadon
plate welding.

detaching current to be further reduced.


The lower limit of the detaching current
is determined to be not only much
lower than the spray transition current,
but also significantly lower than that of
the original active metal transfer
control. The experimental study also indicates that the enhanced active metal
transfer control process is sufficiently
robust (Ref. 1).
Figure 3 demonstrates a typical
droplet excitation and detachment in
the enhanced active metal transfer
control where Wave2 is used: Ig = 80 A,
Tg = 20 ms, Ib = 30 A, Tp1 = 2 ms, Ie =
120 A, Te = 3 ms, Tp2 = 3.2 ms, Id = 125
A, and Td = 4 ms, Tb = 20 ms, Ifd = 175
A, Tfd = 5 ms. It can be seen that the
droplet is first elongated by the exciting pulse (Frames 24) and goes into
oscillation in the base period called detaching phase delay (Frames 57), and

then the droplet is accelerated and detached by the detaching pulse of only
125 A/4 ms (Frames 813).
To better depict the excited droplet
oscillation, the following concepts
defined in the experimental study are
repeated here. 1) The moment at which
the excited droplet reaches its
maximum elongation is referred to as
the elongation peak moment. 2) The
moment at which the droplet changes
its moving direction from upward
(toward the wire) into downward (away
from the wire) during the preoscillation
or the main oscillation is referred to as
the oscillation reversing moment. As
can be seen from Fig. 2, the following
current waveform parameters need to
be properly selected to first maximize
the droplet oscillation amplitude and
then maximize the consequent
enhancement on the droplet

322-s WELDING JOURNAL / SEPTEMBER 2014, VOL. 93

Fig. 4 Illustration of massspring model of


droplet oscillation.

detachment in the enhanced active


metal transfer control.
1. Exciting phase delay Tp1, i.e., the
base duration between the growing
and exciting pulse. As has been
verified in Ref. 8, the droplet may be
excited to a preoscillation during Tp1
as long as the growing current is high
enough to preelongate the droplet. If
the exciting pulse is synchronized with
the downward momentum during the
preoscillation, the main oscillation
after the exciting pulse can be further
enhanced. If the growing current is
sufficiently low, for example,
80 A used in the experimental study,
the selection of Tp1 will not affect the
main droplet oscillation significantly.
In this sense, this parameter was not
discussed in the experimental study,
but it will be analyzed in this theoretical study.

WELDING RESEARCH

Fig. 5 Variation of l as the function of


half angle.

Fig. 6 Illustration of damping coefficient


measurement.

Fig. 8 Correlation between spring constant and droplet mass.

2. Exciting peak duration Te.


Experimental study on the enhanced
droplet oscillation demonstrates that
there is an optimal exciting peak duration for achieving strongest droplet oscillation when the exciting peak current
is the same (Ref. 8). Exciting peak duration greater than the optimal value is
not recommended because it not only
reduces the oscillation amplitude but
also increases the heat input.
3. Detaching phase delay Tp2, i.e., the
base duration between the exciting and
detaching pulse. This is the most important parameter for the enhanced active
metal transfer control, because it determines if the droplet oscillation can be
effectively utilized. In particular, if the
detaching pulse starts exactly at the oscillation reversing moment, the resultant detaching
phase delay is called feature detaching
phase delay, denoted as T*p2. It has
been verified that the feature detaching phase delay is the optimal
selection for full utilization of the
droplet oscillation.
Experimental determination of the

Fig. 7 Damping coefficient measured


from experiments 14.

Fig. 9 Structure of the Simulink program.

optimal value of these parameters is


time-consuming and costly such that
it will not be preferred in manufacturing. Hence, a theoretical model on the
dynamic droplet oscillation/
detachment is needed. Such a model
would be highly appreciated since it
enables to predict the critical
waveform parameters in a cost-effective way. Further, the model will give a
deeper scientific understanding on the
mechanism of the droplet oscillation
and detachment. Together with the experimental work conducted in the first
part of this investigation, the theoretical modeling and analysis complete a
full study on the enhanced active
metal transfer control.

Objective and Method


The task now is to establish a theoretical model on the dynamic droplet
oscillation and detachment under the
current waveform shown in Fig. 2. The
model will be used to predict the critical waveform parameters in the

enhanced active metal transfer control


when other waveform parameters are
given:
1. Optimal exciting phase delay T*p1,
which is the time interval between the
reversing moment of the
preoscillation and the end moment of
the growing pulse.
2. Optimal exciting peak duration
T*e, under which the end moment of
the exciting pulse is exactly the
elongation peak moment.
3. Optimal detaching phase delay
T*p2, which is the time interval
between the reversing moment of the
excited droplet oscillation and the end
moment of the exciting pulse.
Mass-spring system has been widely
used to model the pendant droplet oscillation in GMAW under different current conditions (Refs. 912). It is also
used in this study to model the
enhanced droplet oscillation and
detachment under the waveform as Fig.
2 shows. The modeling is facilitated by
the following assumptions: 1) the
droplet shape is symmetric; 2) the
droplet motion in the wire redial direc-

SEPTEMBER 2014 / WELDING JOURNAL 323-s

WELDING RESEARCH
A

Fig. 10 Modeling results of the dynamic droplet oscillation and detachment. A Droplet displacement; B resultant detaching force;
C droplet gravitational force; D electromagnetic force; E inertia force; F droplet radius.

tion is negligible; and 3) the physical


property of the liquid metal is constant.
Figure 4 shows the mass-spring
model for pendant droplet oscillation
in GMAW. The surface tension acts as
the spring force Fs. Since the droplet
volume increases continuously until
its detachment, the oscillation system
varies with time and follows the governing equations:
mx + bx + kx = F ( t )

(1)

F(t) = Fem + Fd + Fg

(2)

where x represents the droplet mass


center displacement to the wire tip in
the wire axial direction; m, b, and k are
the mass, damping coefficient, and
spring constant, respectively. F is the
axial force exerted on the droplet, including the electromagnetic force Fem,
the plasma drag force Fd, and the
droplet gravitational force Fg.
The droplet mass is proportional to

324-s WELDING JOURNAL / SEPTEMBER 2014, VOL. 93

the wire melting speed (Ref. 13):


m(t) = vm (t)dt

(3)

where represents the mass density


of the wire, vm the wire melting speed,
which is the function of the welding
current and wire extension (Ref. 13)
vm = C1I(t)+C2 pr le(t)I2(t)

(4)

where I represents the welding current,


le the wire extension, r the wire resis-

WELDING RESEARCH

Fig. 11 T *p1 under different Tg.

Fig. 12 Droplet dynamic response to exciting pulse.

tivity, plus C1 and C2 the melting


constants. The first term in the right
side of Equation 4 represents the arc
anode heat while the second term represents the wire resistive heat. Hence,
given the current waveform, the droplet
mass can be obtained.
The droplet gravitational force Fg is
given by
Fg(t) = m(t)g = 3 rd (t)3rg
4

(5)

where rd is the droplet radius, and r


represents the density of liquid droplet.
The electromagnetic force Fem is
given by (Ref. 14)
I 2 (t )
Fem ( t ) = 0
4
rd ( t )

+
ln
rw

(6)

1
1
= 1n( sin )
4 1 cos
2
2
ln
+
( 1 cos )2 1 + cos

(7)

wherem0 is the magnetic permittivity,


I is the welding current, rw the wire radius, and is the half angle subtended
by the arc root at the center of the
droplet. Figure 5s graphical
illustration of Equation 7 shows that l
does not change significantly when the
half angle ranges from 90 to 150 deg,
so that the selection of the half angle
would not significantly influence the
modeling results, and the half angle
is fixed at 120 deg in this study. References 15 and 16 also use constant half

angle to calculate the electromagnetic


force for the same reason.
The plasma drag force is given by
(Ref. 15)
1
2
Fd = Cd Ap p p
2

Ap = rd2 rw2

(8)

(9)

where Cd is the aerodynamic drag coefficient, Ap is the area of the drop seen
from above, and rp and vp are the density and velocity of the arc plasma.
Since the plasma velocity in GMAW
is not available, the plasma velocity
was assumed to be 100 m/s, which is
the same as that in GTAW, and the
value of Cd was calculated to be 0.44
(Ref. 15). For a less-developed plasma
jet, 10 m/s plasma velocity was used,
and the value of Cd was also calculated
to be 0.44. The calculation in Ref. 15
shows that the equilibrium droplet
size of a steel electrode with plasma
velocity of 10 m/s and 100 m/s are almost the same. Thus, in this study,
100 m/s plasma velocity is used, and
the drag coefficient is thus 0.44.
According to the dynamic force balance theory on the metal transfer (Ref.
9), the droplet will be detached when
the following criteria are satisfied:
Fem + Fd + Fg + Fin > Fs

(10)

where Fin is the inertia force generated


by the oscillation, Fin = ma, and a represents the droplet acceleration. Fs is
the surface tension, given by

Fs = 2rw g

(11)

where g is the surface tension


coefficient.

Calibration of Model
Coefficients
To solve Equation 1, the spring constant k and damping coefficient b need
to be determined first. It is the major
difficulty in our modeling effort
because the spring constant and
damping coefficient may change with
the droplet mass even if the wire (material, diameter) and shielding gas are
given. The theoretical models on the
spring constant and damping
coefficient are briefly reviewed here.
The spring force and spring constant
in the axial direction are expressed
using the potential energy generated
by the surface tension and surface area
of a droplet in Ref. 9
dU = gdS = Fsdx, k = dFs/dx
where U is the potential energy, Fs the
spring force, g the surface tension coefficient and S the drop surface area.
Given the droplet mass/volume, the
spring constant can be calculated. Unfortunately, the accuracy of this model
is not satisfactory (minimum 11%
error and 38% maximum in the
droplet oscillation frequency), and it is
thus not used in this paper. However,
it indicates that the droplet spring
constant is related to the droplet
mass/volume. Reference 9 also gives
SEPTEMBER 2014 / WELDING JOURNAL 325-s

WELDING RESEARCH
A

Fig. 13 Droplet oscillation under different Te . A Te = 2 ms; B Te = 3 ms; C Te = 4 ms; D Te = 5 ms.

the damping coefficient as


b = 3m V/x2
where m is the viscosity coefficient, V is
the droplet volume, and x the droplet
displacement. Using this model, the
damping coefficient is calculated to be
only at the order of 105 104 N/m,
which does not match the real damping
observed in the experiments. Hence,
this model for calculating the damping
coefficient is also not used in this study.
Thereby, the two key variables need to
be experimentally calibrated.

Calibration Method
The calibration proceeds with the assumption that the droplet mass during
the first free oscillation period after the
exciting pulse is constant, since the wire
melting rate at the base current is sufficiently low and the concerned period,
the first oscillation cycle after the exciting pulse, is only a few milliseconds. As
a result, the droplet mass during the
first oscillation cycle can be considered
equal to the droplet mass m0 measured

at the end moment of the exciting


pulse. In this case, the droplet mass m,
the damping factor b, the spring coefficient k, and the axial force F during the
first oscillation cycle all become
constant m0, b0, k0, and F0, respectively.
Therefore, Equation 1 is simplified into
a constant coefficient ordinary
differential equation
m0
x + b0 x + k0 x = F0

(12)

This constant coefficient equation


has an analytical solution as follows:
F
x = 0 + Ae 0 t sin( 0 t + )
k0
where
0 =

b0
2m0

0 =

k0
02
m0

(13)

and A along with are coefficients determined by the initial droplet


displacement and velocity depending
on the exciting parameters. Based on
Equation 13, the damping coefficient
and spring constant can be calculated

326-s WELDING JOURNAL / SEPTEMBER 2014, VOL. 93

since the droplet mass, oscillation period, and amplitude all can be
measured from the experiments. By
adjusting the initial droplet mass m0,
the correlation between b/k and m can
be determined.
To perform the calibration,
experiments 14 are conducted by using
Wave1. The experimental system and
conditions are the same with that
described in the first part of this investigation: 0.8-mm ER70S-6 welding wire,
15 L/min pure argon shielding gas, 6mm wire extension, and bead-on-plate
welding of mild steel (Ref. 1). The initial
droplet mass/size is controlled by
adjusting the growing duration Tg . The
experimental parameters are listed in
Table 1. The remaining parameters are
fixed at Ig = 80 A, Ib = 30 A, Tp1 = 3 ms,
Ie = 120 A, Te = 3 ms, Tb = 30 ms, Ifd =
175 A, Tfd = 5 ms.

Damping Coefficient
According to Equation 13, the
damping coefficient can be calculated
as follows:

WELDING RESEARCH

Fig. 14 T*e under different Tg.

b0 =

2m0 A1
ln
A2
T1

(14)

where T1 is the oscillation period of


the first oscillation cycle after the exciting pulse.
As shown in Fig. 6, A1 and A2 are
the oscillation amplitude of the first
and second oscillation cycle,
respectively. The droplet oscillation period T1 and the initial droplet mass m0
are measured from the recorded highspeed image sequences. Using
Equation 14, the damping coefficient
in experiments 14 are calculated. The
results are shown in Fig. 7. It can be
seen that the damping coefficient is
approximately at the same level when
the droplet mass is increasing.
Thereby, the damping coefficient is
fixed at 0.0012 Ns/m in this study,
which is the average of the measured
values from experiments 14.

Spring Constant
Based on Equation 13, the droplet
oscillation period of the first
oscillation cycle T1 is given by
T1 =

4 m0
2
=
0
4k0 m0 b02

(15)
since the damping coefficient is only at
103 Ns/m, Equation 15 can be
simplified to
T1 = 2 m0 / k0

(16)

the initial droplet mass m0 and the


droplet oscillation period of the first
cycle T1 are measured from
experiments 14 and then the
corresponding spring constant can be
calculated, as shown in Fig. 8.

Fig. 15 Example for predicting T *p2.

Fig. 16 Effect of Tp2 on the droplet os


cillation/detachment.

It can be seen that the droplet spring


constant is approximately linearly
increasing with the droplet mass such
that the spring constant calculation
model can be established by linearly fitting the experimental values using the
Least Square method as follows:

optimal exciting phase delay under


given growing parameters needs to be
predicted first. According to the experimental study in the first part of this
investigation, the optimal phase delay
corresponds to the reversing moment
of the droplet oscillation (Ref. 1).
Given the current waveform parameters, the dynamic droplet
displacement and forces can be calculated based on the above equations. By
reading the time coordinate of the preoscillation reversing moment and the
exciting end moment from the waveform and droplet displacement curves
in Matlab, the optimal exciting phase
delay T*p1 at given waveform parameters can be determined. In order to
guarantee the demonstration of the
reversing moment, relatively large Tp1
needs to be used. The calculation of
the optimal exciting peak duration and
optimal detaching phase delay will
proceed in similar ways to guarantee

k = 7.74 + 127961.29m

(17)

Modeling Results and


Discussion
A simulation program based on the
model is developed in Matlab/
Simulink to compute the dynamic
droplet oscillation and detachment. The
program structure is shown in Fig. 9. It
can be seen that the dynamic droplet
mass, radius, displacement, the spring
constant, and the total detaching force
can all be obtained from this numerical
model. Forth-order Runge-Kutta
algorithm is used to solve Equation 1.
The physical constants used are listed in
Table 2 (Refs. 13, 17, 18).

Table 1 Growing Duration in Experiments 14

Optimal Exciting Phase Delay

No.

Tg (ms)

In order to fully utilize the preoscillation before the exciting pulse, the

1
2
3
4

10
20
30
40

Table 2 Physical Constant Used in the Model


Symbol

Value

Unit

Description

C1
C2
rw
le
rr
r'
r
mo
g

2.885e10
5.22e10
0.0004
0.006
0.7836
6800
7860
1.25664e6
1.2

m3/(A s)
m3/(A W s)
m
m
W/m
kg/m3
kg/m3
kg m/A2s2
N/m

Melting constant
Melting constant
Wire radius
Wire extension
Resistivity of Wire
Density of liquid drop
Density of solid wire
Permeability of free space
Surface tension coecient

SEPTEMBER 2014 / WELDING JOURNAL

327-s

WELDING RESEARCH

Fig. 17 Comparison between modeling and experimental


result on T*p2.

the demonstration of the exciting peak


moment and reversing moment of the
main excited oscillation.
A simulation using Wave2 as the
input to the model is first performed as
a preliminary verification on the model
with the following current waveform
parameters: Ig = 80 A, Tg = 20 ms, Ib = 30
A, Tp1 = 5 ms, Ie = 120 A, Te = 3 ms, Tp2
= 3 ms, Id = 140 A, Td = 5 ms, Tb = 20
ms, Ifd = 175 A, and Tfd = 5 ms. The
time step for computation is 0.001 ms.
The time cost for the computation on a
common Desktop PC is only a few seconds. Figure 10A shows the droplet oscillation and detachment under the
given current waveform parameters.
The corresponding dynamic detaching
force, droplet gravitational force, inertia
force, electromagnetic force, and the
droplet radius are shown in Fig. 10BF,
respectively. The calculated dynamic
forces all correspond to the current
waveform shown in Fig. 10A. One can
see from Fig. 10C that the droplet gravitational force increases linearly in each
substage, and a larger increasing rate associates with higher current. Since the
wire diameter and the half angle are
fixed, the electromagnetic force is determined by the current and droplet. It can
be seen from Fig. 10D that the electromagnetic force is primarily determined
by the welding current. Higher current
produces larger electromagnetic force.
While even the current is constant in
each substage, the electromagnetic force
still grows gradually, because the
droplet radius is increasing. Figure 10E
shows the dynamic inertia force. The
step changes in Fig. 10E correspond to
the rising or falling edges of the pulses
in the current waveform which make

Fig. 18 Prediction of T*p2 using the analytical model.

sudden changes on the electromagnetic


force and thus sudden changes on the
droplet acceleration. The inertia force
doesnt show direct correlation to the
welding current. It is determined by the
droplet displacement and velocity.
Because the detaching pulse is applied
when the droplet starts to move away
from the wire tip, the droplet changes
from being compressed to being
elongated in the detaching peak time,
and the direction of the inertia force is
thus also changed. It can be seen that
the excited droplet oscillation produces
considerable inertia force, which is synchronized with the electromagnetic
force produced by the detaching pulse
and the total detaching force is thus significantly increased, as shown in Fig.
10B. Hence, the droplet is successfully
detached under only 140 A detaching
current. The detached droplet radius
approximately equals that measured in
the experiment using the same waveform parameters.
From Fig. 10A, one can see that
the droplet is excited into a slight
pre-oscillation under 80 A growing
current. Tp1 is intentionally set at 5
ms to demonstrate the reversing moment of the preoscillation, marked in
Fig. 10A. By reading the time of the
exciting end moment and the
preoscillation reversing moment from
the computed curves in Matlab, the
corresponding T *p1 can be obtained.
In the case as Fig. 10A shows, T*p1 is
determined to be 2.8 ms. Using the
same method, T*p1 under different
droplet mass (controlled by the growing duration) can be obtained. The
modeling and corresponding experimental results are shown in Fig. 11. It

328-s WELDING JOURNAL / SEPTEMBER 2014, VOL. 93

can be seen that the droplet growing


time changes in 1040 ms; thus, the
droplet diameter is within 11.6 mm,
wide enough for discussing drop
spray transfer characterized by
relatively small droplet size. It can be
calculated that the absolute modeling
error on T*p1 is only 0.07 ms, which
indicates satisfactory modeling accuracy. When the initial droplet mass
changes significantly in the wide
range, T *p1 does not change
significantly, but are all within 24
ms. If the initial droplet size is
controlled no larger than 1.25 mm
corresponding to 80 A/20 ms growing
pulse, Tp1 can be roughly fixed at 2 or
3 ms as a quick set, while the utilization of the preoscillation is almost
not compromised.

Optimal Exciting Peak Duration


Also using Wave2 as the input of
the model, the exciting peak duration
is first set at 30 ms, which is long
enough to demonstrate the droplet
dynamic response to the exciting
pulse and gives a better understanding of its effect on the excited droplet
oscillation. The model calculation result is shown in Fig. 12.
It can be seen that the droplet is
first excited into a peak elongation
and then goes into a forced oscillation
during the long exciting peak period.
As a contrast, the droplet oscillation
during the base period after the exciting pulse can be considered as a free
oscillation since the electromagnetic
force under the base current is negligible. Figure 12 clearly demonstrates

WELDING RESEARCH
that the droplet displacement and velocity at the end moment of the exciting pulse is exactly the initial condition of the consequent free
oscillation. Since the forced
oscillation during the exciting peak
duration is damping, the maximum
amplitude of the free oscillation after
the exciting pulse can only be
achieved if the exciting pulse ends at
the elongation peak moment, i.e., the
optimal exciting peak duration T*e
corresponds to the elongation peak
moment. Figure 13 demonstrates the
effect of the exciting peak duration
on the magnitude of the free oscillation. The growing current is fixed at
80 A with 20 ms duration. The exciting peak current is fixed at 120 A,
while the exciting peak duration
changes from 25 ms. It can be seen
that the droplet oscillation
magnitudes under 3 and 4 ms
exciting peak durations are
approximately even at the maximum
level. The droplet oscillation under 2
ms exciting peak duration is a little
weaker, while that under 5 ms exciting peak duration is significantly
weaker. These results agree with
those of the experimental
examination in Ref. 8.
Through the model based on Equation 1, T*e can be obtained by
intentionally setting relatively long exciting peak duration. Figure 14 shows a
comparison between the experimenttested and model-predicted results
under different droplet masses
(controlled by the growing duration).
The figure demonstrates that the experimental results are all slightly larger
than the corresponding modelpredicted ones. The maximum absolute
error is up to 0.17 ms. This is caused by
the limited rising speed of the real
welding current when it is changed
from the base to peak. In general, the
rising time is approximately 1 ms such
that the oscillation peak time becomes
a little longer than that calculated from
the model. However, such a level of difference on the exciting peak duration
will not significantly affect the
amplitude of the free oscillation after
the exciting pulse. Here, the exciting
peak duration can also be fixed at 3 ms
as a quick set, as long as the growing
parameters are properly selected to
control the droplet size not exceeding
1.25 mm.

Optimal Detaching Phase Delay


The detaching phase delay is the
most important parameter because it
determines the synchronization
between the detaching pulse and
droplet downward momentum. The
first part of this investigation (Ref. 1)
has confirmed that the feature
detaching phase delay corresponds to
the reversing moment of the excited
free droplet oscillation is the optimal
detaching phase delay. This conclusion
is verified here based on the model
using Ig = 80 A, Tg = 20 ms, Ib = 30 A, Tp1
= 3 ms, Ie = 120 A, and Te = 3 ms. Figure
15 shows the model-predicted T *p2 is
3.08 ms. Using Wave2 as the input of
the model, a group of Tp2 around this
feature value are used to perform simulations to verify the optimality of the
feature detaching phase delay. Here Id is
set at 110 A. Thus, it will elongate the
droplet, but the elongation is not strong
enough to detach the droplet. Hence,
the peak droplet displacement during
the detaching pulse under different Tp2
denoted as xp can be collected to evaluate the effect of Tp2. The results are
shown in Fig. 16. It can be seen that the
maximum xp is achieved when Tp2
equals the predicted T*p2, 3.08 ms.
Overall, the simulation results support
that the feature phase delay corresponding to the oscillation reversing
moment is the optimal for maximum
enhancement on the droplet
detachment.
Figure 17 shows a comparison between the modeling and the
experimental results of T*p2 under
different initial droplet masses
controlled the growing duration. It
can be calculated that the maximum
error is only 0.1 ms, and the average
error calculated from the four
samples is only 0.058 ms. Such a low
level of prediction error indicates satisfactory accuracy of the model. Here,
T*p2 under different growing parameters cannot be simply fixed at a
certain value as a quick set, because
the utilization of the droplet
downward momentum is sensitive to
the selection of Tp2. The tolerance
range of Tp2 for maximum utilization
of the downward momentum was experimentally estimated to be [T*p2
0.2, T*p2 + 0.4] ms in the first part of
this investigation (Ref. 1).

Analytical Model on
Droplet Oscillation
Model Derivation
From the above results and analysis, one can see that the established
model gives a comprehensive
understanding on the dynamic droplet
oscillation and detachment in the enhanced active metal transfer control.
The dynamic droplet size/mass,
droplet motion, and the forces exerted
on the droplet can be computed, and
the computation time is only several
seconds. However, if possible, a
simpler analytical model with acceptable accuracy would be more appreciated. Since the numerical modeling results imply that T*p1 and T*e can both
be quickly set as long as the initial
droplet size is controlled within 11.3
mm, the analytical model will only aim
at the prediction of T*p2,which determines the optimal synchronization of
the detaching pulse and the droplet
downward momentum. To this end,
the following approximations are applied to simplify the original model
and thus to avoid numerical computations as follows:
1. Set the damping coefficient b to
zero. Since the viscous damping in
droplet oscillation was found to have a
negligible effect on calculating the
droplet oscillation frequency
compared with other factors such as
surface tension and gravity (Ref. 9),
the damping coefficient can be set to
zero in predicting T*p2.
2. Use a constant droplet mass to
replace the time-varying droplet mass
during a short period. As the same assumption used for the coefficient calibration, the droplet mass during the
exciting peak period and the first free
oscillation cycle is considered to be
constant and equals the value measured at the end of exciting pulse, denoted as m0. Based on Equations 3
and 4, m0 can be calculated by

C I +C l I2 T
2 re g g

1 g

2
+ C1I b1 + C2 r le I b1 Tb1

m0 =

+ C I + C l I 2 T
1 e
2 re e e

2
+
+

C
I
C
l
I
T

1 d
2 r e d re

(
(
(

)
)

SEPTEMBER 2014 / WELDING JOURNAL

(18)
329-s

WELDING RESEARCH
where Tre represents the residual peak
duration of the forced detaching pulse.
For 5 ms forced detaching peak duration, Tre equals 0.5 ms approximately.
Finally, the model depicting the
droplets dynamic response to the exciting pulse can be expressed as:
m0
x + k0 x = F ( t )

Fem ( I e ) - Fem ( I b )
F (t ) =

(19)

0 t Te
t Te

Define w0 k0 / m0 , thus the analytical


solution of Equation 19 is derived to be

(20)
Fem ( I e ) Fem ( I b )

k0

[ 1 cos t ] ,
0 < t Te
0

x (t ) =
Fem ( I e ) Fem ( I b )

k0

cos 0 ( t Te ) cos 0 t , t Te

(21)
From Equation 21, T*p2 under given
growing and exciting parameters is derived to be

oscillation/detachment are analyzed


based on the model. The optimal exciting /detaching phase delay
corresponds to the reversing moment
of the droplet oscillation. The optimal
exciting peak duration corresponds to
the elongation peak moment. These
results agree with those from the
experimental study in the first part of
this paper.
3. The numerical model enables one
to predict the critical waveform
parameters at adequate speed and accuracy, and can be used to effectively
determine the waveform parameters
for the enhanced active metal transfer
control. The exciting phase delay and
exciting peak duration can both be
fixed as quick set as long as the growing parameters are properly selected
such that the droplet size be relatively
small as desired with the needed drop
spray transfer.
4. An analytical model on the excited
droplet oscillation has also been established through acceptable
approximations such that the most important parameter, i.e., the optimal detaching phase delay, can be analytically
calculated with adequate accuracy.
Acknowledgments

3
1

Tp2
= T1 Te ,

4
2
T1 = 2 m0 / k0

(22)

The comparison between the analytical modeling and experimental results is


shown in Fig. 18. It can be seen that the
analytical model also shows satisfactory
accuracy in predicting T*p2 since the
maximum absolute error is only 0.1 ms.

Conclusions
1. A theoretical model on the
dynamic droplet oscillation and detachment in the enhanced active metal
transfer control is established based on
the mass-spring system. The critical coefficients, i.e., the spring constant and
damping coefficient, are experimentally
calibrated. It is found that the damping
coefficient is approximately independent of the droplet mass, but the spring
constant increases with the droplet
mass linearly.
2. The model is numerically
computed. The effects of the critical
waveform parameters on the droplet

This work is financially supported by


the State Key Laboratory of Advanced
Welding and Joining, Harbin Institute
of Technology, Harbin, China and the
National Science Foundation under
grant CMMI-0825956. J. Xiao greatly
appreciates the scholarship from China
Scholarship Council (CSC) that funded
his visit to the University of Kentucky
to conduct this research.
References
1. Xiao, J., Zhang, G. J., Zhang, W. J.,
and Zhang, Y. M. 2014. Active metal transfer control by utilizing enhanced droplet
oscillation Part 1: Experimental study.
Welding Journal 93(8): 282-s to 291-s.
2. Thomsen, J. S. 2006. Control of
pulsed gas metal arc welding. International
Journal of Modelling, Identification, and Control 1(2): 115125.
3. Kim, Y. S., and Eagar, T. W. 1993.
Metal transfer in pulsed current gas metal
arc welding. Welding Journal 72(7): 279-s
to 287-s.

330-s WELDING JOURNAL / SEPTEMBER 2014 , VOL. 93

4. Amin, M. 1983. Pulse current parameters for arc stability and controlled metal
transfer in arc welding. Metal Construction
15: 272278.
5. Jacobsen, N. 1992. Monopulse investigation of droplet detachment in pulsed
gas metal arc welding. Journal of Physics D:
Applied Physics 25: 783797.
6. Zhang, Y. M., Liguo, E., and Kovacevic, R. 1998. Active metal transfer control
by monitoring excited droplet oscillation.
Welding Journal 77(9): 388-s to 395-s.
7. Zhang, Y. M., and Liguo, E. 1999.
Method and system for gas metal arc welding. U.S. Patent #6,008,470.
8. Xiao, J., Zhang, G. J., Zhang, Y. M., et
al. 2013. Active droplet oscillation excited
by optimized waveform. Welding Journal
92(7): 205s to 217-s.
9. Choi, J. H., Lee, J., and Yoo, C. D.
2001. Dynamic force balance model for
metal transfer analysis in arc welding.
Journal of Physics D: Applied Physics 34:
26582664.
10. Jones, L. A., Eagar, T. W., and Lang,
J. H. 1998. A dynamic model of drops detaching from a gas metal arc welding electrode. Journal of Physics D: Applied Physics
31: 107123.
11. Wu, C. S., Chen, M. A., and Li, S. K.
2004. Analysis of excited droplet
oscillation and detachment in active control of metal transfer. Computational Materials Science 31(1-2): 147154.
12. Chen, M. A., Wu, C. S., Li, S. K., and
Zhang, Y. M. 2007. Analysis of active control of metal transfer in modified pulsed
GMAW. Science and Technology of Welding
and Joining 12(1): 014.
13. Lesnewich, A. 1958. Control of
melting rate and metal transfer in gas
shielded metal arc welding, Part 1: Control
of electrode melting rate. Welding Journal
37(9): 343-s to 353-s.
14. Amson, J. C. 1965. Lorentz force in
the molten tip of an arc electrode. British
Journal of Applied Physics, 16: 11691179.
15. Kim , Y. S., and Eagar, T. W., 1993.
Analysis of metal transfer in gas metal arc
welding. Welding Journal 72(6): 269-s to
277-s.
16. Huang, Y., Shao, Y., and Zhang, Y.
M. 2012. Nonlinear modeling of dynamic
metal transfer in laser-enhanced GMAW.
Welding Journal 91(5): 140-s to 148-s.
17. Choi, S., Kim, Y. S., and Yoo, C. D.
1999. Dimensional analysis of metal transfer in GMA welding. Journal of Physics D:
Applied Physics 32: 326334.
18. Naidu, D. S., Moore, K. L., Yender,
R., and Tyler, J. 1997. Gas metal arc welding control: Part 1 Modeling and analysis. Nonlinear Analysis, Methods and Applications 30(5): 3101 3111.

WELDING RESEARCH

SemiCuttingAssisted Laser Welding of


ZincCoated Steels in a Zero Root Opening,
LapJoint Configuration
Highquality, zero root opening laser welds (4.8 m/min) in zinccoated steels in a lapjoint
configuration were achieved
BY S. YANG, Z. CHEN, W. TAO, C. WANG, J. WANG, AND B. E. CARLSON

ABSTRACT
Because of their excellent corrosion resistance, zinccoated steels have been
widely used in the automotive industry. However, the generation of highly pressur
ized zinc vapor during the laser beam welding process presents unique challenges
for body manufacturing. In this study, a semicuttingassisted laser welding process
was developed to weld zinccoated steels in a zero root opening, lapjoint configu
ration using a specially designed nozzle for delivery of the shielding gas. Effects of
welding speed on the weld quality were investigated, resulting in highquality welds
being achieved at a relatively high welding speed of 4.8 m/min. The success in
achieving highquality, zinccoated steel welds by semicutting laser welding is
attributed to an improved drag force. This, in turn, is a result of the increased
shielding gas flow rate, which enlarges and stabilizes the keyhole, enabling the zinc
vapor to escape from the faying interface of the two metal sheets. Tensile shear and
microhardness tests were conducted to evaluate mechanical properties of the
welds. Optical microscopy was also used to examine the microstructure of the
welds. It was demonstrated the weld strength was comparable to the base metal.

KEYWORDS
Zinc-Coated Steels Lap-Joint Configuration with Zero Root Opening
High-Speed Welding Shielding Gas Flow Rate Weld Discrepancies
Keyhole

Introduction
Zinc-coated steels provide excellent
corrosion resistance for automotive
body structural and closure
components. In addition, zinc-coated
steels also enhance the production
stamping performance. These features
genuinely drive increased usage of
zinc-coated steels in the automotive
industry. However, one of the most
significant challenges for implementing zinc-coated steels is to weld the
zinc-coated steels, especially in a lapjoint configuration, without producing

weld discrepancies. Compared to the


melting point of steel (over 1500C),
zinc has a significantly lower boiling
point, 906C. During the laser welding
process, a highly pressured zinc vapor
is readily produced, which often leads
to the formation of various discrepancies, including weld spatter and
porosities. Because of the
aforementioned weld discrepancies,
mechanical performance of the welds
is dramatically reduced. Therefore,
steps must be taken with regard to the
welding process in order to suppress
the zinc vapor. Unfortunately, this in-

creases the manufacturing complexity


and reduces productivity.
With respect to productivity and
flexibility, laser welding has many advantages compared to other welding
processes. In the past several decades,
different laser welding techniques
have been proposed to weld zinccoated steels in a lap-joint configuration. These laser welding techniques
can be categorized by the following:
1. Setting a prescribed root opening
size of 0.10.2 mm at the faying interface of metal sheets prior to the welding process (Refs. 1, 2).
The root opening can be created by
a stamping process, mechanical methods, as well as a laser beam. The root
opening created provides a lateral
channel for the highly pressurized zinc
vapor to escape from the interface before the steel around the interface is
melted. Consequently, the formation
of spatter can be avoided. However, an
inconsistent root opening could lead
to the formation of weld discrepancies
such as undercutting and porosity. Recently, a remote laser-welding process
has been used to weld three zinccoated steel sheets in a lap-joint configuration (Ref. 3). Experimental
results demonstrated that with an optimized root opening size, acceptable
welds could be achieved in a threesheet stackup of zinc-coated steel
sheets although porosity was still generated within the welds (Ref. 3).
2. Enlarging the molten pool and
thereby extending the solidification
time with the use of a second heat
source, providing sufficient time for
the zinc vapor to escape from the

S. YANG (david.s.yang@gm.com) is a senior researcher, W. TAO is an associate researcher, and J. WANG is a lab group manager with China Science Lab, General
Motors Global Research & Development Center, China. Z. CHEN is a master student and C. WANG is a professor with Huazhong University of Science and Tech
nology, China. B. e. Carlson is lab group manager with General Motors research & Development Center, Warren, Mich.

SEPTEMBER 2014 / WELDING JOURNAL 331-s

WELDING RESEARCH
Table 1 Chemical Composition of LowCarbon Steel (wt%)
Steel

C
0.006

Mn
0.2

P
0.025

ative aspect of these


methods is that they add
extra process steps and
the material
compositions could act
to reduce the weld
mechanical properties
caused by excessive dissolution of aluminum or
copper into the welds.
5. Laser welding asFig. 1 Schematic of experimental setup with semicut
sisted by arc or laser pretingassisted laser welding.
heating (Refs. 1618).
Use of a preheat
source causes the zinc
molten pool and keyhole (Refs. 47).
coating on the top surface of the workThe molten pool can be enlarged by
pieces to be vaporized and a portion of
combining a laser beam with an arc or
the zinc coating at the faying interface
second laser beam that share a
is converted into zinc oxide. The
common molten pool. With a longer
advantage of zinc oxides is that they
solidification time, the zinc vapor has
have a significantly higher melting
a greater possibility to escape through
point than the boiling point of zinc
the molten pool. The main constraints
(1975 vs. 906C). Therefore, when the
of these techniques are imposed by the
following laser beam comes into posilimited space available in the production for welding, there is significantly
tion welding cell in addition to the relless zinc available to generate the deleatively high capital investment needed
terious zinc vapor, stabilizing the
for two heat sources as well as complex
molten pool and keyhole, which
operation.
further helps any remaining zinc vapor
3. Cutting a slot by a laser beam
escape, thereby achieving defect-free
along the weld interface prior to laser
welds.
welding (Refs. 811).
6. Optimization of shielding gas
Another possibility is to cut a slot
(Refs. 19, 20). The laser-induced plasma
by a precursor laser beam in order to
can be suppressed and the interaction
provide an exit path for the zinc vapor
between zinc vapor and laser beam can
and the welding process is carried out
be reduced through optimization of the
by a second laser beam (Ref. 9). The
shielding gas for improved coupling of
slot size used in this method is a functhe laser beam energy. Furthermore,
tion of the welding speed and the
the addition of oxygen into the shieldmetal sheet stack-up thickness. The
ing gas can increase weld penetration
narrow bonded area at the faying
and stabilize the keyhole, which results
interface of the metal sheets could rein an improved weld quality of zincduce the weld strength.
coated steels (Ref. 19).
4. Modification of the zinc compo7. Pulsed laser welding (Ref. 21).
sition by addition of a second alloying
A stable keyhole can be achieved by
element such as copper or aluminum
optimizing pulsed laser welding
(Refs. 12, 13) or replacement of the
parameters, including the peak power,
zinc coating at the faying surface by a
duty cycle, travel speed, pulse
nickel-based coating (Refs. 14, 15).
repetition rate, and pulse energy. The
The compounds of zinc-copper and
optimization is focused on allowing
zinc-aluminum as well as nickel have
the zinc vapor to be mitigated and
melting points higher than the boiling
achieving visually sound welds. Howpoint of zinc. Therefore, use of these
ever, typically a large amount of porosmaterials would reduce or avoid the
ity is retained within the weld using
generation of zinc vapor resulting in a
this method. Another limitation for
more stable welding process. The neg332-s WELDING JOURNAL /SEPTEMBER 2014, VOL. 93

Si
_

S
0.02

Al
0.015

Cr
_

Ca
Ti
_ 0.03/0.08

this method is the relatively low welding speed, which limits its application.
8. Laser welding assisted by vacuum
(Ref. 22).
This relatively new process uses a
suction device to create a negative pressure zone (relative to ambient) directly
above the molten pool. The purpose of
this negative pressure zone is twofold.
Firstly, a drag force is generated due to
the external suction device, which can
counterbalance the shear force induced
by the erupting zinc vapor. Secondly,
the negative pressure zone facilitates
the zinc vapor to escape along the suction direction. As a result, the molten
pool becomes more stable and the keyhole will remain open and allow the escape of zinc vapor. Defect-free, zinccoated welds were achieved using this
method, but it requires ancillary
vacuum equipment to be introduced
into the production cell.
Although the methods mentioned
above achieve technically acceptable
weld quality, there are constraints associated with each of these methods,
which inhibits the full implementation
in production. Furthermore, laser welding speeds of more than 3 m/min are
needed in order to meet typical productivity requirements. Currently, there is
limited published literature in the area
of laser welding of zinc-coated steels at
speeds greater than 3 m/min.
In this study, a semi-cutting-assisted
laser welding process was developed
(Patent Reference Number: GMC-338A-CN) to weld zinc-coated steels in a
zero root opening, lap-joint configuration. Here, the semi-cutting-assisted
laser welding is referred to as a defined
laser welding process where a gas jet
with relatively higher gas flow velocity
than that in the conventional laser
welding process is used to increase the
fluid flow transfer rate in the molten
pool. Instead of using a conventional
shielding gas with a relatively large
diameter equal to or larger than 6 mm,
a smaller shielding gas nozzle of 2 mm
diameter was used. To better
understand the effect of welding speed
on the weld quality, experiments were
carried out at welding speeds of 3, 4.2,

WELDING RESEARCH
A

Fig. 2 Typical characteristics of the welds obtained by a conventional laser welding process. A Top view; B bottom view; C
crosssectional view of porosity; D porosity produced inside the weld.

and 5.4 m/min. High-quality welds were


achieved by using this new laser welding
technique. In addition, tensile shear and
hardness tests were performed to evaluate mechanical properties of the welds.

Experimental Procedures
Materials
Zinc-coated, low-carbon steel was
chosen for this research. The specimen
dimensions of the workpiece were 120
85 0.8 mm. The zinc coating was
hot-dip galvanized at a level of 60
g/m2 per side. Prior to welding, the
surfaces of the steel plates were
cleaned with alcohol in order to
remove any dirt on the surface of the
workpiece that may interfere with
clamping of the workpieces.
Table 1 lists the chemical composition of the low-carbon steel used in
this study.
Laser Welding Procedure
The laser beam welding
experiments were conducted using an
IPG YLS-4000 fiber laser (wavelength:
1070 nm; focal length: 250 mm; focal
spot diameter: 0.3 mm). Pure argon
was used as the side shielding gas. The
two steel plates were tightly clamped
together prior to laser welding, and it

is assumed that no root opening


existed between the two metal plates.
A 2-mm-diameter shielding gas nozzle of made of a copper alloy was
designed and applied in this study,
schematically shown in Fig. 1. As shown
in Fig. 1, the stand-off distance of the
shielding gas nozzle was 10 mm, which
is an order of magnitude larger than
that typically used for laser cutting. For
conventional laser cutting, the laser cutting header is perpendicular to the
workpiece, and the stand-off distance
between the nozzle and the workpiece is
selected in the range between 0.5 and
1.5 mm (Ref. 23). Furthermore, the
nozzle was set at an inclination angle of
52 deg with respect to the upper workpiece top surface. During the laser welding process, the shielding gas nozzle is
positioned such that it is in front of the
laser beam. The laser beam itself has an
inclination angle of 5 deg with respect
to the vertical direction, i.e., normal to
the upper workpiece surface, in order to
avoid backreflection from the laser
light. The gas flow velocity at the exit of
the shielding gas nozzle can be
calculated by the equation: flow
rate/cross-sectional area of the shielding gas nozzle. Assuming that the
shielding gas flow rate from the storage
container to the exit of the shielding gas
nozzle is kept constant, the gas-flow velocity used in this study is about 66m/s

flow rate

v=

cross sec tional area of used nozzle

0.75m 3 / h

During the laser welding process, the


gas pressure is kept constant and the
temperature of the shielding gas is assumed to be at room temperature.
Metallography and Microhardness
Test
The laser-welded lap joint was
sectioned perpendicular to the weld
joint direction. This cross section was
then cut, mounted, ground, polished,
and etched as a precursor to microhardness measurements. Vickers microhardness tests were conducted using a load
of 100 g and a dwell time of 10 s. In addition, optical microscopy was applied
for microstructural examination.
Tensile Shear Test
Tensile shear test samples were prepared according to the sheet type of
ASTM-E8/E8 M-08 standard (gauge
length: 50 mm). Tensile shear tests
were conducted in uniaxial tension
using a 3-kN load cell. The model

SEPTEMBER 2014 / WELDING JOURNAL 333-s

WELDING RESEARCH
A

Fig. 3 Schematic comparison. A Conventional laser welding; B semicuttingassisted laser welding.

number of the tensile testing machine


is QJ-211. All tests were run at ambient temperature and a constant
crosshead velocity of 2 mm/min.
Three replicates were conducted for
each welding condition, and the average peak load was calculated.

Results and Discussion


SemiCuttingAssisted Laser Welding
A highly pressurized zinc vapor is
readily produced at the faying surface
during laser welding of zinc-coated
steels in a zero root opening, lap-joint
configuration. The zinc vapor quickly
expands inside the molten pool and
disrupts both the molten pool and
keyhole Fig. 3A. This disruption is,
in part, rippling of the molten pool
surface where different types of
rippling having various magnitudes
are observed during the laser welding
process. The rippling fluctuates in the
form of waves at high frequency and
magnitude, and reflects most of the
laser beam energy from the surface of
the molten pool (Ref. 22). As a consequence, the coupling of the laser-beam
energy into the workpiece is dramatically reduced and the weld penetration
depth becomes shallow. Furthermore,
in the worse situation, the liquid metal
in the molten pool moves along the
welding direction and collapses the
keyhole. The collapsed keyhole entraps
the zinc vapor, which quickly expands
inside the molten pool. Under these
welding conditions, liquid metal is
ejected out of the molten pool in the
rear of the keyhole as the zinc vapor

reaches the molten pool surface.


The ejected liquid metal condenses
in the air and deposits on the top surface of the workpieces, resulting in the
formation of spatter Fig. 2A. If the
liquid metal cannot fill in the cavity
caused by the loss of the ejected liquid
metal in a timely manner, then porosity is produced in the welds (Ref. 7)
Fig. 2A, C. This phenomenon was observed to occur intermittently. After
the highly pressurized zinc vapor is released, the molten pool becomes relatively stable. However, when the zinc
vapor pressure level builds to some
threshold, the molten pool again
becomes unstable. The presence of
these weld discrepancies dramatically
reduces the weld strength.
Figure 2A shows typical weld
features obtained by conventional
laser welding. As shown in Fig. 2B, inconsistent weld penetration is usually
observed in the welds.
In order to suppress the zinc vapor,
a new laser welding process was
proposed to weld zinc-coated steels in
a zero root opening, lap-joint configuration where an innovative nozzle was
designed to simultaneously create a
semi-cutting action in addition to a
laser welding process. This newly
developed method is hence forth
referred to as the semi-cuttingassisted laser welding process. As
shown in Fig. 3B, a much smaller 2mm-diameter shielding gas nozzle was
used instead of the regular shielding
gas nozzle with a diameter with equal
to or greater than 8 mm. Compared to
conventional laser welding, the
narrower nozzle size used in the semicutting-assisted laser welding process

334-s WELDING JOURNAL / SEPTEMBER 2014, VOL. 93

reduces the coverage area of shielding


gas on the workpiece, thus increasing
the possibility of the weld oxidation.
However, oxidation of a laser weld
with a width of about 16 mm can be
prevented by the divergence of shielding gas even when using a smaller nozzle with a diameter of about 26 mm.
In this study, the weld size is about
1.0 mm in Fig. 4 and can be fully
covered by the smaller nozzle. Because
of the reduced cross-sectional area of
the nozzle, the velocity of the shielding
gas was dramatically increased. When
the nozzle diameter is reduced from 8 to
2 mm, the velocity of the shielding gas
is increased by 16 times since the velocity of shielding gas is inversely proportional to the square of the nozzle diameter. This way, a straight and nonturbulent gas jet having greater momentum is
created that when applied during the
laser welding process creates a higher
drag force exerting on the molten pool
and keyhole. As a consequence, the
mass transfer rate of the molten liquid
from the front of the keyhole to the
molten pool behind the keyhole is
increased due to the increased pressure
from the higher velocity gas jet used in
the semi-cutting-assisted laser welding.
Furthermore, the surface tension force
that tends to close the keyhole is
encountered.
The drag force (Fd) exerted on top of
the molten pool and the keyhole can
be determined by Newtons equation
for drag force:
d
Fd = C d
4

gv

2

(1)

where r is the density of the gas (kg

WELDING RESEARCH
A

Fig. 4 Typical welds obtained by the semicuttingassisted laser


welding process (laser power 3.6 kW; welding speed 4.8 m/min).
A Top view; B bottom view; C crosssectional view.

m3), d is the keyhole diameter, is the


gas flow velocity, and Cd is the drag coefficient. The drag coefficient depends
on Reynolds number.
Here, the slot Reynolds number is determined by the following equation
(Refs. 24, 25):
Re = ( pvd / )

(2)

where m is the dynamic viscosity of the


gases (kg ms1) and is the gas flow
velocity. The relationship between the
drag coefficient and Reynolds number
can be found in the handbooks of Fluid
Mechanics for objects of several different shapes. In addition, the drag coefficient also can be experimentally
measured. Here, we will not give a detailed discussion. For a given flow
rate, the welding process using a
smaller shielding gas nozzle cross section has a higher shielding gas
velocity. According to Equation 1, a
higher drag force is created by increasing the shielding gas flow rate, which
not only drives the molten metal in
the front of the keyhole to quickly
flow back to the rear of the keyhole
but also enables a portion of the zinc
vapor to quickly escape from the bottom of the keyhole. In addition, the
laser-induced plasma plume within
and above the keyhole is suppressed
by the side shielding gas. This factor
helps to provide a consistent coupling
between the laser-beam energy and
the workpieces. As a consequence, the
keyhole is enlarged and stabilized,
through which the zinc vapor is
continuously released without
interrupting the molten pool.
Figure 4 shows the experimental results obtained by the recently
developed method, which shows that a
defect-free, lap joint with complete
penetration was obtained. No spatter
or porosity was observed in the welds.
The surface of the weld is very smooth
and complete joint penetration was
achieved. As can be seen in the
polished cross section of the weld pre-

sented in Fig. 4C,


the grain size
within both the
weld zone and
heat-affected zone
(HAZ) is larger
than those in the
base material, as
would be
expected.
Compared to
the stand-off distance of traditional
laser cutting, up to 1.0 mm, the 10
mm stand-off distance of the nozzle in
the cutting-assisted laser welding
process is relatively large but is necessary in order to avoid direct removal of
the liquid metal by the high pressure
flow of the gas. An important point is
that the gas flow rate should be
controlled depending on the size of
the nozzle, welding speed, and laser
power. For the nozzle used in this
study, the preferred shielding gas flow
rate is in the range of 0.5 to 1.5 m3/h,
which is dramatically lower than that
used in conventional laser welding.
When the flow rate of shielding gas is
greater than 1.5 m3/h, the 0.8-mmthick workpieces are typically cut into
two. However, if the flow rate of the
shielding gas is lower than 0.5 m3/h,
the drag force from the nozzle is not
sufficient to enlarge and stabilize the
keyhole resulting in the welding
process once again becoming unstable.
Effect of Welding Speed
Welding speed plays a significant
role on the weld quality of zinc-coated
steels. There is very little published on
successfully achieving high-quality
welds in zinc-coated steels at welding
speeds greater than 4 m/min.
Therefore, in order to study the effect
of welding speed upon weld quality,
welds were made using the semicutting-assisted laser welding process
with a range of welding speeds (3.0 to
5.4 m/min) and variable laser power

settings (3.0, 3.6, and 4.0 kW).


Figure 5 is a collection of photos
showing the quality of the experimental results. As can be seen, defect-free
welds were obtained at the welding
speeds of 3 and 4.8 m/min. However,
when the welding speed was increased
to 5.4 m/min, spatter adjacent to the
weld and porosity in the weld were observed. In addition, the weld surface
was irregular. At the low welding
speed, the molten pool is relatively
large and the solidification time is long
allowing sufficient time for the zinc
vapor to escape. As the welding speed
is increased, the molten pool becomes
smaller and a shorter solidification
time is available for the zinc vapor to
escape. Furthermore, at the higher
welding speed, the direction of laserinduced plasma and plume, and the
swelling in the molten pool fluctuate
temporally and spatially at higher frequency than that at the lower welding
speed (Ref. 22). Therefore, the zinc
vapor has a greater probability to disturb the molten pool and the keyhole
has a higher probability of collapsing.
Furthermore, increasing the welding
speed decreases the collapse time of
the keyhole and transforms the
keyhole from a cylindrical shape to a
tapered shape (Ref. 26). The reduced
size of the keyhole around the
interface of the two metal sheets facilitates the entrapment and expansion
of the zinc vapor inside the molten
pool. Therefore, the molten pool
becomes turbulent and results in the
formation of severe spatter and porosity in the welds.
SEPTEMBER 2014 / WELDING JOURNAL 335-s

WELDING RESEARCH
A

B
C

Fig. 5 Comparison of weld quality at different welding speeds (top views of the ob
tained welds). A 3.0 m/min; B 4.8 m/min; C 5.4 m/min.

Microhardness Test
The microhardness was analyzed
along a profile from base metal through
the weld back to base metal at
increments of 0.1 mm and at a depth of
0.3 and 1.3 mm below the top surface of
the weld. Figure 6A, B are graphical representations of typical microhardness
distributions through the welds
produced at welding speeds of 3 and 4.8
m/min, respectively. As can be seen in
Fig. 6A, B, the base metal had a
hardenss of approximately 100 HV and
a maximum hardness of approximately
180 HV, which is located in the weld and
is explained by the formation of
martensite within the weld caused by
the melting and rapid cooling after laser
welding. No softening was found in the
HAZ, and no effect of increasing weld
speed was observed on the peak
hardness value.
For low-carbon steels used in this
study, there exist different types of ferrite in base metal, HAZ, and the weld
zone, which have various morphologies.
The variation in the ferrites morphology results in different hardnesses at
different zones. Base metal mainly contains the equiaxed ferrite. However,
weld zones and HAZ mainly contain
polygonal ferrite and the elongated
columnar ferrite, respectively.
Compared to equiaxed ferrite, there exists higher dislocation density and a
large amount of subboundaries within
the polygonal ferrite, thus exhibiting

higher hardness value in the weld zone


than that in the base metal (Refs. 27,
28). Also, the higher residual stress in
HAZ leads to higher hardness (Ref. 28).
Tensile Test
Figure 7A is a plot of tensile properties from representative welds obtained
at a welding speed of 3 and 4.8 m/min,
respectively. It can be observed from
Fig. 7C that the semi-cutting-assisted
laser welded tensile samples fracture in
the base metal and not in the weld zone
or HAZ. However, the weld itself is very
hard and constrains the total amount of
deformation along the gauge length, resulting in comparable fracture strengths
but lower total strains Fig. 7A.

Conclusions and Future Work


The ability to laser weld zinc-coated
steels in a zero root opening, lap-joint
configuration with the assistance of a
semi-cutting jet of shielding gas was
studied in this work. Furthermore, the
effects of welding speed on weld quality
were investigated. Under the
experimental conditions used, the
following conclusions can be drawn:
1. The shielding gas nozzle applied
directly to the top of the keyhole and
the molten pool is redesigned. The critical modification is a reduced shielding
gas nozzle cross-sectional area in order
to increase the shielding gas velocity. It
is found that for a gas at a given

336-s WELDING JOURNAL / SEPTEMBER 2014, VOL. 93

Fig. 6 Microhardness profile of welds


obtained at the following welding speed:
A 3 m/min; B 4.8 m/min. (16U: the
hardness profile at the 0.3 mm depth
from the top surface of sample 16; 16D:
the hardness profile at the 1.3 mm depth
from the top surface of sample 16; 16U:
the hardness profile at the 0.3 mm depth
from the top surface of sample 8; 16D:
the hardness profile at the 1.3 mm depth
from the top surface of sample 8.)

pressure level and temperature, the resulting drag force exerted on the molten
pool and the keyhole stability is significantly enhanced by increasing the flow
rate of the shielding gas used.
2. When the keyhole is enlarged
and stabilized due to the increased
drag force, the release of zinc vapor is
improved. This improvement led to
defect-free welds being achieved in a
zero root opening, lap-joint configuration by use of the semi-cuttingassisted laser welding process at a
welding speed of up to 4.8 m/min and
a shielding gas nozzle cross section of
2 mm diameter.
3. The welding speed plays a significant role on the weldability of zinccoated steels. The higher the welding
speed, the more the instability of the
welding process. It is demonstrated
that the laser-induced plasma and
plume direction changes significantly
with the increased welding speed. The
depth of penetration decreased with
an increase in travel speed.

WELDING RESEARCH
A

Fig. 7 Tensile test results. A Relationship between engineer


ing stresses and engineering strain; B fracture location of
base materials; C fracture location of typical welds.

4. The welds obtained by semicutting-assisted laser welding exhibit a


greater weld strength, i.e. hardness, and
negligible HAZ as compared to the base
metal. Thus, under tensile shear
loading, the base metal fractured before
any fracture of the weld or HAZ.
5. The semi-cutting-assisted laser
welding process is easy to operate in the
production environment and meets the
productivity requirements of the automotive industry.
As for future work, a correlation is
needed between the laser power and the
nozzle angle as well as the workpiece
thickness. Furthermore, a high-speed
camera with an illumination light will
be used to monitor in real-time the dynamic behavior of the molten pool, the
keyhole, and the laser-induced plasma
and plume.
References
1. Graham, M. P., Hirak, D. M., Kerr, H.
W., and Weckman, D. C. 1996. Nd: YAG
laser beam welding of coated sheet steels
using a modified lap joint geometry. Welding Journal 75(5): 162-s to 170-s.
2. Gu, H. P. 2010. Laser lap welding of
zinc coated steel sheet with laser-dimple
technology. Journal of Laser Applications
22(3): 8791.
3. Lee, S. J., Katayama, S., Kawahito, Y.,
Kinoshita, K., and Kim, J. D. 2013. Weldability and keyhole behavior of Zn-coated
steel in remote welding using disk laser
with scanner head. Journal of Laser Applications 25(3): 032008/15.
4. Forrest, M. G., and Lu, F. 2004.
Advanced dual beam laser welding of zinccoated steel sheets in lap joint configuration with gap-free at the interface. 23rd International Congress on Applications of
Lasers & Electro-Optics, ICALEO.
5. Gu, H., and Mueller, R. 2011. Hybrid
welding of galvanized steel sheet. 20th In-

ternational Congress on Application of Lasers


& Electro-Optics, ICALEO, pp. 130139.
6. Kim, C., Choi, W., Kim, J., and Rhee,
S. 2008. Relationship between the welding
ability and the process parameters for
laser-TIG hybrid welding of galvanized
steel sheets. Materials Transactions 49(1):
179186.
7. Xie, J., and Denney, P. 2001.
Galvanized steel welding with lasers. Welding Journal 80(6): 5961.
8. Milberg, J., and Trautmann, A. 2009.
Defect-free joining of zinc-coated steels by
bifocal hybrid laser welding. Production Engineering: Research and Development 3(1):
915.
9. Iqbal, S., Gualini, M. M. S., and
Rehman, A. U. 2010. Dual beam method
for laser welding of galvanized steel: experimentation and prospects. Optics & Laser
Technology 42(1): 9398.
10. Chen, W., Ackerson, P., and Molian,
P. 2009. CO2 laser welding of galvanized
steel sheets using vent holes. Materials and
Design 30: 245251.
11. Wang, P. C., and Hou, W. K. Method
of joining galvanized steel parts using
lasers. United States Patent 6,646,225.
12. Dasgupta, A., Mazumder, J., and Bembenek, M. 2000. Alloying based laser
welding of galvanized Steel. 19th International Conference on Applications of Lasers &
Electro Optics, Laser Institute of America,
Dearborn, Mich., October.
13. Li, X., Lawson, S., and Zhou, Y.
2007. Novel technique for laser lap welding
of zinc coated sheet steels. Journal of Laser
Applications 19(4): 259264.
14. Pennington, E. J. 1987. Laser welding of galvanized steel. United States
Patent 4,642,446.
15. Williams, S. W., Salter, P. L., Scott,
G., and Harris, S. J. 1993. New welding
process for galvanized steel. 26th International Symposium, Laser Applications in the
Automotive Industries, 4956.
16. Yang, S. L., and Kovacevic, R. 2009.
Laser welding of galvanized DP980 steel
assisted by the GTAW preheating in a gapfree lap joint configuration. Journal of
Laser Applications 21(3): 139148.

17. Yang, S. L., and Kovacevic, R. 2009.


Welding of galvanized dual-phase 980 steel
in a gap-free lap joint configuration. Welding Journal 88(8): 168-s to 178-s.
18. Ma, J. J., Kong, F. R.,Carlson, B.,
and Kovacevic, R. 2013. Two-pass laser
welding of galvanized high-strength dualphase steel for a gap-free lap joint configuration. Journal of Materials Processing Technology 213(3): 495507.
19. Yang, S. L., Kovacevic, R., and Carlson, B. E. 2011. Laser welding of highstrength galvanized steels in a gap-free lap
joint configuration under different shielding conditions. Welding Journal 90(1): 8-s
to 18-s.
20. Mitsubishi Co. 1993. US Patent
5618425.
21. Tzeng, Y. F. 1999. Pulsed Nd:YAG
laser beam welding of zinc-coated steel.
Welding Journal 78(7): 238-s to 244-s.
22. Yang, S. L., Wang, J. F., Carlson, B.
E., and Zhang, J. 2013. Vacuum-assisted
laser welding of zinc coated steel in a gapfree lap joint configuration. Welding Journal 92(7): 197-s to 204-s.
23. Ion, J. C. 2005. Laser Processing of
Engineering Materials: Principles, Procedure
and Industrial Application, ButterworthHeinemann, Mass., Chapter 14.
24. Chen, S. L. 1999. The effects of
high-pressure assistant-gas flow on highpower CO2 laser cutting. Journal of Materials Processing Technology 88: 5766.
25. Binder, R. C. 1973. Fluid Mechanics,
5th ed., Prentice-Hall, Englewood Cliffs,
N.J., Chapter 5.
26. Ducharme, R., Kapadia, P., and
Dowden, J. 1993. The collapse of the keyhole in the laser welding of materials. 12th
International Conference on Applications of
Lasers & Electro Optics 77: 177183.
27. Krauss, G., and Thompson, S. W.
1995. Ferritic microstructures in continuously cooled in low- and ultra-low carbon
steels. ISIJ International 35: 937945.
28. Mukhopadhyay, G., Bhattacharya,
S., and Ray, K. K. 2009. Strength
assessment of spot welded sheets of interstitial free steels. Journal of Materials Processing Technology 209: 19952007.
SEPTEMBER 2014 / WELDING JOURNAL 337-s

WELDING RESEARCH

Characterization of CSCGMAW
TitaniumRich Weld Overlays
Several FeXTi weld overlay systems were deposited and their microstructure,
composition, and microhardness were characterized

BY J. E. RAMIREZ

ABSTRACT
Different Fe-X-Ti weld overlays were deposited using the controlled
short-circuit gas metal arc welding (CSC-GMAW) process alone or in combination with the pulsed gas tungsten arc welding (GTAW-P) process. The
overlays were characterized before and after postweld heat treatment
(PWHT) using optical and scanning electron microscopy, electron probe microanalysis, and microhardness testing. Commercially pure nickel (CPNi),
nickel-copper alloy (NiCu), nickel-chromium alloy (NiCr), vanadium, and
CPCu were selected as interlayers for the Fe-X-Ti overlays. The Fe-Ni-Ti, FeNiCu-Ti, and Fe-NiCr-Ti systems welded with the CSC-GMAW process
showed a high degree of intermixing resulting in wide X-Ti interfaces, the
presence of second phases at the X-Ti interface and in the first Ti layer, and
the formation of Widmansttten-a microstructure in the first two Ti layers.
Composition profiles indicate three Ti layers are required to achieve a CPTi
composition in the overlay surface. The maximum hardness in the Fe-Ni-Ti,
Fe-NiCu-Ti, and Fe-NiCr-Ti overlays were 607, 568, and 554 HV0.5,
respectively. On the other hand, the Fe-V-Ti and Fe-Cu-Ti overlays presented
a lower degree of intermixing resulting in narrow X-Ti interfaces, presence
of second phases only at the interface, and Ti weld deposits with microstructures similar to commercially pure a-Ti. Depending on the welding process,
one to three Ti layers are needed in the Fe-Cu-Ti overlay for Ti-clad steel applications. The maximum hardness in this overlay ranged from 300 to 350
HV0.5. and dropped to around 200 HV0.5 after PWHT. The primary second
phases identified in the Ti-rich weld overlays included Ni3Ti, NiTi, NiTi2,
CuNiTi, CuTi2, Cr2Ti, CuTi2, Cu3Ti, and b-Ti.

KEYWORDS
Ti-Clad Steels Surfacing Cladding Welding Metallurgy Overlays
Gas Metal Arc Welding (GMAW) Gas Tungsten Arc Welding (GTAW)

Introduction
Titanium (Ti) clad steels are widely

used for large pressure vessels and


other equipment in different
industries to take advantage of the
corrosion resistance of Ti, but at a

lower cost than solid Ti construction.


Ti-clad steels are produced by roll
bonding (usually with an interlayer),
direct explosive bonding (usually without an interlayer) (Ref. 1), or by a combination of explosive bonding and roll
bonding (Ref. 2). Interlayers are used
to improve the bond strength of the
clad steel or to overcome metal plasticity compatibility restrictions encountered in roll bonding. Industrial-grade
pure iron (Fe); ultralow-carbon steel;
and niobium (Nb), tantalum (Ta), copper (Cu), and nickel (Ni) alloys have
been used as interlayers in the
cladding process (Refs. 36). Ti is also
used in lightweight applications due to
its high strength-to-weight ratio. This
has led to the use of Ti and its alloys in
a wide range of applications in
aerospace, marine/submarine,
automobiles, and as a bio-implant
material.
Sometimes there is the need to repair corrosion-resistant Ti-clad steels
during production or during service.
Additionally, poor wear/erosion resistance is a serious drawback for more
universal applications of titanium or
titanium alloys. Corrosion and wear
are essentially surface-related
phenomena. Therefore, suitable modification of surface composition and/or
microstructure is a logical and
economical approach to provide corrosion or wear resistance of structural elements. Therefore, development of Tirich overlays to weld corrosionresistant Ti-clad steels or to provide
erosion/wear resistance to lightweight
Ti structures is needed. However, Ti

J. E. RAMIREZ (jose.ramirez@dnvgl.com) was a principal engineer with EWI, Columbus, Ohio, at the time this work was completed. Currently, he is a principal
engineer at DNV.GL, Columbus, Ohio.

338-s WELDING JOURNAL / SEPTEMBER 2014, VOL. 93

WELDING RESEARCH

Fig. 1 Schematic plot of current, voltage, and WFS waveform of a typical CSCGMAW
weld over 0.5 s.

has not been successfully fusion


welded directly to steel or other common alloy systems because Ti has limited solubility for them. Brittle intermetallic compounds and carbides form
when the solubility limit is exceeded,
as in fusion welding (Refs. 7, 8).
Cracks often form in these brittle
phases due to the thermal stresses induced during cooling of the welded
joint. In order to identify potential Tirich overlay systems for welding or repairing Ti-clad steel plates or to
provide wear/erosion resistance for
lightweight Ti structures, different FeX-Ti weld overlay systems were
deposited and characterized, with or
without postweld heat treatment
(PWHT), in this experimental work.

Experimental Procedures
Selection of Interlayer Materials: An extensive literature search was
conducted to identify the different
technical approaches that have been
evaluated to date to avoid or control
the embrittlement normally found in
steel-to-Ti joints. The metallurgical
characteristics of different potential
interlayer materials as they relate to
the compatibility with the Ti-Fe
system were reviewed. Five interlayer
materials were selected for use in the
Fe-X-Ti weld overlays.
Efforts involving combinations of
joining processes and interlayer mate-

rials between the Ti and steel to control or completely avoid the intermixing of steel and Ti have resulted in limited success. These efforts include resistance welding with vanadium (V),
molybdenum (Mo), aluminum (Al), or
silver (Ag) interlayers (Ref. 10); arc
welding after the steel has been metallized or plasma sprayed with a layer of
Mo, tungsten (W), tantalum (Ta), or
refractory carbides (Refs. 1113); diffusion bonding with a Ni interlayer or
controlling the carbon level in the
steel plate (Refs. 14, 15); friction welding with and without a frictionweldable interlayer (Refs. 16, 17); instantaneous liquid phase bonding
(Ref. 18); and electron beam welding
using Ag insert metal (Ref. 19). Additionally, data on dissimilar-metal
joints involving a combination of Ti,
steel, and other alloys and their associated mechanical properties are
limited. Finally, despite previous
efforts, there is not a clear
understanding of the relative embrittlement effect of carbides and the different intermetallic compounds that
may form when Ti is joined to Fe, Ni,
or Cu.
Data available on theory of
alloying, binary and ternary phase diagrams, and the quasi-equilibrium behavior of these alloy systems during
solid-state bonding or roll bonding do
not include the effect of
nonequilibrium conditions induced

during weld thermal cycles. However,


they provided insight and were used as
general guidelines to select the potential interlayer materials for the Ti-rich
weld overlay systems, as described as
follows.
V Interlayer: The Fe-Ti phase diagram shows limited mutual solubility
and the presence of intermetallic compounds (Fe2Ti and FeTi). Additionally,
carbon in the steel may react with Ti
to form brittle carbides (TiC). Alloying
is an important means of reducing the
negative effect of brittle intermetallic
compound formation on weldability.
The stabilization of thermo
dynamically ideal solid solutions could
reduce the tendency for intermetallics
to form. The equilibrium phases Fe2Ti
and FeTi form at specific
electron/atom (e/a) ratios. Any
ternary alloying element affecting the
e/a ratio likely affects the stability of
these intermetallic phases.
Based on the theory of alloying, it
has been indicated that size difference
between solute and solvent atoms is
important in determining the stability
of solid solutions (Ref. 20). If the
atomic radii of the solute and the
solvent differ by more than 15%, extensive solubility is unlikely. If the solute
and the solvent radii are similar, a large
mutual solubility is predicted unless
solute and solvent are transition metals. Additionally, an electronegativity
factor was introduced later on to complement the size factor rule (Ref. 21). A
large electronegativity difference can
provide a large driving force for the formation of compounds. Conversely, a
small difference of electronegativity between solute and solvent atoms (less
than 0.4 units) should promote a large
solid solubility. These criteria have
shown to be valid for a large number of
systems but the predictive accuracy is
poor in systems with solvents that are
transition metals. However, this is still
considered to be an effective tool to
predict mutual solubility of alloying elements. In a graphical representation or
Darken-Gurry type map for Fe and Ti
(Ref. 22), each of these elements represents the center of an ellipse with principal radii corresponding to 15% of
atomic radius and 0.4 electronegativity
units. As a result, V and other elements
(including manganese and chromium)
located inside both these ellipses are,
according to these criteria, potential
SEPTEMBER 2014 / WELDING JOURNAL 339-s

WELDING RESEARCH
A

Fig. 2 A, B General view of Ticlad steel wide groove joint de


sign; C Tirich weld overlays deposited with the CSCGMAW
process; D weld overlays deposited with a combination of the
CSCGMAW and GTAWP processes.

candidates for joining Fe to Ti.


Few reliable theories have been developed to determine the solid solubility of alloys in which both solute and
solvent are transition metals; however,
an empirical diagram has been
proposed that maps elements as a
function of their electron density and
chemical potential (Fermi energy)
(Refs. 2224). It was discovered that
the absolute value of the ratio of these
two quantities characterized well the
sign of heat of mixing, and could be
used as a general rule for alloying. This
type of diagram for the transition metals and selected nontransition
elements shows that V lies almost exactly between Ti and Fe (Ref. 22). The
addition of V causes the Fermi energy
of Fe to decrease at a rate
approximately equal to that of the increase in Fermi energy of Ti. Thus, the
addition of V causes the lattice
mismatch between BCC-Fe and b-Ti to
decrease.
Because the primary selection of alloying elements for the weld overlays
is restricted to those potentially forming simultaneously continuous series
of solid solution with Fe and Ti, the

primary choice is V. Other elements


that may be considered as a secondary
choice and that are part of
commercially available welding wires
include Ni and chromium (Cr).
Ni and Ni-Cu Interlayers: There
are additional reasons to use Ni as an
interlayer material. The addition of Ni
suppresses the formation of Ti-Fe intermetallic compounds. Studies of
properties of diffusion joints between
Ti and mild steels also indicate that
using a Ni interlayer results in the formation of intermetallic compounds
rich in Ti and Ni but with better properties than those where Ti was joined
directly to the steel (Ref. 14). Furthermore, Ni and Fe form continuous
series of solid solution at high temperature. Finally, it is difficult to form carbides in Ni alloys. Experimental
results have shown that the
coexistence of TiFe and TiFe2 with TiC
will have more detrimental effects on
the properties of the joint than if only
one compound is formed (Ref. 15).
Ni-Cr Interlayer: Studies of hot
rolling Ti-clad steels between 850 and
1010C with a Ni-Cr interlayer showed
that when Cr content is below 32.5 wt-

340-s WELDING JOURNAL / SEPTEMBER 2014, VOL. 93

%, a brittle Ti(Ni, Cr)3 is formed at the


boundary between the cladding and
the insert material, which decreases
the cladding strength (Ref. 6). When
the Cr content exceeds 40 wt-%, a brittle d-phase is formed at the boundary
of the steel base material and the
insert material. Chromium content between 32.5 and 35.0 wt-% is preferred.
Additionally, when Ni content is below
55.0 wt-%, a brittle TiCr2 is formed at
the boundary of the cladding material.
When the Ni content exceeds 65%, the
brittle Ti(Ni, Cr)3 is formed as in the
case where the Cr content is below
32.5 wt-%. Both of these situations
decrease the strength of the cladding.
Since nonequilibrium welding conditions may limit the formation of the
detrimental intermetallic compounds
described previously, a commercially
available Ni-Cr based filler metal
(5544 wt-%) with a chemical composition close to the identified optimum
concentration levels was selected as
potential interlayer for the Ti-rich
weld overlays.
Cu Interlayer: Rapid conduction
of heat from the molten weld pool by a
base metal with high thermal conduc-

WELDING RESEARCH
A

Fig. 3 General microstructure observed in the FeNiTi weld overlay system. A Macro, B Microstucture at the NiTi interface. C
Microstructure of the 2nd Ti layer, D Microstructure of the 3rd Ti layer.

tivity affects the energy available to locally melt the base metal. Reducing the
amount of melting of the base metal
reduces the amount of dilution of the
deposited weld metal. Cu has a
thermal conductivity that is about
eight times higher than steel and a
high preheat is normally required to
melt it into the weld joint. Therefore,
the use of a Cu interlayer may result in
an undiluted Ti weld deposit, which is
necessary to maintain the corrosion
resistance required for the different
applications of Ti-clad steels.
Additionally, the high ductility of
copper may accommodate the large
strain induced in the weld overlays
during cooling. Therefore,
commercially pure (CP) Cu was also selected as a potential interlayer for the
weld overlays.
In summary, based on a comprehensive literature review, potential

interlayer materials for the Ti-rich overlays were identified based on their metallurgical characteristics and compatibility with the Ti-Fe system. The selected
interlayer materials included:
Vanadium (V): This interlayer material was selected since it is
potentially compatible with, and has
a higher melting temperature than,
both Ti and Fe.
Copper (Cu): This interlayer material
was selected because it has a lower
melting temperature and a higher
thermal conductivity than both Ti
and steel. Therefore, it is expected to
minimize the amount of dilution and
interaction between them.
Nickel (Ni) based interlayers: These
interlayer materials were selected to
try to control the type of phases
formed at the interface and the
resulting degree of embrittlement of
the joint.

Welding Conditions: Different


joining processes were considered for
the deposition of the different weld
overlay systems (Ref. 9). The selection
criteria included that the material
overlay-joining process combination
should be easily deployed in the field,
require a low equipment investment,
and use commercially available
consumables. Therefore, arc welding
processes were considered the primary
processes of choice. The controlled
short-circuit gas metal arc welding
(CSC-GMAW) process offers
significantly reduced heat input and
dilution when compared to other arc
welding processes. Therefore, the CSCGMAW process was chosen to deposit
most of the selected interlayer materials and Ti layers. The CSC-GMAW
process is an advanced version of the
short-circuiting GMAW process, which
uses a reciprocating wire feed to
SEPTEMBER 2014 / WELDING JOURNAL 341-s

WELDING RESEARCH
A

C
Fig. 4 General microstructure observed in the FeVTi weld
overlay system. A Macro, B Microsturcture at the VFe inter
face, C Microstructure at the TiV interface.

promote consistent
droplet transfer at
low currents (Refs.
2529).
Welding
parameters of the
CSC-GMAW process
include up-wire feed
speed (Up WFS)

(m/min), down-WFS (m/min), arc


length (mm), arc current sequence,
and short circuit current sequence.
Each current sequence has three levels
to set (start, pulse, and end). These
three current levels are used to control
the bead shape and size. The start and
pulse levels have a time associated
with them. For the end current level,

Table 1 Welding Conditions for Deposition of Different Layers of Materials in the Weld Overlays Using the CSCGMAW Process
Arc Current Sequence
Weld Layer

Shielding Gas

Ni on Steel
100% He
Ti on Ni
100% He
NiCu on Steel
100% He
Ti on NiCu
100% He
NiCr on Steel 50% Ar/50% He
Ti on NiCr
100% He
CPCu on Steel
100% He
CPCu on Steel
100% He
Ti on CpCu
100% He
Ti on Ti
100% He

Short Circuit Current Sequence

Start
Current
(A)

Start
Current
Time (ms)

Pulse
Current
(A)

Pulse
Current
Time (ms)

End
Current
(A)

Start
Current
(A)

100
80
100
80
100
80
130
150
120
80

NA
5
NA
5
NA
5
NA
NA
5
5

100
60
100
60
100
60
130
150
100
60

NA
5
NA
5
NA
5
NA
NA
5
5

100
40
100
40
100
40
130
150
80
40

50
40
50
40
50
40
50
50
40
40

Wire Feed Speed


Up WFS Down WFS
(m/min)
(m/min)
10
8
10
8
15
8
15
10
8
8

342-s WELDING JOURNAL / SEPTEMBER 2014, VOL. 93

15
10
15
10
15
10
15
10
10
10

Start
Pulse
Current Current
Time (ms)
(A)
NA
2.5
NA
2.5
NA
2.5
NA
NA
2.5
2.5

Pulse
Current
Time (ms)

End
Current
(A)

NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA

50
60
50
60
50
60
50
50
60
60

50
60
50
60
50
60
50
50
60
60

Weaving Parameters
Initial
Oscillation Speed Dwell Time Oscillation
Arc Length
(in./min)
(s)
Amplitude
(mm)
(in.)
0.0
1.0
0.0
0.5
0.0
0.5
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.5

17.4
28.4
22.3
28.4
17.4
28.4
34.5
46.8
28.4
28.4

0.2
0.3
0.2
0.3
0.2
0.3
0.3
0.3
0.3
0.3

0.78
0.90
0.80
0.93
0.83
0.88
0.70
0.65
0.83
0.93

Forward Travel
Speed
(in./min)
65.1
27.9
65.1
27.9
74.4
27.9
26.0
26.0
29.7
27.9

WELDING RESEARCH
A

Fig. 5 General microstructure observed in the FeCuTi overlay system: A Macro; B Microstructure at the CuTi interface, C Mi
crostructure of the 1st Ti layer, D Microstructure of the 3rd Ti layer.

Table 2 General Characteristics of the Welding Consumables Used to Deposit the TiRich Weld
Overlays
Weld Overlay
System(a)
1. NiTi
2. NiCuTi
3. NiCrTi
4. VTi
5. CuTi
6. Ti

Interlayer
Material

Filler Metal
Designation

Wire Size (in.)

Welding
Process

Nickel
Nickelcopper
Nickelchromium
Vanadium
Copper
Titanium fill passes

ERNi1
ERNiCu7
ERNiCr4

ERCu
ERTi1

0.062
0.062
0.062
0.062/0.045
0.062
0.062/0.035

CSCGMAW
CSCGMAW
CSCGMAW
PGTAW
CSCGMAW
CSCGMAW PGTAW

(a) The designation of the weld overlay system indicates the sequence of deposition of the interlayer material and Ti
in the joint.

the current is maintained until the


next sequence is initiated. During the
arc phase, the end of the electrode is
melted and a droplet is formed. At the
same time, the electrode is feeding forward toward the weld pool. The
forward WFS is set higher than the
burn-off rate so that the arc will short
out. Upon shorting, the droplet at the
end of the electrode is pulled into the

weld pool by the liquid pools surface


tension. The control system senses the
voltage drop and prevents the current
from spiking severely. A current
sequence is implemented to allow resistive heating. The heat allows for a
smooth arc ignition. At the same time,
the wire feeders reverse direction so
that the electrode is being pulled away
from the weld pool. This makes the

short circuit break mechanically. This


differs from any other short circuiting
process, which relies on the electrode
exploding to reestablish the arc. Some
of the Ti-rich weld overlays were
deposited with a combination of CSCGMAW and pulsed gas tungsten arc
welding (GTAW-P) processes.
Figure 1 shows a schematic plot of
the current, voltage, and wire feed
speed (WFS) of a typical CSC-GMAW
weld over 0.5 s. Table 1 lists the CSCGMAW welding parameters used for
depositing each interlayer material
and the subsequent Ti layers in the
weld overlays.
The deposition of the different interlayer materials and corresponding Ti
layers was done in 150 200-mm (6
8-in.) explosion Ti-clad steel samples.
The explosion-clad metals consisted of
SA-516-70 carbon steel with a nominal
thickness of 27.5 to 38.0 mm (1.1 to 1.5
in.) and SB-265-1 Ti clad with a nominal
SEPTEMBER 2014 / WELDING JOURNAL 343-s

WELDING RESEARCH
A

thickness between 4.8 and 8.0 mm


(0.188 and 0.313 in.). The samples have
a wide groove prepared by the stripback method. The joint design of the
wide-groove included a root that was
between 19.0 and 25.0 mm (0.75 and
1.0 in.) wide and a 22-deg bevel angle.
Additionally, the groove was machined
to a depth of about 2.50 mm (0.10 in.)
into the steel substrate, as shown in Fig.
2A, B.
The general description of the welding consumables used for the different
Ti-rich weld overlay systems is
included in Table 2. The designation of
the weld overlay system indicates the
sequence of deposition of the
interlayer material and Ti in the weld
overlay. For all the weld overlays
deposited with the CSC-GMAW
process, a 1.6-mm- (0.062-in.-) diameter electrode was used.
Figure 2C, D shows a general view
of some of the weld overlay samples.
The specimen in Fig. 2C shows a stepwise configuration at the ends. The
three levels of the stepwise configura-

Fig. 6 General microstructure observed in the FeCuTi weld


overlay deposited with a combination of CSCGMAW and
GTAWP processes. A Macro, B Microstructure at the Cu
Ti interface, C Microstructure of the 2nd Ti layer.

tion from the end


toward the center of
the sample
correspond to the
surface of the weld
deposit of the interlayer material, the
surface of the first
Ti deposit layer, and
the surface of two
additional layers of
Ti. This
arrangement allowed the characterization of deposits of the interlayer material in the as-welded condition and an
evaluation of the effects of thermal cycles induced during the deposition of
one and three layers of Ti on the properties of the interlayer materials and
the weld overlay as a whole. These
welded joints were subjected to
radiographic examination to evaluate
the soundness of the joints and to determine the location of different specimens required for the
characterization.
Postweld Heat Treatment: The
PWHT of the Ti-rich overlays was conducted following the guidelines of Section VIII of the ASME, Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code, for carbon steel
welded constructions. The holding
temperature was between 1125 and
1150F, and the holding time ranged
from 1 h, 15 min to 1 h, 52 min
depending on the thickness of the fullsize joint. Heating rates above 800F
were controlled to be equal or less

344-s WELDING JOURNAL / SEPTEMBER 2014, VOL. 93

than 400F/h/in. Cooling rates above


800F were equal or less than
500F/h/in.
Microstructural Evaluation: The
characterization of the Ti-rich weld
overlays was conducted in the aswelded and postweld heat treated conditions. Transverse and longitudinal
specimens were cut from the Ti-rich
weld overlay samples for
microstructural evaluation, which was
conducted using optical and scanning
electron microscopy (SEM), electron
probe microanalysis (EPMA), and microhardness testing.
The samples were initially ground
and polished using 80 to 2400 grit SiC
abrasive paper. Final polishing of the
samples for light microscopy and SEM
was done with a 0.05-mm colloidal silica suspension. The general
microstructures of the weld overlay
deposits were revealed for analysis in
the light microscope by using a specific
combination of etchants. For the NiTi, NiCu-Ti, NiCr-Ti, and Cu-Ti interlayer systems a two-step combination
of Kroll (100 mL H2O + 26 mL nitric
acid 65% + 13 mL hydrofluoric acid
40%) and ferric chloride (3 g Fe3Cl + 5
mL HCl + 100 mL H2O) etchants were
applied by immersion or swabbing. For
the V-Ti interlayer system, an
electrolytic etching (75 mL methanol
99.8% + 10 mL sulfuric acid 9597% +
25 mL hydrochloric acid 32%) was
used. The samples prepared for evaluation in the SEM were in the as-

WELDING RESEARCH
A

Fig. 7 Backscattered electron images showing fraction and distribution of phases (light regions are NiCrrich phases and dark regions
are Tirich phases) observed in the NiCrTi interface (A) and in the first, second, and third Ti layers (BD) of the weld overlay.

polished (unetched) condition.


The different phases present in each
Fe-X-Ti weld overlay system were identified using the SEM in the backscattered
electron mode. The chemical composition of each phase was determined
using the EPMA. The combined SEMbackscattered mode and EPMA analysis
were run at zones located at increasing
distances from the steel-interlayer
interface. The chemical composition
profile of major alloying elements in the
through-thickness direction of the different Ti-rich weld overlays was
determined as well.
Microhardness profiles were determined in the through-thickness direction of the deposited weld overlays
starting from the steel substrate
toward the surface of the last layer of
Ti weld deposit. The microhardness
profiles of the weld overlays were determined in deposits with one and
three Ti layers, respectively, and in the

as-welded and PWHT conditions. The


hardness readings were determined
using a hardness Vickers scale with a
load of 500 g (HV0.5).

Results and Discussions


Light Microscopy Evaluation:
Figures 36 show examples of the microstructures observed in the different
overlay systems. For sake of clarity,
the base materials (steel and Ti-clad)
and the different deposited weld layers
(interlayer material, first Ti layer, second Ti layer, and third Ti layer) are labeled in the figures showing a macrosection of the overlays (Figs. 3A, 4A,
5A, and 6A).
A high degree of intermixing
between the interlayer material and Ti
was observed in the Ni-Ti, NiCu-Ti,
and NiCr-Ti overlays. As a result, each
layer of the deposited weld overlay

etched distinctly, as shown in Fig. 3A.


These systems present a continuous,
wide, and poorly defined interface between the interlayer material and the
first Ti layer, as shown in Fig. 3B. Additionally, second phases were
observed at the interlayer-Ti interface
and in the first Ti layer. In the NiCr-Ti
system, the presence of second phases
was observed even in the third Ti
layer. The formation of second phases
may have resulted from dilution of Ni,
Cu, or Cr in the Ti weld deposit above
the solubility limit of the
corresponding alloying system.
The dilution of Ni, Cu, or Cr from
the interlayer material in the second
layer of Ti weld metal induced the formation of acicular- or Widmanstttena microstructure (Fig. 3C) that is characteristic in a-b Ti alloys. Ni, Cu, and
Cr are b stabilizers in Ti alloys. As expected, the stabilization of b phase decreases with a decrease in the alloying

SEPTEMBER 2014 / WELDING JOURNAL 345-s

WELDING RESEARCH

Fig. 8 Concentration profile of Fe, Ni, Cu, and Ti in a Fe


NiCuTi weld overlay.

content in the weld deposit. As a


result, the microstructure observed in
the third Ti layer, Fig. 3D, resembles
more the microstructure characteristic
of commercially pure or -Ti alloys.
Conversely, the V-Ti and Cu-Ti overlay systems welded with the GTAW and
the CSC-GMAW, respectively, presented
a lower degree of intermixing between
the interlayer material and Ti, as shown
in Figs. 4A and 5A. As a result, a narrow
and well-defined interface ranging in
thickness from 50 to 250 mm between
the Cu interlayer and Ti was observed,
as shown in Fig. 5B. In these overlays,
the presence of second phases was
mainly limited to the Fe-V interface or
the Cu-Ti interface, as shown in Figs. 4B

Fig. 9 Concentration profile of Fe, Cu, and Ti in a FeCuTi


weld overlay.

and 5B. The interface between V and Ti


was free from formation of second
phases as shown in Fig. 4C. This can be
explained using the Ti-V binary phase
diagram, which indicates complete solid
solubility between those two elements.
Due to the low dilution of alloying
elements from the interlayer material
in the Ti weld deposits in these
overlays, the microstructure of the Ti
weld deposit, including the first layer,
corresponds to those normally found
in commercially pure -Ti alloys as
shown in Fig. 5C, D.
In the Cu-Ti weld overlay deposited
with a combination of CSC-GMAW and
the GTAW-P processes, a high degree of
intermixing was observed. As a result,

each weld deposit layer etched


distinctly, as shown in Fig. 6A.
Additionally, the Cu-Ti interface became
wider than in those made with only the
CSC-GMAW process. The thickness of
the interface was about 1 mm as shown
in Fig. 6B. Finally, the higher level of Cu
concentration in the Ti weld deposit resulted in a microstructure that is similar
to those of -b Ti weld metal alloys as
shown in Fig. 6C. Cu stabilizes b-phase
in Ti alloys. The thicker interface
between Cu and Ti and the higher level
of Cu dilution in the Ti weld deposit
may be explained by the higher heat
input and higher level of stirring of the
weld pool induced by the GTAW-P
process as compared to that of the CSC-

Table 3 General Microstructural Characteristics Observed in the TiRich Overlay Systems


Weld Overlay System
FeNiTi
FeNiCuTi
FeNiCrTi

FeVTi
FeCuTi

FeCuTi
(CSCGMAW +
GTAWP Processes)

Degree of Intermixing
InterlayerTi Interface

1st Ti Layer

Low
Continuous
Narrow (<250 m)
Presence of 2nd
phases (FeCuTi system)
Ti alloy
microstructure

Ti alloy
microstructure

Acicular ( + ) Ti
alloy microstructure

Ti alloy microstructure

NA

Characteristics

2nd Ti Layer

3rd Ti Layer

High
Continuous
Wide
Presence of 2nd
phases
Presence of 2nd
phases
Acicular ( + ) Ti
alloy microstructure
Second phases
(FeNiCrTi system)
Acicular ( + ) Ti
alloy microstructure
Second phases
(FeNiCrTi system)
Ti alloy microstructure

346-s WELDING JOURNAL / SEPTEMBER 2014, VOL. 93

High
Continuous
Wide (1.0mm)
Presence of 2nd
phases
Acicular ( + ) Ti
alloy microstructure

WELDING RESEARCH

Fig. 11 Microhardness profile of NiCuTi weld overlays with


one and three Ti layers (1Ti, 3Ti), in the aswelded and PWHT
conditions (CSCGMAW process).

Fig. 10 Concentration profile of Fe, Cu, and Ti in a FeCuTi


weld overlay deposited with a combination of CSCGMAW and
GTAWP processes.

Table 4 Chemical Composition and Designation of Potential Phases Observed in TiRich Weld Over
lays

Phase

Ni

Chemical Composition, wt% (at.%)


Cu
Cr
NiTi Interlayer System

1
2
3
4
5

72.8 (68.6)
59.2 (54.0)
34.7 (30.2)
27.0 (23.0)
10.7 (8.9)

1
2
3
4
5

42.7 (38.7)
33.2 (28.5)
26.5 (23.1)
9.5 (7.7)
7.4 (6.2)

23.3 (19.6)
14.1 (11.2)
7.1 (5.7)
4.2 (3.2)
7.2 (5.6)

1
2
3
4

26.5 (22.8)
9.1 (7.6)
25.7 (22.2)
9.5 (8.0)

1
2
3
4

74.4 (68.6)
65.8 (55.8)
37.1 (30.8)
17.3 (13.7)

Ti

Designation of
Main Phases

27.1 (31.4)
39.7 (44.3)
64.4 (68.9)
72.7 (76.3)
89.1 (90.7)

Ni3Ti
NiTi
NiTi2
NiTi2
Ti

NiCuTi Interlayer System

30.6 (34.0)
47.7 (50.3)
64.6 (69.1)
86.0 (88.4)
84.5 (87.0)

CuNiTi / Ni3Ti
NiTi
NiTi2 + CuTi2
Ti
Ti

NiCrTi Interlayer System


4.2 (4.1)
9.6 (9.0)
10.1 (9.9)
15.4 (14.7)

69.3 (73.1)
81.3 (83.4)
64.2 (68.0)
75.0 (77.3)

NiTi2
NiTi2 + Cr2Ti
NiTi2
NiTi2 + Cr2Ti

CuTi Interlayer System

25.6 (31.4)
30.2 (34.0)
62.9 (69.2)
81.9 (86.0)

CuTi2
Cu3Ti
CuTi2
Ti

GMAW process.
Table 3 presents a summary of the
general microstructural characteristics
observed in the different weld overlays
by using light microscopy.
Electron Microscopy Evaluation:
Figure 7 presents, as an example,
backscattered electron images
illustrating the change in area fraction
and distribution of different phases
present in the NiCr-Ti overlay. As expected, the area fraction or quantity of
phases rich in interlayer alloying
elements (light phases) decreases from

the interface toward the surface of the


Ti-rich weld overlay. Most of the overlays presented a dendritic
solidification mode.
Chemical composition data
obtained from EPMA analysis and
phase diagrams related to the weld
overlay systems were used to identify
the potential primary phases present
at the interface and in the first Ti
layer. The potential phases present in
each one of the weld overlay systems
are listed in Table 4. Additional work,
including transmission electron

microscopy or X-ray diffraction, would


be required to confirm the structure
and identification of these phases.
Chemical Composition Profiles:
Composition profiles of major
elements including Fe, Ni, Cu, Cr, and
Ti measured from the steel-interlayer
interface to the surface of some of the
Ti-rich weld overlays are shown in
Figs. 810. The concentration of major
alloying elements in different layers of
the weld overlays is listed in Table 5.
The Fe content in the weld overlay
deposits changed from levels near 100
wt-% in the steel substrate to less than
1% through the thickness of the
deposited interlayer materials (first
layer of the weld overlay). In the case of
the Cu-Ti overlay, the Fe level dropped
to about 0.35 wt-% within 150 mm from
the steel-Cu interface. The Fe content
dropped to zero through the first Ti
weld layer in most of the overlays.
Based on the concentration of Fe in the
weld deposit of different interlayers, the
weld metal dilution ranges from 2 to
16%. Based on the content of major alloying elements from the interlayer materials in the first Ti layer of the weld
overlays, the weld metal dilution ranges
from 2 to 20%. Therefore, these results
show that the CSC-GMAW process is effective in controlling and minimizing
the dilution of the weld metal, which is
important in maintaining the corrosion
resistance of the Ti-weld deposits.
In the Ni-Ti overlay system, the
level of Ni dissolved in the Ti weld
metal dropped to 1.3% through the
first two Ti layers. In the NiCu-Ti
SEPTEMBER 2014 / WELDING JOURNAL 347-s

WELDING RESEARCH

Fig. 12 Microhardness profile of a CuTi weld metal over


lays with one and three Ti layers (1Ti, 3Ti), in the aswelded
and PWHT conditions.

layer, the levels of Ni and Cu dissolved


in the Ti weld metal dropped to 3.4
and 1.5%, respectively, through the
first two Ti layers, as shown in Fig. 8.
In the weld metal made with the NiCr
interlayer system, the concentration of
both Ni and Cr dissolved in the Ti weld
metal dropped to 2.4% through the
first two Ti layers. No data were available on the effect of Ni, Cu, or Cr concentration on the corrosion resistance
of commercial pure Ti weld metal;
however, these results indicate that at
least three Ti layers may be required to
achieve a commercial pure Ti composition in the surface of the weld overlay
for the corrosion resistance needed in
some of the Ti-clad applications.
In the Cu-Ti overlay deposited with
the CSC-GMAW process, the Cu concentration approximately 100 mm from the
Cu/Ti interface was about 1% and
remained close to that level through the
first Ti weld metal layer, as shown in
Fig. 9. This indicates that with the Cu-Ti
system deposited with the CSC-GMAW
process, only two Ti layers may be
needed to achieve the corrosion resistance required for most Ti-clad steel applications. Furthermore, depending on
the effect of about 1% Cu on the corrosion resistance of CP Ti weld metals, in
some cases one layer of Ti weld metal
may be enough to achieve the required
corrosion resistance.
In the Cu-Ti overlay deposited with
a combination of CSC-GMAW and
GTAW-P processes, the concentration

Fig. 13 Comparison of microhardness profiles of CuTi weld


overlay deposited with the CSCGMAW process and with a combi
nation of CSCGMAW and GTAWP processes.

of Cu near to the surface of the second


Ti layer is about 0.9%, as shown in Fig.
10. At a distance of 1.5 mm from the
surface of the Ti weld metal deposit,
the concentration of Cu was 1.1%. Depending on the potential effect of
about 1% Cu on the corrosion
resistance of Ti, this result indicates
that at least three Ti layers may be required to achieve the chemical composition of a CP Ti grade at the surface of
the weld deposit exposed to the service medium. The observed microstructure and chemical composition profiles
observed in this overlay system may
result from a higher degree of
intermixing in the weld pool induced
by the GTAW-P process compared to
the CSC-GMAW process.
Microhardness Profiles: Some of
the microhardness profiles obtained
from the weld overlays are shown in
Figs. 1113. In general, all weld overlay systems present the highest hardness level at the interlayer-Ti interface
and across the first Ti layer. This is in
agreement with the results of lightand electron-microscopy characterization of the weld metal deposits that
indicated the presence of second
phases in those regions of the weld
overlays. The maximum hardness in
the Ni-Ti, NiCu-Ti, and NiCr-Ti weld
overlay systems were 607, 568, and
554 HV0.5, respectively. In the V-Ti
and Ti-V overlay systems, the
maximum hardness readings obtained
at the Fe-V interface were 307 and 409

348-s WELDING JOURNAL / SEPTEMBER 2014, VOL. 93

HV0.5, respectively. The maximum


hardness observed in the Cu-Ti weld
overlay ranges from 300 to 350 HV0.5.
The different weld overlays
responded differently to thermal cycles
imposed by either welding of additional
layers of Ti weld metal or by PWHT. In
the Ni-Ti system, a larger softening was
caused at the interface and in the first
Ti layer by the thermal cycle associated
with additional layers of Ti weld metal
than by the PWHT. However, as result
of the PWHT, the hardness of the weld
overlay with three Ti-layers shows some
hardening behavior near the interface
between the second- and third-Ti layers.
In the NiCu-Ti and NiCr-Ti weld
overlays, no major softening was
observed as a result of the thermal
cycles induced either during welding or
by PWHT as shown in Fig. 11. The high
hardness and softening behavior of
these three Ti-rich weld overlay systems
make them attractive for wear/erosion
resistant applications.
In the Fe-V-Ti system, extremely
high hardness was not observed across
the weld deposit in spite of the
presence of second phases at the Fe-V
interface; however, the presence of microcracks at the Fe-V interface may
have influenced the results of the
hardness readings. In the Ti-V-Fe system, a high hardness peak was
observed at the V-Fe interface, which
may have resulted from a combination
of Fe and Ti at that interface. The high
degree of solid solubility between V

WELDING RESEARCH
Table 5 Dilution of Major Alloying Elements in Different Layers of the TRich Weld Overlays
(Based on EPMA Analysis)
Overlay System

Alloying
Elements

Interlayer

FeNiTi

Fe
Ni
Ti

1.6 0.8
matrix
3.1 3.6

0.0
19.1 10.5
matrix

0.0
1.3 0.0
matrix

0.0
0.0
matrix

FeNiCuTi

Fe
Ni
Cu
Ti

6.5 0.8
matrix
matrix
1.9 2.5

0.35 0.33
16.3 13.7
7.5 6.2
matrix

0.0
0.4 3.4
1.5 0.0
matrix

0.0
0.0
0.0
matrix

FeNiCrTi

Fe
Ni
Cr
Ti

16.0 0.0
matrix
matrix
0.4 0.8

0.0
13.7 8.1
13.1 8.1
matrix

0.0
2.4 0.0
2.4 0.0
matrix

0.0
0.0
0.0
matrix

FeCuTi
(CSCGMAW +
GTAWP)

Fe
Cu
Ti

1.3 0.0
matrix
0.0

0.0
13.4 2.3
matrix

0.0
1.1 0.9
matrix

NA
NA
NA

FeCuTi
(CSCGMAW)

Fe
Cu
Ti

2.4 0.0
matrix
0.0

0.0
1.3 0.9
matrix

0.0
0.0
matrix

0.0
0.0
matrix

and Ti may have induced a relatively


high concentration of Ti in the V weld
deposit that could have then been
available for reaction with Fe at the VFe interface. EPMA analysis was not
conducted in weld metal deposits
made with either the Fe-V-Ti system
or the Ti-V-Fe system to confirm this.
As shown in Fig. 12, the Cu-Ti weld
overlay shows the softest deposits, especially in the PWHT condition. This
system shows a more pronounced softening behavior due to PWHT than by
additional welding thermal cycles. In
the Cu-Ti system, as a result of the
PWHT, the hardness level through the
weld deposit drops to around 200
HV0.5. However, the weld overlay deposited with a combination of CSCGMAW and GTAW-P processes
presented a wider hard region at the
Cu-Ti interface and a lower degree of
softening induced by the PWHT as
shown in Fig. 13. The observed hardness behavior can be explained based
on a wider Cu-Ti interface in weld
metal deposited with a combination of
CSC-GMAW and GTAW-P processes as
compared to that deposited with the
CSC-GMAW process alone.

Conclusions
Based on their metallurgical characteristics, compatibility with the FeTi system, and their availability as
commercial welding wires, the

Alloy Content (wt%)


1st Ti Layer
2nd Ti Layer

3rd Ti Layer

interlayer materials selected as candidates for Ti-rich weld overlays


included commercially pure nickel
(CPNi), nickel-copper alloy (NiCu),
nickel-chromium alloy (NiCr), CP
vanadium (V), and CP copper (Cu).
The Ni-Ti, NiCu-Ti, and NiCr-Ti
weld overlays deposited with the CSCGMAW process showed a continuous
and wide interface between the interlayer material and the first Ti layer.
Second phases were observed at the
interlayer-Ti interface and in the first
Ti layer. In the NiCr-Ti weld overlay,
second phases were observed even in
the third Ti layer. The first and second
Ti layers in these weld overlays
presented an acicular- or Widmansttten-a microstructure that is characteristic in a or a-b Ti alloys.
The Cu-Ti and V-Ti weld overlays
deposited with the CSC-GMAW
process and the GTAW-P process,
respectively, presented a continuous
and well-defined interface between
the interlayer material and the first Ti
layer. The thickness of the interface
ranges from 0 to 250 mm. Second
phases were observed at the Cu-Ti interface. The interface between V and
Ti was free of second phases. The microstructure of the first Ti layer was
similar to those normally found in CP
a-Ti alloys.
The Cu-Ti weld overlay deposited
using a combination of CSC-GMAW
and GTAW-P processes presented a

continuous and wider interface than


that observed in the weld overlay deposited only with the CSC-GMAW
process. The thickness of the interface
was about 1 mm. The first and second
Ti layer presented an acicular- or Widmansttten-a microstructure.
The primary second phases identified as potentially present in the Tirich weld overlays include Ni3Ti, NiTi,
NiTi2, CuNiTi, CuTi2, Cr2Ti, CuTi2,
Cu3Ti, and b-Ti.
The dilution of the interlayer weld
metals by the steel base metal ranges
from 2 to 16%. The dilution of the
first Ti layer in the weld overlays
ranges from 2 to 20%. Therefore, the
CSC-GMAW process is effective in controlling and minimizing the dilution of
the weld metals, which is important in
achieving the corrosion resistance of
CPTi in the weld overlays with few
(one to three) Ti layers.
In general, the highest hardness in
the weld overlays was observed in the
interlayer-Ti interface and first Ti
layer. The maximum hardness in the
Ni-Ti, NiCu-Ti, and NiCr-Ti weld overlays was 607, 568, and 554 HV0.5, respectively. Limited degree of softening
was induced in these overlays by weld
thermal cycles or PWHT. Therefore,
these Ti-rich overlay systems could be
attractive for wear/erosion resistant
applications.
The maximum hardness observed
in the Cu-Ti weld overlay ranged from
300 to 350 HV0.5. As a result of the
PWHT, the hardness level through the
weld deposit dropped to around 200
HV0.5. Therefore, this overlay system
might be more attractive for mainly
corrosion-resistant applications.
Acknowledgments
This publication was prepared
based on development work supported
by DMC Clad Metal, Materials
Technology Institute, and Eastman
Chemical as part of a group-sponsored
project at EWI.
References
1. Banker, J. G. 1996. Titanium-steel
explosion clad. Stainless Steel World, pp.
6569 (June).
2. Hardwick, R. 2001. Advances leading
SEPTEMBER 2014 / WELDING JOURNAL 349-s

WELDING RESEARCH
to the new clads on the future. Stainless
Steel World, pp. 149154.
3. Banker, J. G. 1993. Bonded
titanium/steel components. U.S. Patent
5,190,831 (March).
4. Murayama, J., and Komizo, Y. 1991.
Titanium-clad steel and a method for the
manufacture thereof. European Patent 0
238 854 B1 (Feb.).
5. Hardwick, R. 1993. Method for producing clad metal plate. European Patent 0
535 817 A2 (April).
6. Suenaga, H., Ishikawa, M., and
Ninakawa, K. 1993. Method for manufacturing titanium clad steel plate. European
Patent 0 406 688 B1 (March).
7. Kawanami, T., Shirasuna, S.,
Shirogane, S., and Segawa, A. 1992. An investigation of the characteristic of bonding
strength in titanium clad steel. Titanium
92 Science and Technology, Vol. II, Proceedings of a Symposium sponsored by the
Titanium Committee on Minerals, Metals &
Materials, Structural Metals Division. Held
at Seventh World Titanium Conference,
San Diego, Calif., edited by F. H. Froes and
I. L. Caplan, pp. 16091617 (June-July).
8. Pinkovskii, I. V., et al. 1988. Special
features of resistance welding VT1-0 titanium to low carbon steel. Welding International No. 3, pp. 241, 242.
9. Ramirez, J. E. 2012. Development of
joining technology for titanium-clad steel
plates. Internal communication at EWI.
10. Mitchell, D. R., and Kessler, H. D.
1961. Welding of titanium to steel. Welding
Journal 40(12): 546-s to 552-s.

11. Feige, N. G. 1979. Method of joining titanium clad steel plates. U.S. Patent
4,142,664 (March).
12. Konyukhov, A. V., Sannikov, V. I.,
Ivanov, B. V., Semenov, V. G.,
Martemyanova, Z. S., and Rossokhin, B.
G. 1982. Welding titanium-clad steel. Avt.
Svarka, No. 11, pp. 4346.
13. Semenov, B. G., et al. 1983. Examination of the possibilities of using plasma
sprayed refractory carbides as the dividing
layer in welding titanium-steel bimetal.
Translation No. VR/2905/85, Theoretical
Examination Application of Wear
Resistant Plasma Coatings in Practice.
Sverdlovsk, pp. 2731.
14. Enjyo, T., Ikeuchi, K., Iida, T., Kanai,
M., and Arata, Y. 1976. Diffusion welding
of Ti-15%Mo-5%Zr alloy to mild steel
(0.06%C). Transactions of JWRI 5(1):
6775.
15. Momono, T., Enjo, T., and Ikeuchi,
K. 1990. Effects of carbon content on the
diffusion bonding of iron and steel to titanium. ISIJ International 30(11): 978984.
16. Hasui, A., and Kira, Y. 1985.
Friction welding of titanium and carbon
steel. Transactions of the Japan Welding Society 16(1): 6469.
17. Branko, B. 1992. Composite weldable stud and method for using same. European Patent 0 478 166 A2 (April).
18. Zhang, Y. C., Nakagawa, H., and Matsuda, F. 1987. Proposal of new bonding technique instantaneous liquid phase (ILP)
bonding. Transactions of JWRI 16(1): 1729.
19. Arata, Y., Matsuda, F., and Harada,

S. 1975. Electron beam welding of carbon


steel and titanium sheets using Ag insert
metal. Transaction of JWRI 4(2): 7175.
20. Hume-Rothery, W. 1966. Acta Metallurgy 14(1): 1720.
21. Darken, L. S., and Gurry, R. W.
1953. Physical Chemistry of Metals. New
York, N.Y.: McGraw Hill, p. 86.
22. Marya, M., and Liu, S. 2001. Search
for filler metals for welding of ferrous
alloys to titanium. Science and Technology of
Welding and Joining 6(4): pp. 240246.
23. Miedema, A. R. 1975. Inorganic
Chemistry. Dordrech, North-Holland, pp.
163196.
24. Chelikowski, J. R., and Phillips, J. C.
1978. Phys. Rev. B 17B(6): 24532477.
25. Huismann, G. 2001. Energy based
synergistic MIG control system. IIW Doc.
212-1000-01.
26. Huismann, G. 1999. Introduction of
a new MIG process: Advantages and possibilities. IIW Doc. 212-952-99.
27. Huismann, G. 2000. Direct Control
of the material transfer: The controlled
short circuiting (CSC)-MIG process.
Proceedings on GMA for the 21st Century,
Orlando, Fla., pp. 165-172.
28. Huismann, G. 2002. Energy based
synergistic pulsed MIG control system.
Proceedings of Trends in Welding Research,
Pine Mountain, Ga.
29. Huismann, G. 2001. Advantages in
using the stick out for increasing the burn
off rate in gas metal arc welding. 7th International Symposium of Japan Welding Society. Kobe, Japan.

Call for Papers


JOM18
18th International Conference on Joining Materials
Institute for the Joining of Materials in association with IIW
Helsingr, Denmark, April 2629, 2015
Download the brochure detailing topics, expenses, and registration form at:

www.aws.org/wj/JOM-18-CallForPapers.pdf
Review the brochure for conference topics. E-mail a title and short abstract of your paper before Nov. 2, 2014.
You will receive author guidelines for preparation of the full paper by Nov. 30. The full paper for publication in the Conference Proceedings must be received by Jan. 15, 2015. E-mail to jom_aws@post10.tele.dk.

350-s WELDING JOURNAL / SEPTEMBER 2014, VOL. 93

WELDING RESEARCH

Analysis of the Local Stresses at


LaserWelded Lap Joints
Geometric eccentricity affects the tensile fatigue life of lap welds

BY K. D. LEE, K. I. HO, AND K. Y. PARK

stress, local stress concentration


around a notch, and crack initiation
and propagation. Hsu and Albright
Theoretical and numerical stress analyses were performed to understand
(Ref. 2) presented the fatigue analysis
local stress effect due to geometric eccentricity to estimate the fatigue life of
of laser-welded lap joints using Goland
laser-welded overlap joints of automotive thin steel sheets. Two thicknesses
and Reissners local stress equations,
and a nonzero root opening were used. The two-dimensional problem of the
which incorporate the shear and peelstress function within a laser-welded bead was solved in the form of a genering stresses. Zhang (Ref. 3) developed a
alized crosswise Fourier series. The nondimensional local stress factors with
method that predicted the maximum
respect to the remote tensile stress for twelve cases were compared at three
local stress of a laser-welded overlap
locations in a bead. The locations were chosen based on where local
weld by measuring the strains of the
maximum stresses occur; such points can cause failure during a fatigue test.
outer surface near a joint.
Hobbacher (Ref. 4) separated a
notch stress into membrane stress,
bending stress, and nonlinear stress
peak and suggested formulas of stress
KEYWORDS
concentration factors for misalignment
between flat panels as a closed form in
Local Stress Function Laser Welded Lap Joint Geometrical
terms of misalignment, thicknesses,
Eccentricity Crosswise Fourier Series Fatigue Strength
and lengths of two plates of a butt
Automotive Steel Sheet
joint. Tovo and Lazzarin (Ref. 5) investigated the relationship between the
structural stress and the local stress
Introduction
field by characterizing a notch opening angle and expressing
the stress components as an equation of two notch stress inUsing high-power lasers to weld lap joints has become
tensity factors. They suggested local stress and structural
more economically viable to create transportation body panstress close to the toe of single fillet weld geometry and douels. Laser welding transmits a relatively low heat input and
ble fillet weld geometry. Li, Orme, and Yu (Ref. 6)
results in a narrow weld bead compared to resistance spot
established an elasticity model of a V-groove butt-joint weld
welding. The high-cycle fatigue strength of lap joints of thin
by solving approximately the in-plane displacement filed
metal sheets depends on the joining process, types of alloys,
with the Ritz method and obtained a closed form relation
geometrical features of the component or structure, surface
between the overall Youngs modulus and those of
roughness, and defects such as porosity and cracks.
individual zone.
Although there have been many studies performed in this
Because of the complexity of local stress fields near or
area, the high-cycle fatigue assessment of laser-welded lap
within a laser weld, the finite element method (FEM) is
joints requires a more in-depth stress analysis and fatigue
widely used to obtain detailed local stresses; however, it is
tests because high-power lasers, new applications, and madifficult to estimate the effect of the structural parameters
terials such as high-strength steels and aluminum alloys
on the fatigue life using an FEM model. Wang (Ref. 7)
continue to develop.
predicted the fatigue resistance of a stitch laser weld using
The fatigue analysis by Radaj et al. (Ref. 1) was based on
an FEM model and a J-integral around a root opening,
local stress concepts, such as the structural or nominal
which was treated as a crack-like notch front. Cho et al. (Ref.

ABSTRACT

K. D. LEE (kdlee@iae.re.kr) is director, Institute for Advanced Engineering, Younginsi, Gyeonggido, Republic of Korea. K. I. HO (kiho@suwon.ac.kr) is professor,
Department of Mechanical Engineering, Suwon University, Hwaseongsi, Gyeonggido, Republic of Korea. K. Y. PARK (young@iae.re.kr) is senior researcher, In
stitute for Advanced Engineering, Younginsi, Gyeonggido, Republic of Korea.

SEPTEMBER 2014 / WELDING JOURNAL 351-s

WELDING RESEARCH

Fig. 1 Tensileshear fatigue specimen.

Fig. 2 Stress distribution at the boundary of a weld bead.

Table 1DOE for the Numerical Analysis

Fig. 3 Freebody diagram depicting loading and three loca


tions of A, B, and C.

8) predicted the fatigue life curves of a laser-welded lap joint


of steel sheets, where the FEM model included the effect of
the thermal residual stresses due to the laser welding. Ye
and Moan (Ref. 9) predicted the fatigue strength and initiation area of an aluminum box-stiffener lap joint by calculating the stress concentration factors using FEM.
Anand et al. (Ref. 10) experimentally obtained a fatigue
ratio (the ratio of fatigue limit to tensile strength) of 0.4 for
a laser-welded butt joint that combined 1.5- and 0.9-mm
steel sheets. Moreover, Lee et al. (Ref. 11) experimentally
obtained a fatigue ratio of 0.073 for a laser-welded lap joint
that combined 2.0- and 1.5-mm stainless steel sheets.
Despite the different materials and the different
thicknesses, the large difference between the fatigue ratios
of the butt and lap joints is readily apparent.
To model such a large reduction in the fatigue limit of
laser-welded lap joints, many studies adapted the notch
stress concept, which considers the root opening as a
fictitious root notch. Eibl et al. (Ref. 12) evaluated the notch
stress by replacing the root opening by a fictitious notch
with a 0.05-mm radius to model the extenuation in the
fatigue strength of a laser-welded lap joint with complete
penetration.
Zhang et al. (Ref. 13) predicted the fatigue lives of laserwelded lap welds using the shell theory and assuming the
root opening to be a fictitious root notch with a 0.05-mm radius. Using the shell theory, the structural stress at the
outer surface increased to four times greater than the nominal (average) stress in the thick and thin sheet. The
combined stress concentration factor due to the fictitious
notch effect was then used as the basis of the structural
stress at the outer surface from the shell theory to reduce
the relatively large scattering between the different
thickness combination and the same thickness combination.
In this study, a more detailed theoretical stress analysis on
a laser-welded lap joint was performed, and the local stress
value and the high-cycle fatigue strength are presented. The
high-cycle fatigue strength was calculated because Lee et al.
352-s WELDING JOURNAL / SEPTEMBER 2014, VOL. 93

2gt1

0.0
0.1
0.2

t2t1

1.0

1.1

E1(A,B,C)
E5(A,B,C)
E9(A,B,C)

E2(A,B,C)
E6(A,B,C)
E10(A,B,C)

1.2

1.3

E3(A,B,C)
E7(A,B,C)
E11(A,B,C)

E4(A,B,C)
E8(A,B,C)
E12(A,B,C)

Table 2 Comparison of the Fatigue Stresses at 5 106 Cycles between a


ButtJoint Weld and a LapJoint Weld from Eibl et al. (Ref. 12) and Their
Calculated LSF
Material
GD AlSi10Mg
T6
AlMg4.5Mn

Joint

Thickness
(mm)

Cycles (x106)

Stress (MPa) LSF

butt
lap

3.0/3.0
3.0/3.0

5.0
5.0

38.4
9.0

4.3

butt
lap

1.5/1.5
1.5/1.5

5.0
5.0

43.1
9.0

4.8

(Ref. 11) had observed that the local stress effect at the weld
bead of a laser-welded lap joint cannot be neglected, even if
the flexural deformation from the gripping misalignment is
negligible. Both the geometric eccentricity at the lap joint and
the thickness ratio influence the local stress distribution
within or around the weld bead during the tensile-shear
fatigue loading. Numerical calculations were performed to obtain the detailed stress distribution within a weld bead by solving the two-dimensional problem using crosswise Fourier series for the stress functions. The boundary conditions of the
weld bead were derived by assuming a linear deformation
caused by a rotation of the lap-jointed weld bead in the form
of an explicit nondimensional equation. The distribution of
the ratios of the local stresses relative to the remote uniform
tensile stress [local stress factor (LSF)] in the weld bead was
obtained for 12 cases, where two parameters, the thickness
ratio and the root opening ratio, were varied (four thickness
ratios and three root opening ratios). The local maximum candidates of the LSF at three locations were compared to select
the maximum value of the LSF for each case; at these
locations, a failure was most likely to occur during the fatigue
testing (i.e., candidates for hot spots).

WELDING RESEARCH
A

Theoretical Analysis

The two-dimensional problem of the stress function was


solved in the form of a crosswise Fourier series within a
weld bead of a fatigue specimen because failure during a fatigue test was typically observed around the weld bead and
the heat-affected zone (HAZ).

Design of Experiment for Analysis


A welded (tensile-shear) fatigue specimen is shown in
Fig. 1. Two sheets with different thicknesses were welded by
a laser into a lap joint. The sheet thicknesses are denoted by
t1 and t2, where t2 is equal to or greater than t1. The root
opening size is denoted by 2g. The weld bead width is
denoted by 2w. In the numerical analysis, 2w was 1 mm and
t1 was 1.5 mm.
The design of experiment (DOE) for the numerical analysis is given in Table 1, where three parameters were used.
Two of the parameters were t2 t1 and 2g t1, which are the
nondimensional geometrical parameters of the weld bead.
The third parameter was the location denoted by A, B, or C,
which is shown in Fig. 2. Locations A and B are candidates
for the occurrence of local maximum normal stress in the
boundary of the thin sheet and the thick sheet, respectively.
Location C is at the center of the root opening and the weld
bead width, which is where a local maximum shear stress
will occur. Twelve numerical experiments (E1E12) were
performed, and the LSFs were calculated at the three
locations (A, B, C).

Boundary Conditions
Because the high-cycle fatigue was to be considered, all
local stresses were calculated assuming elastic deformation.
Geometrical defects, including notches and thermal residual stresses, were not considered in this study. It was
assumed that the mechanical and metallurgical properties
of the base materials and the weld bead were within the
same tolerance. Superposition of the stresses was applicable within the weld bead.
The tensile-shear specimen was loaded in a two-step
process: gripping and tensile-shear loading. When a
specimen with a lap joint is gripped during a fatigue test, a
flexural deformation generally occurs due to the geometrical

Fig. 4 Distribution of Sx, Sy, Sxy in the case of Equation 9. A


Sx; B Sy; C Sxy.

eccentricity of the two sheets at the weld bead.


A free-body diagram around the weld bead during tensileshear loading with a grip misalignment is shown in Fig. 3,
where F is a remote load activated by a fatigue machine. A
remote load applies a uniform average stress (remote
uniform tensile stress) and a shear stress through the bead
width in the load direction. When the tensile-shear loading
begins, the transverse (vertical) shear force at the end grips
can be removed by adding spacers with the same thickness
at each grip. The relationship between the parameters, such
as the flexural moments, Mg1 and Mg2, the axial force, F, and
the eccentricities, e1 and e2, measured from the center of the
thickness of each sheet at the end grips, is shown in
Equation 1. The flexural moments, shear forces, and eccentricities at the end grips, such as Mg1, Mg2, Vg1, Vg2, e1, and
e2, could be solved in terms of V, F, M1, M2, and l. However,
because the distance between the end grip and the weld
bead, l (40 mm), is so long that the specimen is flexible to
bend, the Euler beam bending theory can be applied to the
specimen between the end grip and the weld bead.
Therefore, the parameters at the end grips do not need to be
calculated when the stress analysis at the weld bead is
performed and this paper focuses on the solution for the
stresses at the weld bead, where fatigue failure would occur.

SEPTEMBER 2014 / WELDING JOURNAL 353-s

WELDING RESEARCH
A

Fig. 5 The LSFs at three locations: A Sx; B Sy; C Sxy; D Sx, Sy, Sxy at A and C for the root opening ratio 0.2.

Vg 1 = Vg 2 = V

M g 1 + Fe1 = M 1 Vl
M g 2 + Fe2 = M2 Vl
(t + t )

M g 1 + M g 2 = F 1 2 e1 e2
2

(1)

After the tensile-shear loading begins within the elastic


range without a grip misalignment, the geometric eccentricity
around a weld bead will cause the weld bead to rotate. This rotation, , creates the moments and vertical forces at the weld
bead. The moments due to the rotation of the weld bead generate the tensile and compressive local stresses in the vertical
sections of the weld bead, as the remote load results in an
axial, nonuniform elongation through the thickness of the
sheets according to the grip movement. The tensile and compressive stresses are superimposed on the uniform remote
stress. From the force and moment equilibrium, Equation 2
can be derived.
M1 + M2 + 2wV = (0.5(t1 + t2) + 2g)F

(2)

Equation 3 can be obtained using the Euler beam bending


theory. As for the boundary condition, it was assumed that the
sum of the deflection at the left side of the weld bead (Section
2) and the deflection at the right side of the weld bead
(Section 1) is approximately zero because the bead moves up
and down together, and the deflection caused by the rotation
of the weld bead is negligible within the elastic limit.

354-s WELDING JOURNAL / SEPTEMBER 2014, VOL. 93

Vl
M
Vl
M
+ 2
+ 1 =0
3EI 2 EI 2 3EI 1 EI 1

(3)

Equation 4 can be obtained by assuming that the slope


(absolute value) at the left side of the weld bead (Section 2)
is equal to the slope at the right side of the weld bead
(Section 1) because the elastic deformation is in the range of
the fatigue limit.
Vl
M
Vl
M

+ 2 =
+ 1
(4)
2EI 2 EI 2
2EI 1 EI 1
By solving the three equations, M1, M2, and V can be expressed by F and the geometric parameters.

1
g
t
1+ 2 + 2

2
t1
t1

t1 F
V=
5 1 I2 I1
w l

+ +2

l
6 12 I 1 I 2
1
t 2 g 5 1 I1
t1 1 + 2 +

2
t1 t1 12 12 I 2

M1 =
F
5 1 I2 I1
w

6 12 I + I + 2 l

1
2
1
t2 2 g 5 1 I 2
t1 1 + +

t1 t1 12 12 I 1
2
M2 =
F
5 1 I2 I1
w

6 12 I + I + 2 l

1
2

(5)

WELDING RESEARCH
A

Fig. 6 The LSF equivalents for the plane strain and plane stress conditions. A Seq,1; B Seq,2; C Seq,1 and Seq,2 at three locations
for a root opening ratio of 0.2; D Seq,2.

As for the boundary conditions, the local stresses from


Sections 1 and 2 are given in Equation 6 in an explicit form
from the Euler beam bending theory. The normal stress at the
vertical cross section can be obtained by superimposing the
normal stress from the bending moment due to the geometrical misalignment onto the uniform nominal stress from the
remote axial force. The shear stresses at the vertical cross section can be approximated to be uniformly distributed through
the vertical axis. Furthermore, it is assumed in this paper that
these shear stresses are comparatively negligible because they
were within 10% of the normal stresses when the thickness
ratio was less than 1.3.
x1 =

M1
( y + ( g + 0.5t1 )) + F
I1
12.5 t1

x2 =

M2
( y ( g + 0.5t2 )) + F
I2
12.5 t2

xy 1 =

(12.5 t1 )

xy 2 =

(12.5 t2 )

for the thin sheet

4
x 4
x =

for the thick sheet

for the thin sheet

for the thick sheet

stress distribution around the weld bead, the crosswise


Fourier series solutions suggested by Timoshenko (Ref. 14)
was used within the weld bead, whose cross section was assumed to be a rectangular narrow beam, as shown in Fig. 2.
Equations 7 and 8 are the partial differential equations
representing the stress function that can be satisfied by superimposing a single Fourier series in the x and y directions
for finite rectangles.

(6)

Analytical Solution within a Weld Bead


The stress distribution around the weld bead was evaluated to identify where the maximum stress was located,
which is where fatigue failure would occur. To evaluate the

2
y

+2

4
x 2 y2

y =

2
x

4
y4

=0

xy =

2
x y

(7)

(8)

The generalized crosswise Fourier series solution for the


stress function is expressed as Equation A1 or expanded in
Equation A2 in the Appendix. Thus, the stresses derived by
substituting the stress function from Equation A1 to Equation 8 are as in Equation A3.
The above theoretical equations were applied to a weld
bead, where Equation 6 was used as the boundary condition,
which is isolated. A rectangular coordinate system was used, as
shown in Fig. 2. Due to the bending effects from the eccentrically applied remote tensile forces at the ends of plates, the
stresses at the upper-right vertical surface (Section 2) and the
lower-left vertical surface (Section 1) were assumed to be a
combination of the uniform normal stress and the linear norSEPTEMBER 2014 / WELDING JOURNAL 355-s

WELDING RESEARCH

Fig. 7 SN curves for mild steel, STS301L, GDAlSi10MgT6


from Refs. 8, 11, 12, and 18. A Mild steel (UWS): calculated
by Equation 11 with LSF = 1 (Ref. 8); B mild steel (plane
strain): calculated by Equation 11 with LSF = 2.0 (plane strain
condition); C mild steel (plane stress): calculated by Equation
11 with LSF = 3.3 (plane stress condition); D mild steel (butt):
R = 0, 30 Hz, t1 = 0.9 mm, width of specimen = 7 mm (Ref. 18); E
mild steel (lap): R = 0, 10 Hz, t2/t1 = 1.0/1.0, width of speci
men = 40 mm, 2w = 0.8~2.0 mm (Ref. 8); F STS301L(lap): R =
0, 20 Hz, t2/t1 = 2.0/1.5, width of specimen = 12.5 mm, 2w = 1.0
mm (Ref. 11); G GDAl (butt): R = 0, 25~35 Hz, t1 = 3.0 mm,
width of specimen = 30.0 mm, 2w = 3 mm (Ref. 12); H GDAl
(lap): R = 0, 25~35 Hz, t2/t1 = 3.0/3.0, width of specimen = 30.0
mm, 2w = 2~4 mm (Ref. 12).

mal stress. The origin of the coordinate system is at the center


of the root opening. In the root opening surface between the
upper and lower plates, the normal stresses are zero. At the
top and bottom horizontal surfaces, at y = p, the normal and
shear stresses are zero and can be expressed as follows.
The boundary conditions applied at the finite rectangle
are given in Equation A4. From the boundary conditions, we
derived all the coefficients of the stress components as in
Equation A5. Because all the coefficients in the above stress
components are coupled to each other, they can be
determined through a numerical iteration method with the
initial conditions.

Result and Discussion


Local Stress Factors in a Weld Bead
The local stress factors are defined by the ratios of the
local stresses relative to the remote uniform tensile stress in
the thin sheet (t1) and denoted by Sx, Sy, Sxy, which were calculated for the twelve cases.
Sx = x /

Sy = y /

)(

)(

Equivalent LSF for Multiaxial Stress States

S xy = xy /

2
Seq,1 = 1 + 2 S x2 + S 2y 1 + 2 2 2 S x S y + 3S xy

for the plane strain condition


0.5
2

2
Seq,2 = 0.5 S x S y + S x2 + S 2y + 3S xy

for the plane stress condition


356-s WELDING JOURNAL / SEPTEMBER 2014, VOL. 93

where is the remote uniform tensile stress in the thin


sheet and is Poissons ratio. As a fatigue failure criterion,
Seq,1 and Seq,2 are the von Mises equivalent stresses normalized by for the plane strain and plane stress conditions,
respectively (Refs. 1517).
Each case in Table 1 has one numerical data set. The numerical calculations for the 12 cases produce 12 sets of the
local stresses. The numerical results of the LSF distribution
for Equation 9 are shown in Fig. 4. The points A and B are
the local maximums of Sx, and point C is the local minimum
of Sxy. The locations of the maximum and minimum of Sy
were slightly different from those of Sx.
Numerical results for the LSFs at the three locations are
given in Fig. 5 for the various thickness and root opening ratios. When the thickness ratio is one, the LSFs at A and B
should be equal to within a numerical error. A notation of
each curve in Fig. 5 represents the location and root opening
ratio. For example, A0.1 represents the LSF curve for
location A with a root opening ratio of 0.1.
The normal stress in the x direction, Sx, is shown in Fig.
5A. As the thickness ratio increased, Sx increased at A (in the
thin sheet) but decreased at B (in the thick sheet). For example, A0.2 increased from 4.5 to 5.8 and B0.2 decreased from
4.5 to 3.8. The larger root opening ratio resulted in a larger
Sx at both the A and B locations. For example, Sx at A
increased from 5.0 to 5.8 when the TR was 1.3 and the GR
was zero, and Sx at C was between 1.0 and 1.9, which was
much lower than at A or B. When the TR was larger than 1.0,
Sx at A was always greater than at B.
The normal stress in the y direction, Sy, is shown in Fig.
5B. As the thickness ratio increased, Sy increased at A but
decreased at B. For example, A0.2 increased from 3.6 to 5.4
and B0.2 decreased from 3.6 to 2.3. As the root opening
ratio increased, Sy increased at both A and B, which indicates
that the peeling stress was greater in the y direction.
However, Sy at C was nearly zero and did not change much,
even as the thickness or root opening ratio increased.
Figure 5C shows Sxy, which is negative within a weld
bead. A local minimum of Sxy was at location C, and at A and
B, Sxy was almost zero. As the thickness ratio increased, the
absolute value of Sxy increased. For example, the absolute
value of C0.2 increased from 2.1 to 2.4. As the root opening
ratio became larger, the absolute value of Sxy increased. For
example, the absolute value of Sxy at C increased from 1.8 to
2.4 when a thickness ratio of 1.3 was used.
The maximum LSFs for the different thickness ratios are
shown in Fig. 5D, where the root opening ratio was 0.2. The
solid lines are the LSFs for A0.2, and the dotted lines are the
LSFs for C0.2. For A0.2, Sx and Sy were positive, whereas Sxy
was almost zero, but for C0.2, Sy was almost zero, Sx was
positive, and Sy was negative.

(9)

0.5

Both Seq,1 and Seq,2, as defined in Equation 9, are the


equivalent local stress factors for the plane strain and plane
stress conditions, respectively, which were calculated from
the LSFs and used as a criterion to estimate the fatigue life
under the multiaxial stress state in the weld bead.
Figure 6A shows Seq,1 for the various thicknesses and
root opening ratios from Table 1. The plane strain condition

WELDING RESEARCH
can be applied to the center sections of the weld bead
sections. For the plane strain condition in the center
section, Seq,1 had a local maximum at C, which was between
3.2 and 4.2; another local maximum occurred at A or B,
which was between 1.7 and 2.4.
Figure 6B shows Seq,2 for the various thicknesses and
root opening ratios from Table 1. The plane stress condition
can be applied to the edge side sections of the weld bead sections. For the plane stress condition in the edge-side
section, Seq,2 at A and C increased as the thickness ratio increased, but the value at A was always larger than at C. However, Seq,2 at B decreased as the thickness ratio increased.
For example, A0.2 increased from 4.0 to 5.6, C0.2 increased
from 3.7 to 4.3, and B0.2 decreased from 4.0 to 3.2.
Figure 6C gives Seq,1 and Seq,2 when the root opening
ratio was 0.2. Both A0.2Seq,2 and B0.2Seq,2 were much larger
than A0.2Seq,1 and B0.2Seq,1; however, C0.2Seq,1 and
C0.2Seq,2 were essentially equal and close to A0.2Seq,2, which
was the largest value. When the thickness ratio was one, the
difference between A0.2Seq,2 and C0.2Seq,2 (or C0.2Seq,1) was
less than 0.3. Therefore, fatigue failure would initiate at A in
the edge-side sections if it was assumed that no defect was
present in the weld bead. However, when the thickness ratio
is near one, the probability of fatigue failure in the shear
mode at C in all the sections should be checked.
For the plane stress condition in the edge-side sections,
Fig. 6D gives Seq,2 for all the thicknesses and root opening
ratios. As the thickness ratio or root opening ratio
increased, Seq,2 increased. At A, Seq,2 increased more rapidly
than Seq,2 at C. When the root opening ratio was 0 or 0.1
and the thickness ratio was one, the difference between Seq,2
at A and Seq,2 at C was so small that fatigue failure would initiate at both A and C in the edge-side sections. When the
thickness ratio was larger than one, fatigue failure would
initiate only at A in the edge-side sections because A0Seq,2,
A0.1Seq,2, and A0.2Seq,2 were larger than C0Seq,2, C0.1Seq,2,
and C0.2Seq,2, respectively.
If there are no additional stress concentrations due to a
root notch around the weld bead or other defects inside the
weld bead, then the local stress factors and the locations
where fatigue failure might initiate can be predicted, which
can then be used in predicting the fatigue life.

Fatigue Strength of a Lap Joint


Without any defects in the weld bead, fatigue failure
would occur at either location A, B, or C, wherever the LSF
has the local maximum value. When the von Mises equivalent stress reaches a criterion for fatigue failure, the location
and its LSF value at the fatigue failure can be found in Fig. 6.
The fatigue strength, SN, lap, of a lap joint can be calculated
from Equation 10 in terms of the fatigue strength, SN, of the
sheet material and the maximum of the equivalent LSFs
(such as Seq,2 in Fig. 6D). Afterward, SN, lap can be modified
by the fatigue notch factor or by other correction factors.
SN ,lap =

SN

max LSFeq

(10)

According to Fig. 6C, fatigue failure occurred at location


A when the thickness ratio was not one. When the thickness
ratio was 1 and the root opening ratio was 0.2, the
maximum value of Seq,2 was 4.1, which indicates that the lap
joint will fail at the fatigue limit 4.1 times lower than its
base materials if there is no notch effect. When the
thickness ratio was 1.3 and the root opening ratio was 0.2,
the maximum Seq,2 was 5.6 at A.
If the fatigue strength of a butt joint, SN, butt, of the sheet
material is known, Equation 11 is useful for getting the
fatigue strength of a lap joint because the experimental fatigue strength of a butt joint already has the fatigue notch
factor or other correction factors, including the metallurgical change.
SN ,lap =

SN ,butt

max LSFeq

(11)

For example, Fig. 7 shows typical S-N curves obtained


from Refs. 8, 11, 12, and 18. The vertical axis is the fatigue
stress ratio (FR), which is defined as the ratio of the
activated fatigue stress at the number of cycles to the
ultimate tensile strength of the specimen, and the parallel
axis is the number of reversals (2N), where both axes are
displayed on a logarithmic scale.
The S-N curve of mild steel is shown as mild st (UWS) in
Fig. 7, which is calculated by the relation between fatigue
life and ultimate tensile strength in Ref. 8. It depicts the fatigue strength, SN, of mild steel (the unwelded specimen)
when FR = 0.9 at 2N = 103 and FR = 0.5 at 2N = 106. For lapjoint mild steel, Equation 12 is derived from Equation 10
and the relation in Ref. 8. The new S-N curves of the lapjoint specimens without defects were obtained for two
equivalent LSF results, 2.0 (at A0 or B0 of the plane strain
condition in Fig. 6A) and 3.3 (at A0 or B0 or C0 of the plane
stress condition in Fig. 6B) by calculating the fatigue
strength, SN, lap, from Equation 12. They are shown as mild
st (plane strain) and mild st (plane stress) in Fig. 7.

SN ,lap mild steel =

1.62Su N -0.08509

max LSFeq

(12)

An experimental S-N curve of lap joint mild steel (Ref. 8) is


given as mild st (lap) in Fig. 7 when TR = 1 and GR = 0.0 with
a strip specimen of 40 mm width. Another experimental S-N
curve of a butt joint mild steel for R = 0 and 15 Hz (Ref. 18) is
shown as mild st(butt) in Fig. 7 when a tensile specimen has
0.9 mm thickness and 7-mm specimen width. Calculated LSF
results were between 2.0 and 2.8, which exhibited a good correlation with the S-N curve of equivalent LSF 2.0 at A0 or B0
for TR = 1 and plane strain condition in Fig. 6A.
An experimental S-N curve of a lap joint of STS301L (Ref.
11) gives very low FR (0.07 at 106 cycles) when R = 0 at 20
Hz using a tensile-shear specimen with TR = 1.3 and GR =
0.1 in Fig. 1. This corresponds to the equivalent LSF 5.0 at
A0.1 of plane stress condition in Fig. 6B.
The experimental S-N curves of butt and lap joints of
GD-AlSi10Mg-T6 show very low fatigue stress ratio when R
SEPTEMBER 2014 / WELDING JOURNAL 357-s

WELDING RESEARCH
= 0 at 25~35 Hz using a 30-mm-wide specimen with TR =
3.0/3.0 and GR = 0.2 (Ref. 12). Although the welds of GDAlSi10Mg-T6 seem to have many defects or degradation, the
LSF result between FRs of a lap joint and a butt joint is
about 4.2~4.4, which exhibited a good correlation with
LSF4.1 at A0.2 of TR = 1 and the plane stress condition in
Fig. 6D.
In Eibl (Ref. 12), the fatigue strength results of the butt
and lap joints with complete penetration of two aluminum
sheets were obtained. Comparisons between the fatigue
strength of a laser-welded butt joint in Appendix A and a
laser-welded lap joint in Appendix B are shown in Table 2.
Calculated LSF results (LSF4.3 and LSF4.8) exhibited a good
correlation with LSF4.1 (at A0 of TR = 1 in Fig. 6B) of the
same thicknesses if a small root opening is assumed.
In Zhang et al. (Ref. 13), the discrepancy of the
experimental fatigue data between the different thickness
combinations and the same thickness combinations could be
explained by introducing the LSF before the fictitious root
notch radius because the notch effect was added by
introducing the mixed parameter, Pa, as the combined stress
intensity factor. Afterward, the notch effect due to welding
defects could be superimposed on the LSF results.

Summary and Conclusions


1. The local stress factors in the weld bead of a lap joint
created by laser beam welding were numerically obtained
and displayed in graphs according to the nondimensional
variations of the thickness ratio, root opening ratio, and
three candidate locations.
2. The two-dimensional differential equation of the
stress functions was solved in a generalized crosswise
Fourier series. The boundary condition of the weld bead
after tensile loading was derived theoretically in the nondimensional form by assuming a weld bead rotation caused by
the geometrical eccentricity and a linear deformation
through the thickness.
3. The stress fields within the weld bead of a lap joint
were obtained according to the thickness ratio and the root
opening ratio. The maximum stress in the loading direction
or in the transverse direction occurred at the corner, near
the root opening of the thin sheet, but the maximum shear
stress occurred at the center of the weld bead. All the maximum stress components increased as the thickness ratio
and/or the root opening ratio became larger.
4. Note that when a fatigue evaluation is under consideration, the tensile-shear effect in a lap-joint weld dramatically increases both the maximum normal stresses in the loading and
transverse directions as well as the shear stresses near the root
opening, which should not be neglected.
5. The equivalent local stress factors were taken as a criterion for the fatigue life estimation, and the comparisons
of the LSFs with the experimental results in other studies
on the fatigue life resulted in excellent correlations.
Acknowledgments
The authors would like to thank the Institute for Advanced
Engineering (IAE) for providing partial financial support.
358-s WELDING JOURNAL / SEPTEMBER 2014, VOL. 93

References

1. Radaj, D., Sonsino, C. M., and Fricke, W. 2009. Recent developments in local concepts of fatigue assessment of welded joints.
International Journal of Fatigue (31): 211.
2. Hsu, C., and Albright, C. E. 1991. Fatigue analysis of laser
welded lap joints. Engineering Fracture Mechanics 39(3): 575580.
3. Zhang, S. 2002. Stresses in laser-beam-welded lap joints determined by outer surface strains. Welding Journal 81(1): 14-s to
18-s.
4. Hobbacher, A. 1996. Fatigue design of welded joints and
components. pp. 115, 116. Abington Publishing.
5. Tovo, R., and Lazzarin, P. 1999. Relationship between local
and structural stress in the evaluation of the weld toe stress distribution. International Journal of Fatigue 21: 10631078.
6. Li, L., Orme, K., and Yu, W. 2005. Effect of joint design on
mechanical properties of Al7075 weldment. Journal of Material Engineering and Performance 14(3): 322326.
7. Wang, P. C. 1995. Fracture mechanics parameter for the
fatigue resistance of laser weld. International Journal of Fatigue
17(1): 2534.
8. Cho, S. K., Yang, Y. S., Son, K. J., and Kim, J. Y. 2004. Fatigue
strength in laser welding of the lap joint. Finite Elements in Analysis
and Design 40: 10591070.
9. Ye, N., and Moan, T. 2002. Fatigue and static behavior of aluminum box-stiffener lap joint. International Journal of Fatigue 24:
581589.
10. Anand, D., Chen, D. L., Bhole, S. D., Andreychuk, P., and
Boudreau, G. 2006. Fatigue behavior of tailor (laser)-welded blanks
for automotive applications. Materials Science and Engineering A
420: 199207.
11. Lee, K. D., Park, K. Y., and Ho, K. I. 2008. Stress analysis of
stainless steel overlap joining panel by laser welding for fatigue life
estimation. Materials Science Forum, pp. 515518.
12. Eibl, M., Sonsino, C. M., Kaufmann, H., and Zhang, G. 2003.
Fatigue assessment of laser welded thin sheet aluminum. International Journal of Fatigue 25: 719731.
13. Zhang, G., Eibl, M., Singh, S., Hahn, O., and Kurzok Jr.
2002. Methods of predicting the fatigue lives of laser-beam welded
lap welds subjected to shear stresses. Welding and Cutting 2:
96103.
14. Timoshenko, S. P., and Goodier, J. N. 1970. Theory of Elasticity. pp. 3539, McGraw-Hill Book Co.
15. Kurath, P. 1997. Multiaxial fatigue criteria for spot welds.
SAE PT-67. pp. 143153.
16. Findley, W. N. 1959. A theory for the effect of mean stress
on fatigue of metal under combined torsion and axial loading or
bending. Journal of Engineering for Industry, 301306.
17. Stephans, R. I., Fatemi, A., Stephans, R. R., and Fuchs, H.
2001. Metal Fatigue in Engineering. pp. 318328. John Wiley &
Sons Inc.
18. Oh, T. Y., Kwon, Y. K. Lee, C. J., and Kwak, D. S. 2000. The fatigue behavior of tailored welded blank sheet metal by laser beam.
Journal of the Korean Society of Machine Tool Engineers 9(4): 4855.

Appendix
List of Symbols
t1, t2: thickness of the thin and thick sheets, respectively
g: half of the root opening size
w: half of the width of the weld bead
l: distance between the end grip and the weld bead
F: applied remote load

WELDING RESEARCH
V: transverse load at the weld bead
M1, M2: moment at the weld bead
: rotation angle of the weld bead
I1, I2: moment of inertia at the cross section of the two
sheets,t1 and t2, respectively
x1, x1: local stresses in sections 1 and 2
: stress function
x, y, xy: normal and shear stresses in the twodimensional x-y space
LSF: local stress factor defined by the ratio of the local normal (or shear) stress to the remote uniform tensile stress
() for a thin thickness
Sx=x : LSF for the normal stress in the x axis
Sy=y : LSF for the normal stress in the y axis
Sxy=xy : LSF for the shear stress in the x-y plane
Seq,1: LSF for the equivalent stress for the plane strain
condition
Seq,2: LSF for the equivalent stress for the plane stress
condition
SN,lap: Fatigue strength at the number of cycles N for a lap
joint
Su: Ultimate tensile strength
TR: thickness ratio defined by t2 (thick sheet) divided by t1
(thin sheet)
GR: root opening ratio defined by 2g (root opening size) divided by t1 (thin sheet thickness)
LO: location where fatigue failure may occur
m: Poissons ratio

+ m=1 cos(m x ) g 1IIm + sin(m x ) g 2IIm

y = A0 + n=1 cos( n y ) f 1IIn + sin( n y ) f 2IIn

+ m=1 2m cos(m x ) g 1m 2m sin(m x ) g 2m

xy = C0 n=1 n sin( n y ) f 1In + n cos( n y ) f 2In

m=1 m sin(m x ) g 1I m + m cos(m x ) g 2I m

x ( w,y ) = x 1
=0

(A3)

for t1 g y g
for g < y g + t2

x ( w,y ) = x 2 for g y g + t 2
=0

for g t1 y < g

xy ( w,y ) = 0

for g t1 y g + t2

xy ( w,y ) = 0

for g t1 y g + t2

y ( x , p ) = 0 , xy ( x , p ) = 0 for w x w
x ( x ,p ) = 0 , xy ( x ,p ) = 0

Equations
=

x = B0 + n=1 2n cos( n y ) f1n 2n sin( n y ) f2n

for w x w

(A4)

A0 2
B
x + C0 xy + 0 y 2
2
2

+ cos( n y ) f1n ( x ) + sin( an y ) f2n ( x )


n= 1

+ cos(m x ) g 1m ( y ) + sin(m x ) g 1m ( y )

(A1)

m= 1

A0 2
B
x + C0 xy + 0 y 2
2
2

A1n cosh( n x ) + A2n sinh( an x )


cos( an y )

+ A3n x cosh( n x ) + A4n xsinh( an x )



+ n= 1

B1n cosh( n x ) + B2n sinh( n x )

sin( an y )

+ B3n x cosh( n x ) + B4n xsinh( n x )

K K
2n 2 5n ( cosh( n c ) + an c sinh( n c )) 2R1n c cosh( n c )
n

A2n =
sinh( 2 n c ) 2 n c
K2n K5n

cosh( n c ) + 2R1n sinh( n c )


2n

A3n =
sinh( 2 n c ) 2 n c
K2n + K5n

2R5n sinh( n c )

2n

A4n =
sinh( 2 n c ) + 2 n c

C1m cosh(m y ) + C2m sinh(m y )



cos(m x )

+C3m ycosh(m y ) + C4m y sinh(m y )

+ m= 1

D1m cosh(m y ) + D2m sinh(m y )

+ sin(m x )

+ D3m ycosh(m y ) + D4m y sinh(m y )

where an =

K2n + K5n
( sinh( n c ) + n c cosh( n c ))
2R5n
2n

A1n =
sinh( 2 n c ) + 2 n c

n
m
, m =
, and n and m are integers
p
p

2p = p1 + p2 = ( t1 + g ) + ( t2 + g )

(A2)

SEPTEMBER 2014 / WELDING JOURNAL 359-s

WELDING RESEARCH

K3n + K6n
2R6n
( sinh( n c ) + n c cosh( n c ))
2n

B1n =
sinh( 2 n c ) + 2 n c
K K
3n 2 6n ( cosh( n c ) + an c sinh( n c )) 2R2n c cosh( n c )
n

B2n =
sinh( 2 n c ) 2 n c
K3n K 6n

cosh( n c ) + 2R2n sinh( n c )


n
B3n =
sinh( 2 n c ) 2 n c

a1

n cos( n ( p + t1 )) cos( n ( p ) )

1 b
K3n = 1 ( p + t1 ) cos( n ( p + t1 )) ( p ) cos( n ( p ) )

n
p
b

1
+

2 sin( n ( p + t1 )) sin( n ( p ) )
n

K3n + K 6n

2R6n n sinh( n c )

2
n

B4n =
sinh( 2 n c ) + 2 n c

C1m =

2R14m sinh(m p ) + m p cosh(m p )


sinh( 2m p ) + 2m p

2R9m p cosh(m p )
C2m =
sinh( 2m p ) 2m p
C3m =

2R9m sinh(m p )
sinh( 2m p ) 2m p

C4m =

2R14m sinh(m p )
sinh( 2m p ) + 2m p

a1

n sin( n ( p + t1 )) sin( n ( p ) )

1 b
K2n = + 1 ( p + t1 ) sin( n ( p + t1 )) ( p ) sin( n ( p ) )

n
p
b

1
+

2 cos ( n ( p + t1 )) cos ( n ( p ) )
n

a2

n sin( n p )) sin( n ( p t2 ))

1 b
K5n = + 2 p sin( n p ) ( p t2 ) sin( n ( p t2 ))

n
p
b

2
+

2 cos ( n p ) cos ( n ( p ) t2 )
n

a2

n cos( n p ) cos( n ( p t2 ))

1 b
K6n = 2 p sin( n p ) ( p t2 ) cos( n ( p t2 ))

n
p
b

2
+

2 sin( n p ) sin( n ( p t2 ))
n

R1n

D1m =

2R13m ( sinh(m p ) + m p cosh(m p ))


sinh( 2m p ) + 2m p

D2m =

2R10m p cosh(m p )
sinh( 2m p ) 2m p

D3m =

2R10m sinh(m p )
sinh( 2m p ) 2m p

4R13m tanh(m p )

2 2 1 + 2m p / sinh(m p )
m= 1 p 2
m + n

( 1)m+n m4

I
= f1n
(c )
R2n

m= 1

2
2m + 2n

I
= f2n
(c )
R5n

2R13m sinh(m p )
D4m =
sinh( 2m p ) + 2m p

4R13m tanh(m p )

2 2 1 + 2m p / sinh(m p )
m= 1 p 2
m + n

( 1)m+n m4

K
= f1 ( c ) + 25
n
R6n

( 1)m+n m

m= 1 p

2
2m + 2n

K
= f 2 ( c ) + 26
n

360-s WELDING JOURNAL / SEPTEMBER 2014, VOL. 93

4R10m tanh(m p )

1 2m p / sinh(m p )

( 1)m+n 2m n

4R13m tanh(m p )

1 2m p / sinh(m p )

WELDING RESEARCH

R9m

Publish Your
Research in the

2 K 3n + K 6n
tanh( n c )
4 R6n n
2
=

1 + 2 n c / sinh( n c )
2 2

n= 1 c 2
m + n

( 1)m+n 2n

WELDING
Journal

= g I1m ( p )
K + K 5n

4 R 2 2n
tanh( n c )
1)
n 5n n
(
2
R14m
=

1 + 2 n c / sinh( n c )
2 2

n= 1 c 2
m + n

= g 1m ( p )
m+ n

R10m

= mC
n= 1

and Youll Get

(2m + 2n )

Your published paper


posted on the AWS Web
site for FREE access
worldwide
(www.aws.org/w/a/
research/index.html)

The most recent Impact


Factor of 1.143

No page charges

Your paper printed in


full color

Electronic submission and


tracking through Editorial
Manager
(www.editorial
manager.com/wj)

Every research paper


published in the Welding
Journal since 1970
available FREE on the
AWS Web site
(www.aws.org/wj/
supplement/supplementindex.html)

m+ n

( 1)

n
2
2 2
n= 1 m c m + n

R13m

Your research sent to more


than 69,000 American
Welding Society members

( 1)m+n 2n

c
1

ctanh( n c ))

K3n K 6n tanh( n c ) n

2
2

2 + 2 + 2m

n m

+22 R tanh( c )

m 2n
n
2
= g I ( p)
2m
1 2 n c / sinh( n c )

c
1
ctanh( n c ))

K2n K 5n tanh ( n c ) n

2
2

2 + 2 + 2m


n m
n

2
2 +2m R1n tanh( n c )
= g ( p)

2m
1 2 n c / sinh( n c )

(A5)

By fa
far,
r, the most people, a
at the
least cost, will be exposed to
your research when you
publish in the world-respected
world-respected

W
Welding
elding Journal
SEPTEMBER 2014 / WELDING JOURNAL 361-s

WELDING RESEARCH

Heat Treatment and YbFiber Laser Welding


of a Maraging Steel
The influence of homogenization and solutionizing on an 18Ni(300) maraging steel
welded with a Ybfiber laser source are evaluated
BY L. FANTON, A. J. ABDALLA, AND M. S. FERNANDES de LIMA

ABSTRACT
Maraging steels are iron-nickel alloys having an unusual combination of high
mechanical strength and high toughness. In this work, the effects of laser welding and
postweld heat treatments have been analyzed. The fusion zone showed a cellular-dendritic morphology with a relatively low hardness (450 HV) compared to the heat-affected zones (HAZs) and base material (500 HV). The segregation in the fusion zone
increases the tendency of austenite phase formation during aging. The solutionized
and aged coupons presented the highest yield strength values (1890 MPa). Homogenization treatment showed to be effective on eliminating the as-cast dendritic
structure of the fusion zone, but decreased the yield strength to about 1350 MPa,
showing that this treatment should be used carefully. The welded specimens presented
tensile strength close to the unwelded specimens, demonstrating that the ytterbiumfiber laser welding of 18Ni-type maraging steels could be considered.

KEYWORDS
Laser Beam Welding Maraging Steels High-Strength Steels
Precipitation Hardening

Introduction
Maraging steels are a special class of
ultrahigh-strength steels that differ
from ordinary steels because they can
be hardened by a carbon-free metallurgical reaction (Ref. 1). The maraging
18Ni steel family was first developed in
the 1960s by the International Nickel
Co., containing the following main components: Ni (18.9%), Co (7%), Mo
(3.8%), and Fe (balance) (Ref. 2). This
alloy presented a body-centered-cubic
martensitic structure following the quasibinary Fe-Ni system that is very ductile in the annealed condition. Its
martensite has a high dislocation density with a good response to
precipitation hardening (Ref. 3). Upon
reheating at about 480C for 3 h, this

steel undergoes age hardening and produces high yield strength, although having just a small decrease in toughness.
Another important characteristic of this
steel is that martensite is formed from
the austenite even at very low cooling
rates, making it possible to treat large
parts (Ref. 2).
Maraging steels have a wide range
of applications, but they are
particularly suitable for nuclear and
aerospace areas due to their excellent
combination of high yield strength
and toughness (Ref. 4). These steels do
not experience significant dimensional
changes after aging, and their low carbon content also provides excellent dimensional stability during the austenite-martensite transformation.
Many studies (Refs. 510) had

demonstrated that the maraging steel


martensite could revert to austenite
during aging. If enough temperature
and time are given during aging, the
alloy tends to follow the
thermodynamic equilibrium and a percentage of martensite may be
transformed into ferrite and austenite
by a diffusion-controlled process. The
austenite formed this way is enriched
in nickel, since solubility of nickel is
higher in austenite than in ferrite.
After cooling, the reverted austenite
remains stable if its nickel content is
sufficiently high.
In most 18Ni maraging steels, the
amount of reverted austenite is
normally not significant after usual
heat treatments. Notwithstanding,
austenite reversion is usually seen in
the fusion zone of welds because of
microsegregation in the interdendritic
spaces. The elements cobalt and nickel
are referred to have a low partition coefficient in maraging steels. However,
molybdenum and titanium have high
solid-liquid partition coefficients and
are prone to segregate (Ref. 11).
Molybdenum is known by its effect on
acceleration of reverted austenite formation during aging (Ref. 6).
The reverted austenite formed in
the interdendritic areas could not be
hardened by aging, having inferior
strength and hardness compared to
the aged martensite. According to the
work of Venkateswara (Ref. 12), with
an 18Ni(250) maraging steel welded
by gas tungsten arc welding (GTAW),
homogenization treatment is capable
of eliminating the segregation effect in
the fusion zone.

L. FANTON (leofanton@gmail.com) is with the Universidade Estadual Paulista Julio de Mesquita Filho (UNESP), Brazil. A. J. ABDALLA
and M. S. FERNANDES de LIMA are with the Instituto de Estudos Avanados (DCTAIEAv), Brazil.

362-s WELDING JOURNAL / SEPTEMBER 2014, VOL. 93

WELDING RESEARCH
Table 1 Chemical Composition of the 18Ni
Maraging Steel
Element

Content (%)
(Alloy A)

C
Ni
Mo
Co
Al
Ti
Cu
Ca
Zr
S
P
Si
Mn
Cr

0.008
19.12
4.94
9.66
0.089
0.77
0.076

0.002
0.008
0.07
0.011
0.043

Content (%)
(Alloy B)
0.01
17.85
4.96
9.32
0.14
0.8

0.04
<0.01
0.007
0.002
0.05
0.01
0.04

Table 2 Welding Parameters for Initial Tests


Sample

Fig. 1 Photo of the laser welding system used.

Laser Scanning Speed


(cm/min)

1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8 (preaged)
9 (preaged)
10 (preaged)
11 (preaged)

Fig. 2 Tensile test specimen dimensions.

Maraging steel has been usually


welded with GTA and plasma arc welding (PAW) with filler metal additions
(Refs. 1315). Meshram (Ref. 16)
recently showed that friction stir welding (FSW) also has potential for joining maraging steels for aerospace applications. In fact, maraging steels
have demonstrated good weldability in
a variety of welding techniques,
including laser welding. Van Rooyen
(Ref. 14) demonstrated that a Grade
250 maraging steel can be welded with
CO2 and Nd:YAG lasers; however, he
showed this to be very sensitive to the
joint alignment and root opening. The
high beam quality of the fiber lasers
allows its absorption for all metal and
alloys, making then a good option for
deep penetration welding (Ref. 17).
The present contribution intends to
evaluate the influence of the most
common heat treatments used in
maraging steel to an 18Ni300 alloy
fabricated in the Centre of Aeronautics
Technology (Brazil). Differently from

the other steels used in the Brazilian


satellite launch vehicle program,
maraging steels are soft after welding,
increasing the reliability of the project.
These steels are being evaluated to replace 300M and 4340 steels in parts of
the Brazilian satellite launch vehicle.
Additionally, the use of an Yb-fiber
laser source to weld maraging steels
was not reported in the literature.

Experimental Procedures
The current alloy was developed by
the Centre of Aeronautics Technology in
So Jos dos Campos, Brazil. Sheets
with thicknesses of 2.5 and 10 mm were
used in this work, and their
compositions are shown in Table 1.
Both sheets have the same origin and
should present similar composition.
The differences in the compositions are
probably due to chemical analyses resolution and/or manufacture. No further
information about the fabrication
process was given by the manufacturer.

300
300
120
120
120
180
240
120
180
240
300

Beam Power
(W)
1400
1600
1600
1400
1800
1800
1800
1800
1800
1800
1800

A 2-kW continuous-wave fiber


laser produced by IPG Co. was used
here. The laser radiation is generated
in a 50-mm-diameter fiber doped with
ytterbium. The doped fiber is
connected to a process fiber 100 mm
diameter and 10 m long, which is
then connected to an Optoskand processing head. The focal length was
157 mm with a minimum spot diameter of 100 mm. Pure argon gas at 30
L/min flow rate has been used to protect the sample against oxidation.
The protection gas was delivered
through a rounded copper tube of 3
mm internal diameter directly over
the irradiated area. The welding head
staying still and the samples moving
are realized by a CNC table. Figure 1
shows the laser experimental welding
system used.
Initial welding tests have been
carried out on 10-mm-thick plates
using different combinations of beam
power and welding speed. The samples
were previously ground to guarantee a
flat and homogeneous surface on each
sample. Just before welding, the samples surfaces were washed with
SEPTEMBER 2014 / WELDING JOURNAL 363-s

WELDING RESEARCH
A

Fig. 3 Different welding parameters. A Weld bead depth; B width.

Fig. 4 Cellular/dendritic solidification structure of the fusion


zone for a nonaged sample (Alloy A). Etched with Nital 15%.

ethanol. Welding parameters for these


initial tests are shown in Table 2. The
objective of these tests is to give some
directions on choosing good welding
parameters for the fabrication of
tensile specimens. To avoid joint alignment problems, the bead-on-plate technique was chosen for the fabrication of
tensile specimens. The effects of aging,
homogenization, and solutionizing
were investigated. The aging treatment
was performed at 480C during 3 h. For
homogenization, samples were heated
at 1150C for 1 h, and the solutionizing
treatment was done at 815C for 1 h.
The samples were air cooled to room
temperature after each heat treatment.
The microstructure of the welded
samples were analyzed by optical microscopy (Zeiss Epiphot 2000) using
the following etchants: 1) modified
Frys reagent (150 mL H2O, 50 mL
HCl, 25 mL HNO3, and 1 g CuCl2), 2)

Fig. 5 Optical microscope image showing the fusion zone and


HAZ for a homogenized sample (Alloy B). The fusion zone no
longer shows the ascast dendritic structure. Etching: modified
Frys reagent.

Nital 15%, and 3)


sodium metabisulfite solution (10 g
in 100 mL H2O).
Microhardness measurements were
carried out using a Vickers microhardness tester (Future-Tech FM-700) with
a 300 gf load for 10 s. Measurements
have been done in a traverse cut of the
weld bead at 0.5 mm from the weld
face and 0.1 mm between
indentations.
For the fabrication of the tensile
specimens, bead-on-plate welds were
performed on plates of approximately
2.5 mm thickness. Based on previous
experiments, it used a laser scanning
speed of 180 cm/min and laser power
of 1800 W. The laser beam was
focused on the sample surface. Specimens for tensile tests were cut out
from the welded plates, according to
Fig. 2. The weld bead was oriented

364-s WELDING JOURNAL / SEPTEMBER 2014, VOL. 93

transversely to specimens length.


The tensile specimens were divided
in four groups with different postweld
heat treatment conditions as follows:
Group A: homogenized,
solutionized, and aged
Group B: homogenized and aged
Group C: solutionized and aged
Group D: aged.
Homogenization treatment created
an oxidized layer. These samples were
ground using SiC 600 paper until the
oxidation was visibly removed. At least
three specimens of each heat
treatment condition were tested and
unwelded specimens of each group
were also tested for comparison. The
existence of pores in the weld bead
was verified by X-ray analysis, and
samples with visible pores were
rejected. Tensile tests were carried out

WELDING RESEARCH
A

Fig. 6 Fusion zone images. A The aged condition; B solutionized and aged condition. Alloy B, Etching: sodium metabisulfite solution.

Fig. 7 Fusion zone image and the two heataffected zones


(HAZ) (Alloy A). Etched with Nital 15%. HAZ 1 was austenitized
and HAZ 2 was aged during welding.

on an Instron 338 machine with a


loading rate of 1 mm/min. The
fracture surfaces were observed under
scanning electron microscope (SEM).

Results and Discussion


Initial Welding Tests
The measured weld beads depths and
widths are shown in Fig. 3 for the 10mm-thick plates. The samples that were
aged before welding (pre-aged) showed
similar dimensions to the unaged specimens using the same parameters, indicating that the precipitates have a low
influence on the laser absorption. The
tensile specimens used in this work
were not aged before welding.
The initial results provided an idea

about the behavior of


the alloy after Ybfiber laser welding.
Based on these
results, some tests
have also been done
with the 2.5-mmthick sheet, considering that the heat flow
is different in a thinner sample. The presence of pores and
weld depth were analyzed. The best
results were obtained
using a weld speed of
180 cm/min and
beam power of 1800
W. These were then
the parameters used
for the tensile specimens.

Microstructure and Hardness


The fusion zone exhibits a cellular/
dendritic morphology, as shown in Fig.
4. After the homogenization treatment,
the fusion zone no longer presented the
cellular/dendritic structure, as shown
in Fig. 5. This result indicates that the
homogenization treatment is effective,
as expected, on eliminating the segregation of the fusion zone.
Figure 6 shows the fusion zone of
an aged sample as well as a
solutionized and aged sample etched
with sodium metabisulfite solution.
The white regions revealed a similar
pattern found by Venkateswara (Ref.
12) using an electron probe microanalyzer (EPMA) about the distribution of

molybdenum, which is reported to


segregate interdentrically. The
metabisulfite solution showed to be a
good option to reveal the
molybdenum-rich areas.
Near to the fusion zone in the aswelded condition, there is an austenitized heat-affected zone (HAZ 1)
followed by an aged zone (HAZ 2), as
shown in Fig. 7. The metallurgical behavior of the HAZ can be understood
through the analysis of hardness
across the weld joint.
Figure 8A shows the hardness profile for the sample welded with 1800 W
laser power and a welding speed of 180
cm/min. In the as-welded condition,
the fusion zone and HAZ 1 have similar hardnesses of about 300 HV. The
hardness values increase in the HAZ 2
and then decrease as long as it gets farther from the weld interface. The agehardening effect observed in HAZ 2 is
proportional to the heat input, as observed in Fig. 8B, where a relatively low
welding speed of 30 cm/min was used.
In this case, the hardness values
observed on HAZ 2 were relatively
high. All other welding parameters
used in this work presented the same
general characteristics.
The temperatures experienced by
HAZ 1 were high enough to transform
it into austenite. Although this transformation occurs at temperatures
around 700C, the austenite will only
be transformed back to martensite
during cooling at much lower temperatures, where no aging effect is
observed, preserving the original soft
martensite and hardness values similar to the base material.
SEPTEMBER 2014 / WELDING JOURNAL 365-s

WELDING RESEARCH
A

Fig. 8 Hardness distribution across weldment of an aswelded (white dots) and aged sample (black dots). Welding parameters are as
follows: A 1800 W and 180 cm/min; B 1800 W and 30 cm/min.

The HAZ 2 had not been


transformed into austenite, but the
temperatures achieved were high
enough to aging, even in such a small
period of time, increasing its
hardnesses values. The higher the
temperature achieved, the higher the
aging effect. The shadow observed in
HAZ 2 is actually caused by the precipitates generated during aging.
After the postweld aging treatment,
the two HAZs achieve similar hardness
of about 500 HV (Fig. 8A, B). In this
condition, the fusion zone presented
lower hardness values, probably
caused by the effects of segregation
and formation of reverted austenite.
The homogenization treatment after
welding was not able to make the fusion
zone achieve the same hardness values
of HAZ and base material. Figure 9
shows the hardness profile of a homogenized, solutionized, and aged sample.

Tensile Strength Tests


Figure 10 shows the results of ultimate tensile strength, yield strength,
and total elongation for all heattreated conditions. Group C
(solutionized and aged) had the
higher strength values, followed by
group A (homogenized, solutionized,
and aged), group D (aged), and group
B (homogenized and aged).
Figure 11 shows a traverse cut of the
fractured region with arrows indicating
the fractured surfaces. The specimens
fractured preferentially at the fusion
zone. In some cases, the crack went
through the fusion zone and also the
HAZ, as exemplified by Fig. 11B.
The welded specimens of all groups
presented quite close mechanical prop-

erties when
compared to the unwelded specimens,
indicating that the
material has good
weldability. The low
hardness of the fusion zone did not
have a noticeable influence on the tensile strength. The
welded specimens
presented inferior
elongation
compared to the unwelded specimens,
Fig. 9 Hardness distribution across the weldment of a homog
except for group B,
enized, solubilized, and aged sample welded with 1800 W laser
where the average
power and 60 cm/min scanning speed. The fusion zone still pres
value was higher.
ents lower values of hardness compared to the HAZ and base
Nevertheless, it is
material even after homogenization treatment.
important to
consider that the inhomogenization (Group A) was able to
ferior hardness of the fusion zone
recover some strength, compared to
could cause deformation to be
specimens that were only
restricted to this small area.
homogenized (Group B), but at still
Homogenization treatment was
lower values when compared to specidetrimental to mechanical properties
mens that were only solutionized
in all cases. One of the reasons,
(Group C).
pointed out by literature, is the grain
The detrimental effects of homogesize growth after homogenization
nization observed in this work, even
treatment (Refs. 12, 18, 19) since the
after solutionizing treatment, might
Hall-Petch relationship applies (Ref.
have been intensified by the oxidation
20). Moreover, Rack (Ref. 20) showed
layer present on the specimens
that 18Ni maraging steels with a large
surface. Even after grinding, an
grain size may fail catastrophically due
oxidized layer of about 100 mm could
to the propagation of intergranular
still be observed by optical
cracks. According to Venkateswara
microscope. Figure 12 shows a
(Ref. 12), solutionizing heat treatment
traverse cut image of the fractured
(in the same temperature and time
surface of a homogenized specimen,
used in this work) was able to reduce
where the oxidized layer is
grain size after homogenization treathighlighted. It is possible to see some
ment and restore some mechanical
oxidation points where the fracture
properties. For the alloy used in this
may have been originated.
work, solutionizing treatment after

366-s WELDING JOURNAL / SEPTEMBER 2014, VOL. 93

WELDING RESEARCH
A

Fig. 11 Traverse cut images of the fractured surface for specimens of groups A to D.
The arrows indicate the fractured region. Etching: modified Frys reagent.

Fig. 10 Tensile test results. A Ulti


mate tensile strength (UTS); B yield
strength (YS); C elongation.

An intergranular crack at the


oxidized region can be observed on the
fracture surface image of Fig. 13.

Conclusions
The stress strength values of the
welded specimens were close to that
obtained for sheet specimens, demonstrating that the alloy studied in this
work was successfully welded by the
ytterbium-fiber laser source.
It was observed there were two different HAZs an austenitized zone
and an aged zone. The transformation
thar occurred in the HAZ did not have
a significant influence on the tensile
strength since the fracture occurred
preferentially in the fusion zone.
Among all heat treatment
conditions used in this work, the solutionized and aged specimens showed

Fig. 12 Traverse cut image of the fractured surface of a homogenized specimen. The
arrow indicates where the fracture began. It is possible to observe some points where
the oxidation was more intense. Etching: modified Frys reagent.

the best yield strength values, around


1890 and 1900 MPa for welded and
sheet specimens, respectively. The homogenized samples, on the other
hand, had their mechanical properties
severely affected. The oxidized layer
formed on the homogenized
specimens appears to be the origin of
crack formation.
The fusion zone exhibits a
cellular/dendritic morphology where
there is segregation of alloy elements,
especially titanium and molybdenum.
The sodium metabisulfite solution
etching reagent was capable of revealing the molybdenum-enriched areas of
the as-cast metal. This segregation in-

creases the tendency of reverted


austenite formation on the fusion
zone, but the strength values obtained
in this work were not severely affected
by this phenomenon. Despite the
expected effect of homogenization
treatment on recovering the hardness
values of the fusion zone, the alloy used
in this work presented lower hardness
values in the fusion zone compared to
the HAZ and base material.
The oxidation effect of
homogenization reported in this work
indicates that the use of an
atmosphere-controlled furnace should
be necessary. Another problem already
reported in the literature about
SEPTEMBER 2014 / WELDING JOURNAL 367-s

WELDING RESEARCH
A

Fig. 13 Images of the fracture surface of a homogenized and aged specimen. A Transition between the fragile oxidized layer and the base
metal; B a highlighted region where an intergranular crack occurred. The oxidized region shows a fragile rupture while the base metal
shows the expected ductile fracture mode with a presence of dimples.

homogenization treatment of maraging steels is the intergranular crack


caused by grain growth. Considering
that the tensile strengths for
unwelded and welded specimens are
also very close, this work suggests that
the use of homogenization treatment
as a way to eliminate the segregation
effects in the fusion zone may not be
worthwhile and should be evaluated
separately for each maraging alloy and
welding technique.
Acknowledgments
The authors thank CAPES, Pro-Defense Project 014/08, the Instituto de
Estudos Avanados (IEAv/DCTA), and
Dr. Rogrio de O. Hein from UNESP.
References
1. Sha, W., and Guo, Z. 2009. Maraging
Steels: Modeling of Microstructure, Properties
and Applications. Cambridge, UK: Woodhead
Publishing Ltd., p. 1.
2. Decker, R. F., Eash, J. T., and
Goldman, A. J. 1962. 18% nickel maraging
steel. Transactions of ASM 55: 5876.
3. Hall, A. M., and Slunder, C. J. 1968.
The metallurgy, behavior, and application of
the 18-percent nickel maraging steels: A survey. Washington: Technology Utilization
Division, National Aeronautics and Space
Administration.
4. Abdalla, A. J., Anazawa, R. M., Pereira,
M. S., and Hashimoto, T. M. 2006. Effect of

intercritical and isothermal treatments over


the mechanical properties and microstructure of 300M steel. Brazilian Magazine of Vacuum Applications 25(2): 9397.
5. Schinitzer, R. 2010. Reverted austenite in PH 13-8 Mo maraging steels. Materials
Chemistry and Physics 122: 138145.
6. Peters, D. T. 1968. A study of austenite
reversion during aging of maraging steels.
Transactions of ASM 61: 6274.
7. Viswanathan, U. K., Dey, G. K., and
Sethumadhavan, V. 2005. Effects of austenite reversion during overageing on the mechanical properties of 18 Ni (350) maraging
steel. Materials Science and Engineering: A
398: 367372.
8. Li, X., and Yin, Z. 1995. Reverted
austenite during aging in 18Ni(350) maraging steel. Materials Letters 24: 239242.
9. Hring, S., Abou-Ras, D., Wanderka,
N., Leitner, H., Clemens, H., and Banhart, J.
2009. Characterization of reverted austenite
during prolonged ageing of maraging steel.
Steel Research International 80(1): 8488.
10. Atsmon, N., and Rosen, A. 1981. Reverted austenite in maraging steel. Metalography 14: 163167.
11. Shamantha, C. R., Narayanan, R.,
Iyer, K. J. L., Radhakrishnan, V. M.,
Seshadri, S. K., Sundararajan, S., and
Sundaresan, S. 2000. Microstructural
changes during welding and subsequent
heat treatment of 18Ni (250-grade) maraging steel. Materials Science and Engineering: A
287: 4351.
12. Venkateswara, R. V., Madhusudhan,
R. G., and Sitarama, R. A. V. 2010. Influence
of post-weld heat treatments on microstructure and mechanical properties of gas tungsten arc maraging steel weldments. Materials
Science and Technology 26(12): 14591468.
13. Tariq, F., Baloch, R. A., Ahmed, B.,

368-s WELDING JOURNAL / SEPTEMBER 2014, VOL. 93

and Naz, N. 2010. Investigation into


microstructures of maraging steel 250 weldments and effect of post-weld heat
treatments. Journal of Materials Engineering
and Performance 19(2): 264273.
14. Van Rooyen, C., Burger, H. P., and
Kazadi, B. P. 2006. Comparison of CO2 and
Nd:YAG laser welding of grade 250 maraging
steel. IIW Doc. II-A-173-06, CSIR
Researchspace. Retrieved Nov. 16, 2012, from
the Open Educational Resources (OER) portal at www.temoa.info/node/
565407.
15. Venkata Ramana, P., Reddy, G. M.,
and Mohandas, T. 2008. Microstructure,
hardness and residual stress distribution in
maraging steel gas tungsten arc weldments.
Science and Technology of Welding & Joining
13(4): 388394.
16. Meshram, S. D., Reddy, G. M., and
Pandey, S. 2013. Friction stir welding of
maraging steel (Grade 250). Materials & Design 49: 5864.
17. Quintino, L., Costa, A., Miranda, R.,
Yapp, D., Kumar, V., and Kong, C. J. 2007.
Welding with high power fiber lasers A
preliminary study. Materials & Design
28(4): 12311237.
18. Saul, G., Roberson, J. A., and Adair,
A. M. 1970. The effects of thermal
treatment on the austenitic grain size and
mechanical properties of 18 pct Ni maraging
steels. Metallurgical Transactions 1: 383387.
19. Nakazawa, K., Kawabe, Y., and
Muneki, S. 1978. Grain refinement of
high-strength maraging steels through
cyclic heat treatment. Material Science and
Engineering 33: 4956.
20. Rack, H. J. 1978. Age hardeninggrain size relationships in 18Ni maraging
steels. Materials Science and Engineering 34:
263270.

Arcos, The Standard of Excellence in


Covered Electrodes and Bare Wire,
offers two outstanding welding
products designed to withstand
critical temperature extremes.
Arcos 625 and Arcos 1N12 (625) are
nickel-chromium-molybdenum products
which are designed to be virtually immune to chlorideion stress-cracking. They feature moderate strength,
good fabricability and excellent oxidation resistance.
Each is military-approved and provides superior
corrosion resistance, over a range of temperatures
from cryogenic to extremely elevated (up to 1,800F).
Arcos 625 is ideal for welding alloys 625, 601, 802
and 9% nickel. This wire is well suited for welding
piping systems and reactor components in the power
generation industry and for high temperature service
in a wide variety of other engineering applications.

as 625, 800, 801, 825 and 600.


This covered electrode is the smart
choice for applications including
petrochemical plants, reactor
components, furnace equipment,
heat exchangers and offshore
marine environments.
To learn about the many advantages of specifying Arcos
625 and Arcos 1N12, call us today at 800-233-8460
or visit our website at www.arcos.us.
Arcos Industries, LLC
{V iU
>i]*nx
*i\xxU>\xx

Arcos 1N12 (625) is utilized for welding alloys such


For Info, go to www.aws.org/adindex

DISCOVER THE POSSIBLE.


Setting the benchmark for performance, strength and brilliant welds in aluminum
with our PowerWave power sources and SuperGlaze consumables.

AR14-24 The Lincoln Electric Co. All Rights Reserved.

For Info, go to www.aws.org/adindex

Potrebbero piacerti anche